CHAPTER 2 CHAPTER 3 CHAPTER 1 CHAPTER 2 CHAPTER 3 ...

CHAPTER 2 








Chapter Six 






OTHER TONGUES--OTHER FLESH 

by George Hunt Williamson 

b. 1926, d. 1986 

Illustrated 

A Startling Sequel To "The Saucers Speak!" 

Amherst Press: Amherst, Wisconsin [1953] 

1

NOTICE OF ATTRIBUTION 

Scanned at sacred-texts.com, February 2005. Proofed by John Bruno Hare. This text is in the public domain in 

the United States because it was not registered at the US Copyright Office. It is not in the public domain in the 

UK, EU or other countries where copyright is based on date of decease. These files may be used for any 

non-commercial purpose, provided this notice of attribution is included intact in all copies. 

BACK COVER TEXT 

ABOUT THE AUTHOR 

George Hunt Williamson served with the Army Air Corps during World War II as Radio Director for the 

Army Air Forces Technical Training Command. He was a member of the AAFTTC Headquarters Staff. He 

received the Army Commendation Award from Brig. Gen. C. W. Lawrence for his outstanding record of 

service to the Air Force in Public Relations. He served as an instructor in Anthropology for the United States 

Armed Forces Institute, and was later appointed Lieutenant in the U. S. Infantry. 

He attended Cornell College, Eastern New Mexico University, the University of Arizona, and took a special 

course at the University of Denver. He majored in anthropology with many courses in sociology, biology, 

philosophy and geology. 

In 1948 he was awarded the coveted Gold Key for outstanding scientific research by the Illinois State 

Archaeological Society. He has spent a great deal of time doing field-work in Social Anthropology in the 

northern part of the United States, Mexico and Canada. He is an authority on Indian dances, music and 

ceremonial costuming. Several of his articles have appeared in scientific journals. 

He is listed in the July, 1952 Supplement to "Who's Who In America", and his name appears in the latest 

editions of "Who Knows, And What", and "Who's Who in the West". He is included in Volume Twenty-Nine 

of "Who's Who In America", and also in "American. Men of Science". 

He is co-author of _The Saucers Speak!_ (A Documentary Report Of Interstellar Communication By 

Radiotelegraphy). 

Mrs. Williamson, the former Betty Jane Hettler, is a chemist and an anthropologist, holding an A.S. degree 

from Grand Rapids Junior College; a B.S. degree from Eastern New Mexico University; and a B.A. degree 

from the University of Arizona. Both are members of the American Anthropological Association, and the 

American Association for the Advancement of Science. 

FRONT FLAP TEXT 

In more recent times, there has been a growing realization that on other worlds than ours, even in other 

universes, there are other living beings. The idea that earthbound man may someday journey into the heavens 

to discover other men and women, like or unlike himself, "grows by leaps and bounds. Within man's soul lies 

the truth--mortals exist on other spheres! 

Here is a book that brings home this tremendous fact with a dynamic force and sweep that will astound the 

reader, and convince him beyond all doubt. Here is a history, a collection of proof, and a tremendous theory. 

While man in his heart knows that other worlds are also inhabited, he is reluctant to admit that Earth is only 

one small house of the "many mansions" in the Father's house. But the truth stares him in he face, and now, 

having arrived at a place in his civilization where only Truth will be able to survive, it has become necessary 

to reaffirm and establish three truths, namely: 1) Science and religion are one and the same thing; 2) The 

2

entire universe is magnetic in nature, and even culture is influenced by the laws of magnetism; 3) Space 

visitors, mentioned in the Bible and ancient mythology, have been coining to Earth throughout the ages, and 

are now making themselves known to aid mankind in entering a New Age. 

In this book, many references and quotations are given from the latest authentic reports on Saucer phenomena. 

Because many believe there are contradictions in some of the reported happenings, it has been necessary to 

show that there is a great story and purpose behind all these experiences. 

Here, in this book, is the history of other tongues, and of _other flesh_; calm, scientific evidence that there are 

brothers of ours in the skies overhead. 

We are not alone in the Universe! 

JACKET DESIGN BY RAY PALMER 

CONTENTS 

PROLOGUE 

Â Â Â BOOK I 

GOD PROVIDED--MAN DIVIDED 

Â Â Â Â Â Â Chapter 1--The Great Influx 

Â Â Â Â Â Â Chapter 2--The Grand Man 

Â Â Â Â Â Â Chapter 3--Magnetism: The Universal 'I Am' 

Â 

Â Â Â BOOK II 

OTHER TONGUES 

Â Â Â Â Â Â Chapter 1--The Solex Mal 

Â Â Â Â Â Â Chapter 2--Tracks On The Desert 

Â Â Â Â Â Â Chapter 3--Maldek And Malona 

Â 

Â Â Â BOOK III 

OTHER FLESH 

Â Â Â Â Â Â Chapter 1--The Migrants 

Â Â Â Â Â Â Chapter 2--The Wanderers 

Â Â Â Â Â Â Chapter 3--The Prophets 

3

Â Â Â Â Â Â Chapter 4--The Harvesters 

Â Â Â Â Â Â Chapter 5--The Agents 

Â Â Â Â Â Â Chapter 6--The Intruders 

Â Â Â Â Â Â Chapter 7--The Guessers 

Â Â Â Â Â Â Chapter 8--The Remnant 

Â 

EPILOGUE 

BIBLIOGRAPHY 

* * * 

PROLOGUE 

Before the eyes of Milton's Satan peering into Chaos appeared a new expanse, another vast illimitable ocean 

without bounds--the distances of interstellar space; and for a moment Satan was appalled by Chaos and by 

space. So it is with modern man as he discovers new worlds like his own in the heavens about him . . . . 

The world has not let the theme of cosmic voyage willingly die, whether in poetry and fantasy, in satire or 

seriousness, in the pulps or in the comics. There has been the growing realization of the possibility of other 

universes than ours, a plurality of worlds, even an infinity of worlds. We have become more fully aware of the 

insignificance of both our satellite, the Moon, and this rather small planet, the Earth. Man began to think that 

if Life possibly did not exist on other planets in this system perhaps it would be found in other universes. 

The idea that earthbound man may someday journey into the heavens to discover other men and women, like 

or unlike himself, seems to be a conception the world persists in entertaining. From the time of Lucian it has 

existed in European literature. Why the appeal of this perennial theme? Is it curiosity? Is it humility? Is it 

perhaps a result of the essential loneliness of man? Is it because within man's soul lies the truth--that mortals 

exist on other spheres? 

From a fanciful vision of other worlds where all is beautiful and good and just, we come back in somber mood 

to Earth which seems indeed a sad and silent planet. Man on Earth knows in his heart that other worlds are 

also inhabited, but he is reluctant to admit even to himself that Earth is only one small house of the many 

mansions in the Father's House; and worse, that she is a fallen house; a disobedient house; a wayward house. 

In 1867, Matthew Arnold described the Earth well when he said: ". . . a darkling plain, swept with con-fused 

alarms of struggle and flight, where ignorant armies clash by night." 

The people of Earth today are either confused, amused, or simply terrified by the reports of Unidentified 

Flying Objects and various types of extraterrestrial space craft seen in the skies and detected under the seas. If 

they accept the theory that life exists on other worlds besides our own, they cannot believe anything but 

stories of monsters, robots, sinister vegetables, or armies of evil, invading, mechanical Frankensteins. 

Many people today are asking: "If spacemen are here, why don't they land and contact our leaders? Why don't 

they explain their mission?" Did these same individuals ever stop to think that no sane Earthman would 

descend into a pit of crawling rattlesnakes? With all Earth's strife, with bloody wars that carry thousands of 

4

men, women and children to slaughter worse than any Circus of Nero or Medieval Inquisition, is it any 

wonder that spacemen have not landed here? 

However, these brothers from outer space have landed here, and they have contacted those whom they knew 

would receive them in the spirit of brotherly love and truth. It is now reliably reported that over one-hundred 

personal contacts have been made between Earthmen and Saucer occupants. They sought and seek those who 

have been looking for them. This is what they mean when they say: "We do not choose you; you choose us!" 

Would these highly developed beings care to contact those who have held the people in slavery for centuries? 

No, because their coming to Earth will eliminate all forms of greed and selfishness. The actual "owners" of 

the Earth are on the side of the negative-dark forces, while the "Sons of Light" of the Space Confederation are 

of a higher authority. And being of a higher authority, they seek out those who love TRUTH and Truth alone. 

Like Diogenes, they search long and unceasingly, but unlike Diogenes, they find a man here and a man there; 

not many, but some. 

The people of Earth like to picture themselves as Lords of Creation. One well-known anthropologist believes 

that far-off worlds may contain "gelatinous masses that control diabolic machines", but of men elsewhere, he 

positively states: "Never!" Those who do accept life as existing on other worlds believe this life will be much 

as it is on Earth: vain, full of pride, lust, greed; life that is warlike and aggressive as it is here. 

While one hand turns thumbs-down on the idea of other planets being inhabited, the other hand writes on and 

on about the inhabitation of other worlds beyond Earth. People have been brought up on Buck Rogers, Flash 

Gordon, Superman, and many other fictional heroes of outer space. They have lived in a world of fantasy and 

make-believe for so long they don't recognize the truth when it is presented to them. Yet, our world of fantasy 

has its purpose. 

Many gaze at the starry heavens and ask: "Is it all part of some gigantic scheme; is there really a Creator? Or 

have we evolved from a single cell that originally developed because of a freak accident in nature? Are we 

alone in the Universe?" Reason tells them that out of billions and quadrillions of worlds life must exist on 

many of them. And those who have complete faith in their Creator realize He wouldn't create Man and place 

him on one planet alone. They know He wouldn't create other worlds to be merely floating balls of poisonous 

gas or vapor. First came inhabitable worlds, then came Man! 

Men on Earth are afraid that if suddenly other men on other worlds are made known to them, they will face 

awful retribution; that their horrible crimes against humanity and the Creator's Laws will not go unpunished. 

And like naughty children, they are reluctant to give up their dangerous toys and their destructive ways. So, 

now that their brothers from outer space are here, they are going to hide in a "closet" until these older brothers 

go home. Then they can come out and start their foul play all over again. One word of acceptance on the part 

of Earth-men and these brothers are liable to step in and teach them something, and children never like to go 

to school--especially if they have to be obedient and good. 

Yes, there are brothers of ours in the skies over-head. They are not to be worshipped as gods; but they are to 

be listened to as one listens to an older brother who has traveled much and who knows the pitfalls of life and 

who has knowledge tempered with love of fellowman and the Creator. This brother of ours is attainable for he 

is here on Earth today! Will the men of Earth accept him? Whether they do or not, it is their right to decide. 

Since man on Earth has arrived at a place where only Truth will be able to survive, it is necessary to reaffirm 

and establish three truths. Namely: 

(1) Science and religion are one and the same thing. "God Provided--Man Divided". There is no religion 

higher than Truth and truth cannot contradict truth. 

5

(2) The entire Omniverse is magnetic in nature and even culture is influenced by the laws of magnetism. 

(3) Space visitors, coming to Earth in space craft, are mentioned in the Holy Bible, ancient mythology, and in 

other documents thousands of years old. These visitors have been coming to Earth for several million years! 

They are now making themselves known to the world as a whole to lead mankind thereby into a New Age as 

the Earth enters the more intense vibrations of Aquarius. 

During the nineteenth century on Earth there was a Great Influx of Universal Truth. Many fine writings 

appeared, especially in the late 1800's. These scattered reports and ideas have a definite relationship to each 

other and tie into the pattern of present day happenings. Although these various writers use different 

terminology, they are essentially saying the same thing. They are telling Man that he is truly a god in his own 

right! This knowledge came to a selected few so that they could open the way for the world to awaken to a 

New Age--an Air Age to replace the ancient Fish or Water Age. What is the grand goal of it all? There is no 

goal, for we are heading for All Perfection but we will never get there. It is ever moving ahead of us as we 

progress. What then is the purpose of all our pleasure-pain experiences? We are to know perpetual 

_expanding grandeur_; thereby Spirit will come to know itself! 

In this book, many references and quotations are given from the latest, authentic reports on the Saucer 

phenomena. Because many believe that there are contradictions in some of the reported happenings it has 

been necessary to show that there is a great story and a purpose behind all of these experiences. These same 

things have been taking place for eons! Some may wonder why I refer to the Holy Bible so often in this book. 

It is true that the Bible is inaccurate; but not totally so. For the most part it is the true history of a particular 

time and people. In order to get an accurate picture of the Saucer phenomena every possible avenue of 

investigation into the past and present must be utilized. 

The author wishes to acknowledge the kind help and encouragement of others, for without them, this book 

would never been written. 

Many thanks to Thomas M. Cornelia for suggestions pertaining to _Magnetism: The Universal 'I Am'_; to 

Neva Dell Hunter for ideas about _The Remnant_; to George H. Lark for library research on certain sections 

of the Divine Tetrad; to Lillian Laughead for her contribution of the Lemurian interpretation of the tracks on 

the desert; to Dr. Robert T. Lustig for ideas on the electro-chemistry of the blood; to Winchester Mac Dowell 

for the two illustrations of the electronic motion in the atom; to my wife, Betty J. Williamson, for research on 

the microcosm-macrocosm, and _Magnetism: The Universal 'I Am'_; to Frank A. Wing for his ideas about 

_The Prophets_; and sincere thanks to many others. 

This book you are about to read is not an ultimate . . . no book is. It merely points the path, a signpost along 

the Great Way that leads to our Infinite Father. This work is dedicated to all men everywhere, with the hope 

that they shall know the TRUTH and the Truth shall make them free. Through _Other Tongues--Other Flesh_, 

may we learn to pray: "Father of us all, give us eyes to see, ears to hear, and hearts to understand!" 

In brotherly love, I humbly submit this work to you. 

George Hunt Williamson 

Â 

BOOK I GOD PROVIDED--MAN DIVIDED CHAPTER 1 THE GREAT INFLUX 

Space visitors put an intensification of the Cosmic program into effect in the late 1800's. The 1880's and 

1890's saw the program manifest itself in strange phenomena and many books; new inventions and theories 

were suddenly put before the public. The Great Plan for the planet Earth moves along on levels of rises and 

6

plateaus. We are at present on a rising level. The 1890's experienced a rise, and the following fifty years was a 

plateau of leveling off time. The movement began before the nineteenth century, of course, but in a small way. 

Emanuel Swedenborg, scientist and mystic, brought great new truths to the spiritually hungry world in the 

1700's . . . and there were other men, like Wesley and before him Spinoza; however the great mystic, Father 

Jakob Lorber, was born in 1800; Nikola Tesla, inventor, was born in 1857; Steinmetz, electrical wizard, was 

born in 1865; Charles Hay Fort, writer and researcher, was born in 1874; Charles Fillmore of Unity, was born 

in 1854; H. P. Blavatsky brought the great knowledge of Theosophy to the world in the 1800's; H. W. Percival 

gave the world his knowledge, and later, _Thinking And Destiny_; Dr. John B. Newbrough, in 1882, released 

his monumental work, _Oahspe_; Camille Flammarion, great French astronomer, was born in 1842; and 

among many others, P. D. Ouspensky, Lecomte du Nouy, etc. 

Thus, in the last half of the nineteenth century, Universal Truth made a valiant attempt to penetrate the mind 

of Man before the Great Age of Materialism set in with the advent of the colossal Machine Age. Men like 

Brown Landone, and Flournoy, who wrote From India To The Planet Mars, contributed greatly to this 

expanding program under the influence of space intelligences. Even John Jacob Astor got in the plan and 

wrote about the coining electrically governed world and interplanetary travel in 1897. 

Besides a Great Influx of Universal Truth coming to the minds of Man, there was a definite pro-grain 

instituted on the physical plane and on the surface of Earth, itself. Space visitors were actually deposited and 

left on our world to mix, mate, and marry with us. The new ideas and theories first came out in book form, 

and this was the prelude to the appearance of spacecraft in the skies of Earth. In our present century, first 

came the science-fiction tales of space travel, then came the actual space visitation. 

In Paris, France, in 1892, Flammarion said: "We dare to hope that the day will come when scientific methods 

yet unknown to us will give us direct evidence of the existence of the inhabitants of other worlds, and at the 

same time, also, will put us in communication with our brothers in space. What marvels does not the science 

of the future reserve for our successors, and who would dare to say that Martian humanity and terrestrial 

(Earth) humanity will not some day enter into communication with each other?" Then in 1896, Flammarion 

wrote Uranie, and in 1897 things really began to happen. Here's the report as taken directly from the old 

records: 

Chicago Record, Friday, April 2, 1897: "_See Great Airship!_ Kansas City, Missouri people excited . . . 

mystical black object casting before it red light startled whole city for the last two weeks! At last descended . . 

. ten-thousand people swear they have no hallucinations! Scoffers and disbelievers claim the people have been 

seeing the planet Venus or the Evening Star, even though according to the almanac this planet should have set 

below the horizon at least an hour before! Object appeared very swiftly, then appeared to stop and hover over 

the city for ten minutes at a time, then after flashing its green-blue and white lights, shot upwards into space . . 

. light gradually twinkling away and looking like a bright star. Time: 8:15 p. m. 

"Everest, Kansas has sighted a strange airship, Competent reporters state that this must be the air-ship that was 

built in Oakland, California and which broke away at launching time . . . this giant air-ship hovered one half 

hour at a time and descended at regular intervals very close to the Earth. A giant searchlight flooded the whole 

city with light from this aerial monster which with the velocity of an eagle darted up and away. Power source 

must have been attached to the light for it dimmed as the ship went up and away. On observer states that there 

seemed to be a basket or car beneath a great dark object thought to be a gas bag overhead . . . car was shaped 

like a canoe and had four wings, two on each side, fore and aft . . . light was greenish or blue against the light 

of a locomotive in the rail yard that was yellowish. Colored lights seemed to be all around the car." 

This unusual craft showed up later in Michigan, but before quoting from the record, let's analyze the above 

report. First of all, the authorities passed off the entire incident by calling the spacecraft the planet Venus. 

That same thing has happened in our present Saucer saga. They called the object Captain Mantell was chasing 

Venus, when it couldn't possibly have been that planet. This craft over Kansas City flashed blue-green lights 

7

and this color combination is now predominant in Saucer sightings of to-day. The report goes on to state that 

the power source must have been attached to the light for it dimmed as the ship went up and away. It is known 

today that the speed of Saucers has a great deal to do with the color changes. 

Chicago Record, April 3, 1897: "_Flying Machine Now in Michigan!_ People of Galesburg saw a brilliant 

white light approach from the SW . . . object appeared large and black with a crackling, sharp sound. It 

hovered close to the Earth. Reporters state that they heard human voices from aloft . . . from the airship! When 

the ship went off, it seemed to be tipped with flame. (Local comment was that the airship had caught fire!) 

Time: 10.00 p. m." 

Chicago Record, April 6, 1897: "_Airship Now Into Illinois!_ Seen first at 8:00 p. m. in NW . . . . large red 

light. Suggestions of balloon are refuted because airship flew at tremendous speed into a high wind." 

Chicago Record, April 7, 1897: "Airship seen many times last few weeks. Large numbers of people first hand 

witnesses. One time, a motorman of a trolley actually stopped his vehicle so he and passengers could look at 

the wonderful sight . . . just ahead of his trolley, the ship seemed about six-hundred feet up and about 

one-hundred feet long. The motorman, Mr. Newville, says it was ellipsoid with large projections fore and aft. 

There was a bright headlight in front and a red light in the rear." 

From Hastings, Nebraska, came the report that the "airship" had been seen in Grand Island, Oxford, York and 

Kearney. Scoffers claimed these people had seen Venus, yet all the reporters were people of substance and not 

given to reporting spurious stories. This all happened in 1897, but we could date it 1956 and it would be right 

up to date. To-day, officialdom tries to explain much of it away as "natural" phenomena. Airplanes hadn't 

been invented in 1897 so they explained it away as balloons or Venus . . . today they say it's balloons, Venus, 

or airplanes . . . two-thousand years ago they might have called it "Apollo", or "chariots of fire", or "wheels 

within wheels". 

Chicago Record, April 9, 1897: "_Airship Seen In Iowa!_ Between West Liberty and Cedar Rapids appeared 

a bright light . . . giant airship . . . steel body. When leaving it appeared to be a large star weaving about and 

stars do not weave around the heavens!" 

Chicago Record, April 10, 1897: "_Airship Sighted Over Chicago And Evanston!_ People are tripping over 

themselves these days trying to get the best look at this green and white-lighted giant air-ship that has had the 

people all over the mid-west in a dither. Some people think the end of the world is near . . . Scientific minds 

have explained the whole thing away by now. The mystery will surely be cleared up in a few days. Mr. Carr, 

an aeronaut, has built an experimental balloon and is financed by a New York theatrical wig manufacturing 

company . . . Mr. Carr states his machine works marvelously, but cannot go against the wind . . . power is 

storage battery with propeller! Professor Hough of Northwestern University and head astronomer of the 

observatory stated when asked to train his telescope on the object: 'I am busy with sights on Jupiter and it 

would be too troublesome to change to look at this new thing.' The next day, Hough said: 'The thousands of 

people that are reporting this so-called strange airship are in reality looking at Alpha Orionis in the 

Constellation Orion!" 

This great scientist was too "busy with sights on Jupiter . . . it would be too troublesome . . ." Too troublesome 

to view for the first time a ship from another world! Although he refused to look at the object he seemed to 

know exactly what thousands of other people were seeing! How would he know since he only had the 

advantage of total ignorance? 

Chicago Record, April 12, 1897: "_Giant Airship Continues Over Chicago And Environs!_ People all over 

the city are in an uproar, and while everyone is viewing this grand sight on the south side, two amateur 

photographers who are news dealers in Rogers Park, looked out and saw the airship. Their photo shows the 

north Western Railway station and above it the purported airship! The photographers are Walter McCann and 

8

G. A. Overocker. This airship was seen to come in over the lake and traverse the whole city for several days." 

The same report with an Omaha date line of April 11th says: "A gentleman brags he has mystery airship 

problem solved. He is an inventor and desires that he be allowed thirty-five acres to demonstrate his airship 

for the Trans-Mississippi Exposition. The gentleman didn't sign his name, but the reporter hopes the dilemma 

will be settled by his promises." 

The same report again, with a Fort Dodge, Iowa date line of April 11th says: "Old German residents say that 

this very same type airship came over Germany thirty years before and the people were scared to death . . . 

said the devil's army was approaching and these were his vehicles!" 

The same report again, with a Milwaukee, Wisconsin date line of April 11th says: "The residents of 

Milwaukee cannot be talked out of what they are seeing . . . thousands report the authenticity of a giant, 

beautiful airship with colored lights . . . the police records are full of the story for they have been called to 

answer what it is!" 

Chicago Record, April 13, 1897: "_Airship Called A Hoax!_ Several notable citizens are known to have 

caused airship scene . . . remains of paper and wood device in wreckage is in their yard. (No names given of 

the 'notables')." 

The device mentioned was supposed to have been in the wreckage, but another column in the same paper said: 

"Airship seen in Rock Island, Illinois and Elkhart, Indiana!" How could it have been seen if it was wrecked? 

Chicago Tribune, April 12, 1897: "One chap knows all about the airship. He says: 'These thousands of people 

didn't see a steel hull because this is the airship my friend has built in California and is on its way here to 

Chicago. Although, I must say, he sure has made good time for he isn't due until next week and the hull is 

paper, not steel. My friend, O. Chanute is on board too and I will introduce all of you to him when he arrives!' 

This chap is the Secretary of the Chicago Aironautical Society, Max L. Harmar." 

The same strange sightings were made at Sisterville, Virginia. In 1897 and other years, there were amazing 

observances in Texas. The same old story, isn't it? Thousands of people in America observed this gigantic 

space ship . . . authorities called it Venus or Alpha Orionis, or a balloon. A balloon that couldn't go against the 

wind, yet the "airship" did just that. Notice where the report says: "Scientific minds have explained the whole 

thing away by now." That's exactly what they have been trying to do since 1947 in the present saga. Also, the 

idea that these are the "devil's" vehicles is thrown in as of the present. Not once a mention of their true nature! 

The 1897 episode is very important: many space people were landed on Earth at that time. The Wright 

Brothers brought in the Air Age a few miles away at Kitty Hawk, North Carolina in the same era. (It is strange 

or is it?) that these brothers finally flew their controversial aircraft only a few years removed and a few short 

miles from the location where the giant, lighted "airship" of 1897 had made one of its final appearances? 

After 1897 man progressed more in the coming half-century than he had in the previous ten-thousand years. 

Our progression is due, in part, to intellects coming here from outer space. Great men helped push men's 

progress ahead hundreds of years in terms of advancement. Where it had taken thousands of years to elapse 

between the discovery of the wheel and the bow, the greatest discoveries the world had ever seen followed 

each other in rapid succession. The telephone, electric lights, the radio, wireless, the automobile, the airplane, 

etc. 

What actually took place in the 1800's was the first large public demonstration of spacecraft in the modern, 

industrial age. After the Industrial Revolution there had to be an influx of certain Universal truths in order to 

create a semblance between highly advanced technical skill and undeveloped spiritually. The space ships or 

"airships" of the nineteenth century were the physical manifestation of that Great Influx! 

9

Communication with extraterrestrial intelligences also began at the same time. The father of wireless, 

Marconi, in 1921 believed he had intercepted messages from Mars or some point in outer space. The theory 

that the waves were produced by electrical disturbances was disproved by the regularity of the impulses. 

Marconi conducted highly secret experiments before 1921 and knew beyond the shadow of a doubt that he 

was in direct contact with beings of other worlds! A woman in California writes: "During World War II was 

teaching in Scotland. In 1918, headquarters of the Y.W.C.A. in London wrote offering me the position of head 

of their branch office in Chelmsford near London. The main station of the Marconi World-Wide Wireless was 

also there. Many men from Britain died in World War I and it was my job to look out for many young girls 

away from home. I took room and board with a couple somewhat older than I. The husband was a very 

intelligent person and had a responsible position with the Marconi Wireless Company. One day, he asked me 

if I would like to go through the Marconi Station. I was delighted to go. During my tour through the 

laboratories I was startled and almost petrified when we arrived in front of a huge, ten-foot square, transparent 

case inside of which seemed to be a flaming mass . . . flames revolving like a wheel! I asked my friend what 

this was and he said that they had been receiving wireless messages somewhere outside of Earth! I asked him 

to be more specific. And he said: 'My dear girl, we have stations all over the Earth, but certain code is not 

coming from any of them! We are receiving signals from intelligent beings on other inhabited worlds!' My 

friend then told me that Marconi at that moment was in Australia conducting experiment and trying to 

discover more about this momentous happening. They believed the signals were coming from the planet Mars. 

I have never mentioned this experience before, and I believe Marconi kept his work secret because he knew 

what the world would say." 

The lady who had the above experience lives in Santa Barbara, California and is a respectable citizen of that 

city. 

Later in the 1920's and 1930's more strange messages were received throughout the world as radio was 

developed. And radiotelegraphic messages from Saucers are being received today! The first radio contact with 

space visitors was reported by our research group in Arizona in 1952, and now contact is being made in Ohio, 

Iowa, Canada, California, Detroit, Michigan, and other places. The contact is in both code and voice. 

Space intelligences have said: "God provided--Man divided. Man has taken this true thing and added to it his 

own ring." 

After the period of The Great Influx, science went a long way toward abolishing age-old theological dogma, 

but it went too far to the extreme and man became bathed in the new glories of the materialistic scientific 

world. Man on Earth had always de-lighted in dividing everything; there are continents, nations, states and 

commonwealths, counties and townships, cities and villages, wards and blocks, churches, cults, sects and 

isms, races and creeds, classes and clubs, societies and shrines, cathedrals and temples. But the Infinite Father 

is ONE! 

Earth has been divided up so that instead of man being a brother to his fellowman, he has set up artificial lines 

to separate and segregate others different than himself. Man made boundaries, man made creeds and ideals, 

man made religious groups, man made doctrine and dogma, man made, man made. There is nothing wrong 

with religion, it's what man has done to and with it that's so pitiful. Science is the twin-sister of religion . . . 

truth cannot contradict truth, and there is no religion higher than Truth. The worship of the Creator and the 

study of His laws, causes and effects; of nature and the great powers waiting for discovery within her bosom . 

. . all these should be massed into ONE. Hence, science and religion are one, just as everything in the 

Omniverse is ONE! 

When Van Tassel said: "We must present to science, the religion of science; and to religion, the science of 

religion," he gave the key for understanding between the two great fields of human endeavor. 

10

To many people today, science is the modern savior or "messiah". They look to scientists and their discoveries 

for the answer to all of mankind's ills. Recently reports said that soon we could live forever through the latest 

discoveries in biological science. "What fools these mortals be", indeed! We already possess immortal life! 

Thousands of spiritually hungry people have come to realize that the facts unearthed by science have not thus 

far been adequate to satisfy the needs of humanity, and many today are searching for something . . . orthodox 

theology has failed also to satisfy their deep longings, and orthodox science presents only cold, bare 

materialism to them. There are, of course, many scientists and theologians who are sincere, honest men, 

working tirelessly to aid men on this planet. But, at the same time, we must remember that all scientists are 

not "men of science", and all theologians are not "men of God". 

Men are most reluctant to give up their secure, comfortable positions and pet theories. Desmond Leslie once 

said: "I'm convinced that the orthodox scientists of today are the counterpart of the orthodox theologians of 

the Middle Ages." Be that as it may, orthodoxy is the same thing wherever it is found, and it doesn't matter by 

what name you prefer to call it. Once in a great while a man comes along, or a woman, and although usually 

despised by their contemporaries, they manage somehow, by supreme effort, to haul all the rest of lagging 

humanity behind them and what we call worldly advancement or progression takes place. 

In Of Flight And Life Charles A. Lindbergh says: "To me in youth science was more important than either 

man or God. I worshipped science. I was awed by its knowledge. Its advances had surpassed man's wildest 

dreams. In its learning seemed to lie the key to all mysteries of life. 

"It took many years for me to discover that science, with all its brilliance, lights only a middle chapter of 

creation. I saw the science I worshipped, and the aircraft I loved, destroying the civilization I expected them to 

serve, and which I thought as permanent as the earth itself. 

"Now I realize that to survive, one must look beyond the speed and power of aircraft, beyond the material 

strength of science. And, though God cannot be seen as tangibly as I had demanded as a child, His presence 

can be sensed in every sight and act and incident. Now I know that when man loses this sense, he misses the 

true quality of life, the beauty of earth, its seasons and its skies; the brotherhood of men; the joy of wife and 

children. He loses the infinite strength without which no people can survive, the element which war cannot 

defeat or peace corrupt. 

"Now I understand that spiritual truth is more essential to a nation than the mortar in its cities' walls. For when 

the actions of a people are unguided by these truths, it is only a matter of time before the walls themselves 

collapse. 

"The most urgent mission of our time is to understand these truths, and to apply them to our way of modern 

life. We must draw strength from the almost forgotten virtues of simplicity, humility, contemplation, prayer. It 

requires a dedication beyond science, beyond self, but the rewards are great and _it is our only hope!_" 

All theology and science will not be done away with in the New Age. But under the incoming "Golden Dawn" 

Man will acquire a greater concept of Creation, free of ancient ritualism and the carried-over pagan ideas. 

Likewise, man will enjoy more radiant health due to the habit of right living and right thinking. Every man 

will be a scientist, even as space visitors are true scientists: utilizing the Forces of the Universe in the ever 

upward, spiraling climb toward divinity and the Father. 

The Elder Brother, Jesus, said: "Know ye not that ye are Gods?" Man will wake up to this fact, and will leave 

the pupa of ignorance, superstition, dogma, orthodoxy, etc., to emerge as a "Son of God", claiming his rightful 

place in the divine scheme of things. Man is a co-creator with the Father, but he fails to recognize this great 

truth. 

11

CHAPTER 2 12 

The great scientists of Columbus' time were no less great because they believed Columbus to be a fanatic for 

thinking the Earth was round. The mistakes of yesterday or today only point the way to the greater truth of 

tomorrow; with each new discovery we gain a greater comprehension of the whole. 

Everything changes, but change itself. Let that change come; the Earth has been waiting a long, long time! 

Four thousand years ago, Job asked: "If a man die, shall he live again?" This question has been repeated in 

vain by every generation of men who have since inhabited the Earth. Now, space intelligences bring proof of 

life everlasting, and eternal progression. 

In Conquest Of Fear, Basil King gives us a view of the future world when he says: "Taking Jesus as our 

standard we shall work out, I venture to think, to the following points of progress: 

"The control of matter in furnishing ourselves with food and drink by means more direct than at present 

employed, as He turned water into wine and fed the multitudes with the loaves and fishes. 

"The control of matter by putting away from ourselves, by methods more sure and less roundabout than those 

of today, sickness, blindness, infirmity and deformity. 

"The control of matter by regulating our atmospheric conditions as He stilled the tempest. 

"The control of matter by restoring to this phase of existence those who have passed out of it before their time, 

or who can ill be spared from it, as He 'raised' three young people from 'the dead' and Peter and Paul followed 

His example. 

"The control of matter in putting it off and on at will, as He in His death and resurrection. 

"The control of matter in passing altogether out of it, as He in what we call His Ascension into Heaven. 

Yes, it is true that "God Provided--Man Divided", but man on Earth must go back to the whole which the 

Creator made manifest unto His creation. Remember the words of Paul: "O Timothy, keep that which is 

committed to thy trust, avoiding profane and vain babblings, and oppositions of science falsely so called." (I 

Timothy 6:20). 

The Truth alone shall make man free, and as Bacon said: 'Truth is the daughter of time, not of authority." 


THE GRAND MAN 

In the Universe of infinite entities and infinite variety, Man is found manifesting in many degrees from 

Microcosm to Macrocosm. In the theory of Paracelsus, the Microcosm was man, as if combining in himself all 

the elements of the Macrocosm or great world. This theory in turn reminds us of Swedenborg who spoke and 

wrote so often about the Creator as The Grand Man of the Omniverse containing all the elements of the 

Microcosmic world. From the smallest unit of Creation to the most gigantic, there is a spiraling, circular 

progression. Early explorers went West to get East; and so in the Microcosmic world lies the answer to what 

the Macrocosmos is like. 

Darwin said: "An organic being is a Microcosm, a little Universe, formed of a host of self-propagating 

organisms, inconceivably minute and numerous as the stars in heaven." 

A. Bronson Alcott, in 1877 said: "Matter in particle and planet, mind and macrocosm, is quick with spirit."


So, we find matter manifesting and vibrating from minute to the monumental in various degrees, but SPIRIT 

permeates through all! In the great world of the Macrocosmos is it not logical and entirely possible that there 

may exist worlds so large in comparison with ours that their individual total masses may be millions upon 

millions of times that of Earth? And, if we grant that, is it not reasonable to say that in the small world of the 

Microcosmos we will find the direct opposite? In other words, atomic worlds containing real intelligent 

beings who live, work and love even as we? 

For some time now scientists have been well aware of the fact that there is a Universal pattern of form in the 

minute that is duplicated exactly in the colossal of Creation! 

Space visitors have said: "It is not right that man should destroy his brother by utilizing the powerful forces of 

atomic energy, but the destruction you witness is minor, indeed, compared to the enormity of chaos created in 

the Microcosmos by the release of such energy!" When an atomic bomb is detonated, literal Microcosmic 

worlds containing created life are destroyed. Of course, these worlds are in other dimensions of time and 

space: what we think of as a minute may be the passing of a million years to the Microcosmic citizen. 

Infinity covers a lot of "territory", and we can easily have worlds and life so minute that we aver-age five-foot 

eighters cannot possibly see them with our organs of sight. If we accept this fact, we must also agree that there 

must be bigger worlds and bigger life forms. In fact, these forms could be so large that we couldn't possibly 

see them . . . and that brings us back to the Microcosmos. 

In considering the present space visitations to Earth, we encounter Saucer occupants similar to ourselves in 

size and form. We do not find spacemen coming into Earth's atmosphere landing their craft on a pin head or 

Saucer pilots so large that they displace all the water in the Atlantic Ocean if they decide to take a dip. The 

reason certain space people are here and not other inhabitants of the Cosmos is because our Infinite Father has 

sent those brothers to us who are most nearly like ourselves in appearance and bodily size. After all, contact is 

difficult enough in a corporeal world without adding to the problem by sending a highly developed being who 

would have to announce the Universal doctrine to us from that pin-head or lovingly lead us like a Swift in 

Lilliput! The space friends here now may be far ahead of us in spiritual development, but they are probably 

more nearly like us than other dwellers in the Cosmos. 

Before the consideration of similarities existing between matter and energy from the sub-atomic 

(microcosmic) through the astronomical (macro-cosmic) levels is discussed, it is important to conceive of 

what matter and energy are. Very recently, it was taught in our universities that most of the atom as well as 

most of the starry Universe was empty space. Now, finally, physicists are uncovering the facts that show 

matter and energy to be the same thing, though they cannot really understand how such a situation can exist. 

Their facts confuse their theories and they find themselves forced into retaining theories they now know to be 

inconsistent with the facts, for lack of any better theories. 

Empty space is a dead concept, for where is there no starlight? Yes, even starlight is matter and exerts 

pressure. Science has discovered that the famous little particle called an electron sometimes exhibits itself 

more as a particle and sometimes more as a wave. This is true also of the other so-called particles of the atom 

and of the Universe. 

A particle can be an electron, other atomic particles, an atom, a moon, a planet, a sun, a solar system, a 

galaxy, a super-galaxy, and so on, ad infinitum. All creations (particles) in the Universe are similar because: 

(1) All of them discharge energy. This might be considered as reference to fields of force; emission of rays; 

waves; frequencies; vibrations and forces. Briefly then, how can one picture something having both particle 

and wave properties at the same time? It is done by thinking of them as shells within shells. Some of these 

shells are visible to the eye as the Earth's crust, the layers of an onion, the skin of the body, or the "wheels 

within wheels" of Saucers. Some are visible with instruments which have determined the wave nature of


electrons and other particles which emit quanta of energy. Some are detected by special photography as the 

four known fields of vibration around the human body and the atomic and molecular structures of various 

crystalline bodies as obtained by the British physicist, W. L. Bragg. The kind of motion that these shells 

exhibit, determines what the effect of that energy is to be. Heat, for example, is a wave pattern made up of a 

series of particles given off in quanta by an electron. It might be called pure energy moving with a peculiar 

kind of motion. The nature of the motion determines the effect produced, which can be any of the following: 

Nonvisible light; visible light measured as heat, or cold light. Remember that visibility and invisibility and the 

sensations of heat and cold are only sensations of the physical structure. Thus the real meaning of the term 

light is far beyond what is visible to the eyes. The term light is used to designate the wave nature of all matter, 

its energy and its motion. 

(2) In order for bodies continually to discharge energy they must continually absorb a new supply of energy. 

Thus the Universe consists of constant interchange of energy resulting in: 

(3) A perpetual rhythmic expansion and contraction. For example, it is only possible for comets to travel at 

their terrific speeds for long periods of time because they are constantly replenishing their energy through 

their tail, and this energy is from a sun. 

Now let us consider the tremendous likenesses exhibited by primary bodies beginning with the smallest we 

can detect, the sub-atomic: 

Sub-atomic particles (and when we say particle, we must think of particle-wave for the two concepts are 

inseparable in speaking of basic structure) are to be considered in this discussion as particles that science can 

know only indirectly by their behavior Thus, heat energy given off by an electron might be comparable to 

satellites of the electron. Thus the electron gives off electro-magnetic radiation, which produces effects on 

varying portions of the spectrum depending on the kind of motion. 

Perhaps these particles are those quanta of electromagnetic radiation which have been called photons and/or 

gamma rays. These rays, like X-rays, are without an electrical charge and are therefore not deflected in 

electric or magnetic fields. Gamma rays are electro-magnetic radiation of very short wave length, and high 

energy. Photons or energy vary in their velocity and thus energy according to the kind of radiation to which 

the matter emitting the photons is subjected. 

If the radiation is in the high frequency end of the spectrum, then the photons will have a higher energy. In 

other words, the energy of the photons emitted by an electron subjected to electromagnetic radiation is related 

to the energy of the radiation, but the energy is emitted in distinct quanta. Photons are too small to detect 

experimentally in the high frequency portion of the spectrum. They are only detected in that part of the 

spectrum below visible light. 

Photons or gamma rays by interaction with atomic nuclei have been converted into pairs of electrons and 

positrons (positively charged electrons). This materialization is a good example of the equivalence of matter 

(mass) and energy. 

Scientists have divided the sub-atomic particles into two classes. The first class consists of particles which 

cannot occupy the same shell or energy level. These include the proton, electron, positron, neutron, neutrino 

and mu mesons. The second class consists of particles which can occupy the same energy level. Photons, 

gravitons, and pi mesons be-long to this class. The graviton is the unit of gravitational energy. According to 

the Unified Field Theory, gravity is just another aspect of electromagnetism like light, radio waves and other 

forms of electro-magnetic radiation. 

Professor Vaclav Hlavaty of Indiana University Graduate Institute of Applied Mathematics recently achieved 

solutions to mathematical equations in Einstein's latest Unified Field Theory that revolutionize our concepts


of energy, motion and matter. 

Dr. Hlavaty's solutions to the Einstein equations reveal that electro-magnetism is the basis of the Universe . . . 

which goes beyond Einstein's attempt to unify gravitation and electro-magnetism . . . the twin forces in which 

he believes the Universe manifests itself. If Dr. Hlavaty's solution is correct, the basis of all cosmic 

forces--gravitation as well as matter and energy--is built up of an all-pervading, all-embracing mathematical 

field. 

These theories will lead to the discovery of cosmic forces not even suspected today. Gravitation is not the 

basis of everything, but electro-magnetism is. Everything, including man, owes its existence to its 

electro-magnetic force field. 

So-called gravity is created by the vortex of the particle itself and is related to the density and also the size of 

the vortex or electro-magnetic field. Thus the gravity exhibited by a sub-atomic particle may be greater than 

suspected at the present time. It is present as pressure toward the center of the field. Therefore, one might 

think of gravity as acting inward at right angles to the energy levels or shells. And to make a broader 

statement, we might say that all of the particles of the second class are acting at right angles to the spherical 

energy levels or shells, but the photons act outward and are given off as various forms of electro-magnetic 

energy. Both photons and gravitons modify the motion of their respective nuclear body in its role as a satellite 

to some larger body. 

As electrons revolve about atomic nuclei in energy levels, so photons revolve around electronic nuclei, and 

when they are subjected to energy they are emitted as electro-magnetic energy in waves, the effect of which 

depends of their motion. For the possible effects glance at a chart of the electro-magnetic spectrum. The 

effects may be anywhere from heat on the far left, through radio waves, infrared, visible light, ultraviolet, and 

X-rays, to the high energy gamma rays just before the section of the spectrum designated secondary cosmic 

rays. 

Gravitons are "particles" acting inward pulling from the center due to the pressure therein resulting from the 

expansion and contraction of the magnetic field which is a field of electrically charged motion. Due to the 

particular kind of motion of the electron in the magnetic field, no sensation of electricity is felt. The latter 

results when the negatively charged electrons move through the positively charged solution called atmosphere 

with a frictional motion. Atmosphere as used here, refers to the electro-magnetic field, not just "air". 

". . . The particles that go to make up the ethers can be thought of . . . as sub-sub-atomic matter . . . and as you 

'sub' lower than that we go out of existence as far as the world of matter measurable is concerned . . ." 

(B.S.R.A. Special Report, 10-C-53). 

Now let us consider atomic structure! 

Although we could probably be more nearly correct if we regarded all the so-called particles as motion rather 

than substance, we retain the physicists terminology in order that those who are acquainted somewhat with 

atomic physics can judge for themselves what is stated. 

The old classical idea of an atom consisting simply of a positive nucleus with negative point-like electrons 

revolving rapidly around it is now found to be quite inadequate. Also, we are not so certain that there is a 

tremendous amount of empty space between these entities. For sub-sub-atomic matter would indicate satellites 

of satellites to a micro-infinity separated by the Infinite Light of the Creator, known to the Qabbalists as Ain 

Soph Aur, the Limitless Light. 

The newer theory of wave mechanics envisions the electron as a standing wave undulating to and fro. When 

the electron emits energy its energy level or shell is contracted accordingly. When it absorbs energy the shell


is expanded. The apparent mass depends on its speed. Since the electron rotates, we must now conceive of this 

undulating more or less spherical shell rotating or spinning. This rotation is brought about by the effect of flux 

set up by the charged solution in which the electron is found. The rotation brings about polarity, magnetism, 

gravity, electricity, etc. 

Now, before we leave this discussion of what an electron is, let's include in our concept what would give rise 

to this more or less circular standing wave undulating to and fro. This can also be thought of as a 

manifestation of the vortex or electro-magnetic field. This effect can be pictured by imagining the wave effect 

of two series of vertical rows of fish passing uniformly between each other at a ninety-degree angle and then 

backing up. Would not this motion in rhythm give the effect of a spherical undulating wave? In the case of the 

atom these waves are produced by parallel lines of force passing between each other at right angles with a 

rhythmic "breathing" resulting from the positive-negative strain. The positive lines of force are composed of 

positively charged particles, and the negative lines of force of negative particles intersect them at right angles 

forming a flux effect. This intersection, when the lines are of equal density and vibration, forms an atom 

consisting of protons and electrons and an electro-magnetic field. It is because these two kinds of lines of 

force have different speeds that scientists have recently discovered that the speed of light is not constant at 

186,000 miles per second. 

Several months ago, a naval research engineer said he and four associates photographed a spot of light moving 

across a cathode ray tube at 202,000 miles per second, faster than the recognized speed of light. 

Perpendicular to these intersecting lines of force are other parallel lines of force which extend infinitely 

throughout all space. These have an extremely high rate of vibration but no motion as to direction. This is 

what is meant by space intelligences when they say: "Light does not travel . . . light IS!" These lines of force 

establish polarity and the resulting effects. They are the creative causation force of the Creative Intelligence, 

and the insulating force between successive electron shells. They make possible creation of new particles and 

add to the rotation of particles already existing by spiral induction and partial penetration. 

It is this force which condenses and escapes invisibly as a "neutrino" when an atom is "split". It is the part of 

the atom which undergoes a "resurrection." Physicists discovered the neutrino (which they believe to have a 

mass of less than one two-thousandth of the mass of an electron) from the fact that in the nuclear process of a 

neutron being converted into a proton and an electron there was some missing spin energy. The neutrino was 

postulated as the carrier of this energy. 

It carries no electric charge, but an idea of its character might be more easily grasped by realizing that a beam 

of neutrinos would travel through lead of almost infinite thickness with no decrease in intensity. Indeed, the 

neutrino, which physicists can't see as they have seen tracks of other nuclear particles on photographic film, 

appears to be the creative light force of the Infinite Father. The Limitless Light . . . the Light that IS! It is the 

balancing force of the Omniverse. 

In regard to the nucleus of the atom, physicists are considering various theories, trying to understand what 

holds its protons and neutrons together in the nucleus since electrically like forces repel. A qualitative answer 

is given by certain of the mesons, but quantitative measurements await further development, because the 

forces acting between a meson and proton or neutron are said to be approximately one thousand times 

stronger than the forces acting between an electron and electric field. 

However, in keeping with the differences in the speed of phenomena within the atom, could we not say that 

the vortical currents were sufficiently strong to keep the nuclear matter concentrated in a comparatively small 

area regardless of its apparent mass relationships? In other words, if gravity is recognized as a force acting 

inward as a result of vortical currents of the atom, the weights and measures developed in the vortical currents 

of the Earth have no intrinsic value of themselves when referring to the atom. Information received by the 

B.S.R.A. states if one atom were ever truly smashed, your whole system would be turned into a super solar . .


. nothing but light radiation . . . many millions of times brighter than your sun." No wonder space visitors are 

concerned over our atomic experiments! 

Before we leave the subject of atomic structure, let's glance at the idea of the inverted atom. Physicists have 

found short-lived particles in all cases that are the electrical opposites of the prevalent particles in our atomic 

structure. Some of these, including the newly found anti-proton have been found in cosmic rays. These are 

evidently the particles that form atoms built with negative nuclei and positive satellites. Substances 

constructed of such atoms would be identical except that they would be invisible to our physical senses, which 

were constructed to recognize substance formed of atoms having positive nuclei and negative satellites. 

Physical vision is sensitive only to positive light reflecting from negative substance on a negative planet. Inner 

perceptions see colors resulting from negative light. Neither reflections from negative substance or reflections 

from positive substance are reality, and neither are they visions . . . they are only reflections from reality. 

Now let us consider molecular structure: 

The structure of a molecule is dependent on the structure of the atoms of which it is composed. Science has 

recently found that in order for two atoms of hydrogen to associate themselves as a molecule, their respective 

single electrons must have opposite directions of rotation or spin. Thus we see the positive-negative 

association into oneness reflected even in the molecule. 

Like planets, some molecules possess rotational energy and others, such as the diatomic symmetrical 

molecules of hydrogen, nitrogen and oxygen, do not. 

When atoms or molecules are arranged in perfect order, the result is known as a crystal. Irregularity of atomic 

or molecular order results in a fluid. A true solid state is always in a definite crystalline form. Crystals of pure 

metals have recently been studied and it has been found that different crystal faces of a metal behave as if they 

were entirely different metals. Evidently, the crystalline geometrical forms determined by the 

electro-magnetic field of the atoms produce a differing field on each face. 

Crystals which do not have identical characteristics in all directions (not cubic) are called anisotropic crystals. 

When a ray of light enters an anisotropic crystal it is split into two components which travel with different 

velocities and follow different paths. Perhaps the crystal is here dividing the positive and negative light lines 

of force. 

Another interesting fact of molecular structure that has recently been revealed is that the thousands of atoms 

in fibrous protein molecules such as those composing hair, horn, fingernail, muscle and porcupine quill, are 

arranged in the form of a helix. This form results when asymmetric objects (the amino acids) are joined 

together in such a way that each one has the same geometrical relationship to its neighbors. Some of these 

molecules then form a compound helix or a coil of coils, etc. Thus science is discovering the linking forms 

between the atom and the biological structures. 

An electron micrograph of a bacterial flagellum has shown a three-strand cable which by its diameter suggests 

it is a seven-strand cable of seven-strand cables. 

The space people have said that the forms of crystals within the blood are the source of energy for man's every 

motion. The crystals in the blood, by diffusing, refracting and reflecting the positive and negative light lines 

of force, and by opposing polarized conditions, bring about the flow of the blood by light energy and as a 

result, the functioning of the heart. 

The fact that there are crystals within the blood stream is significant in relation to the use of the crystalline 

form in the Type 2 "fireball". For more information on them see The Harvesters in this book in the section 

called: Other Flesh.


Man, intermediate between the Microcosm and the Macrocosm, shows similarity to the atomic structure in the 

expansion and contraction of his muscles, in his rhythmic breathing to sustain life, and his shell-like fields of 

vibration surrounding the visible body. 

Dr. Cecil Bowiby of Los Angeles, California, recently reported that he has succeeded in photographing four 

distinct fields of vibration around the human body which are in various colors invisible to the naked eye. They 

are, respectively, about one-half inch; six inches; three feet; and nine feet and over from the skin. He believes 

the fourth field is the strongest, that is, most extensive when persons radiate strong feelings, especially those 

of love and peace. 

Now let us consider our own Solar System: 

In _One Two Three . . . Infinity_, Dr. George Gamow says: "The picture of an atom began to look more like a 

miniature solar system with an atomic nucleus for the sun, and electrons for planets. The analogy with the 

planetary system can be further strengthened by these facts: the atomic nucleus contains 99.97 per cent of the 

total atomic mass as compared with 99.87 per cent of the solar system concentrated in the sun, and the 

distances between the planetary electrons exceed their diameters by about the same factor (several thousand 

times) which we find when comparing interplanetary distances with the diameters of the planets. The more 

important analogy lies, however, in the fact that the electric attraction-forces between the atomic nucleus and 

the electrons obey the same mathematical law of inverse square (that is, the forces are inversely proportionate 

to the square of the distance between two bodies) as the gravity forces acting between the sun and the planets. 

This makes the electrons describe the circular and elliptic trajectories around the nucleus, similar to those 

along which the planets and comets move in the solar system." 

However, physicists have stressed the fact that "an atom differs from the solar system by the fact that it is not 

gravitation that makes electrons go round the nucleus, but electricity." (H. N. Russell). But what difference 

does it make, since gravity and electricity are both manifestations of electromagnetism! This is an example of 

scientists calling effect, cause . . . if they looked beyond gravitational and electrical phenomena they would 

find the cause of both, which is electro-magnetism. 

Another difference was also discovered. An electron in an atom, on absorbing the energy of a photon (light), 

jumps to another orbit, and again to another when it emits light and releases the energy of a photon. Because 

of this phenomenon, comparison with the solar system did not seem valid. A critic said: "We do not read in 

the morning newspapers that Mars leaped to the orbit of Saturn, or Saturn to the orbit of Mars." This is true, 

we do not read it in the newspapers, but the atom with its system of electrons rotating around the central 

nucleus resembles the planetary system. In considering the atom, the jumping of electrons from one orbit to 

another, when hit by the energy of a photon, takes place many times a second, whereas in accord with the 

vastness of the solar system, a similar phenomenon occurs there once in thousands of years. Our own Solar 

System has experienced displacements in its planetary members over the centuries and this is similar to the 

"orbit jumping" of an electron. 

The circular motion of an electron around the nucleus of an atom, or a planet around the sun of a solar system, 

gives rise to an intensive electro-magnetic radiation, and in this action they are identical. The circular motion 

referred to is an effect of intersecting lines of force. 

Now let us consider the Galactic System: 

Toward the center of the Galactic System is found the nuclear region which corresponds to the sun of a solar 

system and the nucleus of an atom. The many solar systems revolving about the nucleus region of a galaxy 

correspond to planets revolving about a sun and electrons revolving about an atomic nucleus. 

At present astronomers are wondering whether magnetic fields exist in the galaxy. Cosmic radiation suggests


an answer. The intensity of cosmic radiation is almost the same anywhere on the globe. This indicates that 

magnetic fields are bringing about a random distribution of cosmic rays in space. Cosmic ray evidence is 

considered the strongest argument for the existence of these fields. If an atom and a solar system operate in an 

electromagnetic field, we would expect to find a galaxy also operating in such a field. The rotation at the 

edges of a spiral galaxy is slower than near the center, just as the outer planets in the solar system travel 

slower than those near the sun. 

The new word in astronomy is "magneto-hydrodynamics." Scientists say that interstellar space is now known 

to be pervaded by magnetic fields. Presumably they are produced by electric currents circulating in space, say 

the astronomers. Modern theory begins to visualize a galaxy as a tremendous electro-magnet, with currents of 

electrons flowing not through wires but through the viscous, turbulent eddies of gas swirling about its center. 

Electromagnetic forces seem competent to do what turbulence alone cannot do: they might form discrete arms 

and even lead to the formation of stars and clusters of stars. The modern theory of a galaxy, according to 

astronomers, promises to be as intricate as the now richly observed structural details. Ten years ago in their 

hypotheses of cosmic evolution they were thinking in terms of gravitation and light pressure. Only yesterday 

they realized they may contemplate a galaxy that is essentially a gravitating, turbulent electro-magnet. 

Now let us consider the Supergalaxy: 

Recent evidence obtained by photographic and radio astronomy indicates that our disk-shaped galaxy we call 

the Milky Way is itself a member of a disk-shaped galaxy or supergalaxy. The supergalaxy of which we are a 

member may have a population of tens of thousands of galaxies. Its nucleus is marked by the cluster of 

galaxies in the constellation Virgo. Radio waves are picked up from the super-galaxy just as they are picked 

up from near galaxies and the Milky Way. From study of the radial velocities of galaxies, the indication is that 

the "inner metagalaxy" (that is the nearest regions of extra-galactic space) is rotating. This rotation is believed 

to be a property of the local supergalaxy. Several other supergalaxies have been found indicating the 

possibility or rather probability of a hierarchy of systems of ever greater size ad infinitum. Also, scientists 

have come to the conclusion that the Universe has been expanding since about five billion years ago before 

which it was contracting. Even the Universe is "breathing" as do the lines of force that bring about the atom. 

Space intelligences have said: "Progression is only recorded by change and one who understands even his 

present environment is indeed a master." 

In 1888, S. Harris said: "Suns and planets and cosmic forces are the words in which His thoughts are written." 


MAGNETISM: THE UNIVERSAL 'I AM' 

In the discussion of The Grand Man of the Universe, we have shown the similarity, or oneness of all Creation 

from Microcosm to Macrocosm. 

When we previously mentioned an electromagnetic field or vortex, we were referring to the Fourth Great 

Primary Force, or the Resonating Electromagnetic Field (RMF) which present day science knows nothing 

about although they suspect its existence. 

The Four Forces are: Static-Magnetic Field (SM), as in a bar magnet; Electro-Static Field (ES), as in a 

charged capacitor; Electro-Magnetic Wave (EM), as radio waves, light, heat, etc.; Resonating Electromagnetic 

Field (RMF), like that of all celestial bodies (operating in a vortex), space craft propulsion field, the basis of 

life, the elemental life.


Throughout space are positive and negative parallel light lines of force running between each other at right 

angles and consisting of charged particles vibrating at varying rates producing a rhythmic wave effect of 

bands. These lines of force also vary in the number of particles they contain in a given distance, that is, they 

vary in their density. When negative and positive lines or bands ( equal to the diameter of the particle to be) 

with equal densities and vibrations cross, a vortex is set up which condenses the positive particles and these 

become _substance_Â as nuclei . . . either a proton (atomic nucleus), or a comet (early evolutionary form of a 

planet), or a sun (nucleus of a solar system). The negative particles are condensed as the _Resonating 

Electro-magnetic Field_ (_vortex_) of an atom, a planet, or a sun. 

When the positive particles have condensed sufficiently, and the surrounding negative vortex has gained 

sufficient strength, the insulating force of pure light between and around the positive and negative forces is 

reduced and polarity is set up from the flux motion of the positive and negative. A strong vortex is indicated 

by flattened poles (oblateness) and equatorial bulging in the particle. If the vortex breaks the substance 

disappears as it returns into the solution of the light lines of force, known as the ether or space. (The vortex of 

the planet Lucifer, the planet now known as the asteroid belt, broke through hydrogen experimentation.) 

When the particle is sufficiently polarized, rotation results from the constant application of the positive and 

negative light forces to the vortex. 

A comet travels in the currents of the sun's vortex (RMF) until its own vortex (RMF) breaks (The 

Andromedes, or Bielid meteors move in the path of the lost Biela's comet which disintegrated and was last 

seen in 1852) or it becomes sufficiently powerful to attain an orbit of its own, in which case it becomes a 

planet. 

Now let us consider three bodies which operate in a Resonating Electro-magnetic Field of Force: (1) The Sun 

(acting as a nucleus): One-hundred years ago, in 1854, the eminent astronomer Sir William Herschel 

suggested that the Sun may be inhabited and that the inhabitants may no more suffer from intense heat than 

those who live in the tropical regions of Earth! He believed the Sun to be a cool body, not a hot, flaming gas 

ball. 

Since it has been shown that the satellite planets are magnetic in nature, it is only right to assume that the 

governing body that rules those planets is also magnetic in nature. So, we might say that the Sun is the 

magnetic "brain" or ganglion of our entire Solar System. Its forces are the directing intelligence of all the 

functions of our System. It is from this great central, nuclear body that the planets draw their magnetic energy 

so that they, too, may generate forces. 

The Sun's vortex is very intense as would be expected of such a huge body, and it must extend to the very 

outer limits of the System. Its atmosphere has three main layers: the chromosphere; the reversing layer; and 

the photosphere. Completely enveloping these layers is the corona. When photographed in hydrogen light the 

Sun displays its magnetic structure very well. Such a photograph shows a grainy effect very similar to that 

produced when iron filings are sprinkled in a magnetic field. 

Scientists today state that the Sun is a gigantic atomic furnace radiating a tremendous amount of heat to the 

satellite planets each second. The temperature at its surface is said to be thousands of degrees and the internal 

temperature is supposedly in the millions of degrees. However, it is unexplainable how super-heated gasses 

can act magnetically. For, it is an elementary fact of physics that a substance loses its magnetism when 

heated! Since astronomers have definitely recorded magnetic effects upon the Sun, we have a direct conflict 

between the Sun's true nature and the suggested temperature. This conflict only indicates that the Sun is not 

the super-heated mass of gases that scientists think it is, but rather, a cool body as Herschel said it was. 

There is much evidence to prove that the Sun it, indeed, a cool body. The process of determining the Sun's 

temperature is very complex and involves the radiation laws of physics. Fundamentally, here is how such 

temperatures are determined: the radiation of the body per square centimeter per second, times the body's


effective temperature quadrupled, equals the rate of radiation quadrupled times the body's luminosity divided 

by its diameter squared. In solving for the Sun, one comes up with an average of 5900 absolute degrees. The 

mathematics involved is agreeable, but astronomers base their calculations on these two assumptions: 

First, they assume the Sun is a perfect radiating body; second, and most important, they assume that the Sun is 

radiating heat! This is because they believe that heat on Earth, as well as heat on other planetary bodies, 

comes directly from the Sun. People feel the heat when they stand in sunlight, so they say the Sun must be a 

burning mass radiating that heat. That is like saying a radio transmitter radiates sound waves because when we 

turn on our radios, we hear sound. But we know that such a transmitter radiates radio waves, and that these 

waves are turned into sound inside the radio! 

In 1543, a great comet came closer to the Sun than any previous comet had and this was repeated by another 

comet in 1882. They actually entered the Sun's corona which supposedly has a temperature of one-million 

degrees absolute. These comets traveled over one-million kilometers through this blazing corona and emerged 

unscathed and with no change in velocity or direction. If the Sun is radiating heat, why weren't these comets 

instantly disintegrated upon entering a tremendous heat of one-million absolute degrees? Surely nothing could 

survive such a treatment! 

Astronomers have told us that the planet Mercury is devoid of life because it is only thirty-six million miles 

from the Sun. They have told us that if Mercury was any closer, it would have turned into "nothingness" long 

ago. How then did the two comets survive without at least showing some effects of their journey through the 

Sun's corona? We must conclude that the answer is that the Sun does not radiate heat, as such! Therefore, it 

cannot be any kind of a super-hot body. 

The prominences supply us with some more proof of the above conclusion. These prominences are said to be 

hydrogen gas explosions and first appear in the Sun's photosphere. There are many theories, but as yet 

astronomers have been puzzled over their origin. The behavior of these so-called "hydrogen clouds of gas" 

contradicts one of the oldest, and supposedly, most stable law of physics . . . the law of gravity of Newton. 

Some prominences travel at the unbelievable speed of 450 m.p.s. and reach an altitude of one-million miles; 

that's one-hundred ninety-one thousand miles more than the Sun's diameter. To add to the oddity of this 

phenomenon, is the fact that these prominences rise to fantastic heights, and then just "hang" in mid-air, 

unsupported, in complete defiance of Newton's law of gravity! Others appear to "materialize" from nowhere, 

and hang motionless. Surely the Sun with all its tremendous mass and "pulling" power could bring these 

prominences down again if they were composed of hydrogen gas. Astronomers say they are composed of such 

gas because the spectroscope has labeled them such. But the spectroscope is very inaccurate because between 

the Sun's atmosphere and this instrument, the atmosphere of the Earth intervenes, and the upper atmosphere of 

our planet contains almost pure hydrogen. This could be the hydrogen that astronomers say is on the Sun. 

Sunspots and prominences have puzzled scientists for years, yet they are part of the same phenomenon. 

Sunspots and prominences are manifestations of the Sun's auroral activity as viewed from different angles. 

They have never photographed the solar prominences except at the edge of the Sun. Prominences take the 

form, or appear as sunspots when seen on the face of the Sun. The shape and particulars of the prominences 

cannot be observed unless the light of the Sun is blotted out. These prominences are not super-heated 

hydrogen gas because their very behavior proves otherwise! They behave as forces, not as elements (gas, etc.). 

The prominence force of the Sun is similar to the auroral force emanating from the polar vents of the Earth. 

This auroral force is known as the aurora borealis in the Northern Hemisphere, and the aurora australis in the 

Southern Hemisphere. The names, "northern" and "southern" lights, are also given to this phenomenon. This 

Earth force which is continually being sent into the atmosphere, has the exact characteristics of the 

prominence force of the Sun. Although it is continually emanating from the Earth, it is only seen at certain 

times when atmospheric conditions are right.


The auroral and prominence forces are identical. Under the thick atmosphere of the Sun are hidden planetary 

bodies which are emanating aurora forces known on the Sun as prominence forces. The fact that there are 

planets under the Sun's photosphere is also evident from the fact that in atomic structure the electrons are 

balanced by an equal number of protons within the nucleus. This makes a balanced system. 

The prominence forces manifest in the atmosphere of the hidden, or inner planets, pass through their 

electro-magnetic field, then manifest once again in the atmosphere of the Sun. Then what about the so-called 

"hanging prominences" which "materialize" from nowhere in the upper atmosphere of the Sun? The solution 

to this baffling question can be found easily. When the auroral forces of the outer planets (Earth, Mars, etc.) 

pass through their vortex or electro-magnetic field, they are ultimately drawn into the great Sun body where 

they manifest. At this stage, astronomers observe the "hanging prominences" which "materialize" from 

nowhere! 

Another puzzle that has confronted astronomers, is that some sunspots appear to have polarity, and that some 

prominences are pulled mysteriously toward certain sunspots. Prominences and sunspots have already been 

shown to be manifestations of the auroral activity of the hidden or inner planets under the Sun's photosphere. 

There are twelve inner planets and twelve outer planets. 

Astronomers ask why sunspots arise at the more or less irregular intervals of eleven years, and why do first 

spots of a new series appear in high latitudes, and why is there a slow progression of the spots toward the solar 

equator as the sunspot cycle advances, and why is there a change in polarity of sunspots in alternate cycles? 

The answers to these questions will give an accurate and complete theory of sunspots, and the answers lie in 

the fact that the inner or hidden planets create these conditions by their periods of rotation and revolution. 

Heat and light are effects of the positive rays of the Sun. Heat is felt on the Earth because the Sun's positive 

rays intersect with its negative atmosphere and crust causing a friction or change in the quality of motion of 

the particles given off as heat radiation in consequence of this friction. The effect of the Sun's rays on the 

Earth's atmosphere is also responsible for the phenomenon of visible light which results from a different kind 

of motion of the particles. 

The eyes are only sensitive to positive light rays reflected from negative substance, thus light is an interaction 

of negative and positive forces. The Sun does not send us heat and light, although it is responsible for its 

manifestation on Earth; the Sun sends only positive lines of force which interact with the negative crust and 

atmosphere of the Earth to produce the phenomena of the electro-magnetic spectrum which includes heat and 

light. 

Science has explored the upper atmosphere of the Earth and found that sixty miles above the Earth artificial 

light is needed, and ninety miles above the Earth it is dark as "pitch". The higher we go the colder it gets, so 

we see even by logic that heat and light do not come from the Sun. Only lines of force come from the great 

sun body. 

Since distance and nearness to the Sun have nothing to do with whether a planet is "boiling" or "frigid", we 

can immediately see that all planets in our Solar System have nearly the same climate. The Earth does not 

enjoy perfect climate because it is unbalanced magnetically. 

What has been learned from space visitors about our Sun is not really anything new, but only a return to the 

ageless wisdom possessed by the Earth's most ancient races. These students of the long ago said that the true 

color of the Sun was blue, and it is interesting to note that the musical note of blue is Sol, a name for the Sun, 

itself! 

(2) The planet Earth (acting as an electron): As already stated, a comet is an early evolutionary form of a 

planet. But the behavior of a vortex in the formation of a particle such as the Earth has already been discussed.


H. T. Statson, research associate, M.I.T., says: "The source and nature of the earth's magnetism is still one of 

the great mysteries of science." It is still a great mystery because the Fourth Great Primary Force (RMF) is not 

understood; when it is understood a key will be found to many of the present day problems of science. 

We cannot think of the orbit of the Earth as being merely a circle or ellipse, because it is a spiral also. This is 

because the Sun is moving through space at many miles a second. The Earth's orbit could only be an ellipse or 

circle if the Sun were standing still. Remember, the Earth is carried along within the solar vortex (RMF), in 

addition to following its own orbit. 

The Earth's auroral force emanates from the polar vents at both north and south poles. The positive light lines 

of force leave at the north polar vent, and the negative light lines of force leave at the south polar vent. The 

bending of these light lines of force when they leave the polar vents manifests as the aurora under proper 

atmospheric conditions, and they follow the general form of the RMF. 

Reports state that recent polar expeditions have discovered the actual vents or openings that lead into the 

interior of the Earth at the North and South Poles. Ancient tradition asserts the existence of a fountain of life 

in the bowels of the Earth and in the North Pole. It is the "blood" of the Earth, the electro-magnetic current, 

which circulates through all the arteries; and which is said to be found stored in the "navel" of the Earth. 

Tschermak noted the resemblance of structure between meteorites and volcanic products. This is because both 

meteorites and matter or "bombs" ejected by volcanoes are created in a vortex. The "bombs" ejected from 

volcanoes do not come from the bowels of the Earth, but are actually created within the volcanic vortex which 

is a sub-vortex of the Earth's RMF. 

Hurricanes, known also as cyclones and typhoons, are the most dangerous storms on Earth. Their vortex may 

cover half a million square miles. Sometimes a hurricane generates a number of tornadoes on its fringes. 

Hurricanes sometimes spend energy equivalent to that of several thousand atomic bombs per second. 

Therefore, we can see the tremendous power of a vortex. The heavy rains carried by a hurricane are 

concentrated in great spiraling lines which run inward, showing again the Universal spiral form. Tornadoes, 

whirlpools, etc., are sub-vortices within the Earth's vortex. 

Â 

Plate I 

Â 

Plate I shows two views of the RMF of a nuclear particle. Fig. 1 shows a side view of the RMF surrounding a 

nuclear particle. Fig. 2 shows the same RMF viewed from above, and looking down toward the polar vent 

area. 

In these illustrations the nuclear particle is shown as a black sphere. This sphere can represent an electron, an 

atomic nucleus, a Saucer, a moon, a planet, a sun, the nuclear area of a galaxy, or the nuclear area of a 

supergalaxy, in their respective Resonating Electro-magnetic Fields. 

The shape of galaxies (spiral nebulae) as observed through the telescope is the perfect shape of an RMF. This 

shape is seen throughout the Creation from Microcosm to Macrocosm, and the form is Universal. Other 

examples would be the form of Saturn with its rings; and the shape of several types of spacecraft (Saucers). 

Celestial bodies and Saucers take the shape of their respective RMF, that's why there is so much similarity. 

Spiral nebulae when appearing edgewise look like Fig. 1, and when they appear more nearly circular, because 

their equatorial planes are perpendicular to the line of sight, they look like Fig. 2.


(3) A Saucer (acting in an artificial and controlled RMF): The statement has been made that a Saucer can 

enter the Earth's vortex (RMF) because it has an RMF itself, therefore, a rocket ship cannot penetrate the 

cleavage layer of the Earth's RMF and is disintegrated because it does not operate in such an RMF. The rocket 

craft has a magnetic field to be sure, or else if couldn't exist, but it does not have a resonating force field about 

it. 

Since Resonating Electro-magnetic Fields are found throughout the Omniverse, they are interacting and only a 

Saucer or spacecraft with an artificial and controlled RMF can travel in an interstellar manner. 

Meteorites do not have RMF, and therefore, some will say they cannot penetrate the Earth's field or vortex. 

First of all, many meteorites and tektites are formed within the RMF of the Earth itself by a process of 

gathering together at a vortex center of primal matter present everywhere in so-called space. When these 

meteorites and tektites get large enough, like raindrops, they fall by the inward force of the vortex (scientists 

would say "gravity" and Einstein in his Unified Field Theory says "magnetism"). 

The Earth was originally created in this manner, and cosmic debris was gathered toward its vortex center until 

it was big enough and had a field intensive enough to go from the comet to the orbiting planet phase. The 

Earth is still gathering material daily and adding to its mass by the formation of meteorites within its own 

RMF. These meteorites drop to the surface of the planet. 

The stone meteorites are created within the Earth's vortex, as are the tektites. These tektites do not come from 

the Moon as has been suggested. The iron meteorites are created by vortical action within the solar vortex 

(RMF). 

An object that doesn't have an RMF will be disintegrated when it enters a vortex in proportion not only to the 

intensity of the RMF, but also in proportion to its energy which depends on mass and velocity. Thus, a dense, 

fast-moving object would not be disintegrated to pure energy, while a less dense, slow body would be if given 

the same expo-sure time in the same field. 

For example, Capt. Mantell's plane was torn to pieces when it came in contact with the RMF of the Saucer, 

whereas it would have disintegrated into pure energy if it had attempted to enter the Earth's RMF. 

Another example is found when we consider the asteroid belt between Mars and Jupiter. These asteroids are 

fragments of a planet once known as Lucifer. The question arises: "How could the fragments from this 

destroyed planet have entered the Earth's vortex since they did not have an RMF themselves?" The reason is 

that the asteroid fragments, or any other fragments beyond our planet's RMF, can enter the Earth's field . . . 

but they disintegrate by so doing. The law is NOT: "Nothing can enter the field unless it also has an RMF" . . . 

but the law IS: "Anything can enter the field, but it will be disintegrated in proportion to its energy (mass times 

velocity squared) and the intensity of the field (RMF) it is entering. 

First, a fine dust came from exploded Lucifer and struck the Earth turning everything red, then a fine sand 

came, then coarser sand, then gravel, then meteorites destroyed villages. When Lucifer was destroyed, and its 

vortex broke, the smallest particles had the greatest velocity, therefore, the larger fragments came last. For 

more information on Lucifer-Maldek see Maldek and Malona in this book in the section called: Other 

Tongues. 

Some researchers say that Saucers operate in a static field, but this is not the case. No interplanetary craft 

could travel as it does in a static field. Only utilization of the Fourth Force, or RMF will enable any kind of a 

craft to go from one world to another. 

Saucers and all spacecraft contain their own atmosphere around them like a celestial body. They can go under 

water and the RMF will keep the liquid from touching the craft. Refer once again to Plate I: In Fig. 1, the


black sphere can represent a Saucer in its RMF. The perfect shape of a spaceship is a globe or ball, and 

planets that have only recently succeeded in developing interplanetary craft use such devices. Celestial bodies 

are round and globe-like for the same reason. As a planet advances scientifically its technicians are able to 

intensify the RMF, and the Saucer takes on the shape of its on field. That is why very flat, discus-shaped 

Saucers have been seen and also, globes have been observed. The more highly advanced the world, the flatter 

the craft. Eventually, no craft is needed to travel the interstellar distances, and beings are projected" to other 

worlds by thought alone! The reason Saucers sometimes have blinking lights on the top and bottom of their 

craft is because these are the polar vent areas of the ship, just like the polar vent area of Earth which emit the 

auroral force. Crossed lines of force exist at the vents, therefore observers see blinking of pulsating lights of 

various colors. North-South and East-West propulsion operates on different force. Also, a different force is 

used if the Saucer goes up or down. 

The human being has a very complex field with a maze of vortices. Therefore a Saucer pilot can leave the 

RMF of his craft by two methods. First of all, as the Saucer lowers Earthward, its RMF is reduced and drawn 

into the rim of the craft. Otherwise, its own field would keep it off the ground. If the ship is to be lowered all 

the way to Earth, then the RMF must be completely drawn into the rim area. This action enables any occupant 

of the Saucer to emerge unharmed. Secondly, if advanced enough, a Saucer pilot can control his own field 

composed of numerous vortices and thereby go through another RMF of low intensity. When Christ walked 

on the water and performed other so-called miracles, he utilized such knowledge. 

If the reader will refer to photographs of the crescent-shaped arrow-craft or mastercraft in The Coming Of The 

Saucers, by Arnold and Palmer, the craft's flowing center can be observed. This center is the polar vent area 

where lines of force are crossing. In the same book, mention was made of the Saucer that exploded over 

Maury Island. Sometimes the craft are not constructed perfectly, and their own RMF begins to tear them apart. 

The angle of incidence of a Saucer determines whether it has a high or low intensity field. Likewise, the more 

the poles are flattened on a planet, the more intense is its RMF. 

From the Delawarr Laboratories, Oxford, England, comes the following information: "We have been able to 

materialize energy particles in a controlled magnetic field and would agree that the materialization of 'saucers' 

at certain positions in the earth's magnetic field is entirely possible." (B.S.R.A., CQC-B-7, April 1, 1954). 

Many ask: "How are Saucers constructed? They don't exhibit rivets, bolts, screws . . . their surfaces are 

extraordinarily smooth and their openings don't show when closed!" Needless to say, a Saucer is not "built" as 

we on Earth construct anything. First of all, an electro-magnetic field is set up, and within this field, a 

technician constructs sections of a Saucer by his own powers of thought! This is similar to the vortex within 

the volcano creating the ejected "bombs"; or the Earth's vortex, itself, originally creating the Earth. After the 

various small sections are completed, they are joined by pins that are hidden from view. Therefore, no obvious 

joining-together shows from the exterior of the craft. People of other planets do not hammer and pound, cut 

and saw; they utilize their own creative abilities (such as we all possess) to construct their craft and many 

other objects. Their clothes have no seams, and this is also because they are "woven" in an entirely different 

manner than ours! 

In The Secret Of The Ages, Robert Collier says: "All about you is energy . . . electronic energy . . . exactly like 

that which makes up the solid objects you possess. The only difference is that the loose energy round about is 

unappropriated. It is still virgin gold . . . undiscovered, unclaimed. You can think it into anything you wish . . . 

into gold or dross, into health or sickness, into strength or weakness, into success or failure. Which shall it be? 

'There is nothing either good or bad,' said Shakespeare, 'but thinking makes it so.' The understanding of that 

law will enable you to control every other law that exists. In it is to be found the panacea for all ills, the 

satisfaction of all want, all desire. It is Creative Mind's own provision for man's freedom. And now man is 

beginning to get a glimpse of the final freedom that shall be his from all material causes when he shall acquire 

the complete understanding that mind is the only cause and that effects are what he sees. There is no 

intelligence in matter . . . whether it be stone or iron, wood or flesh. Matter is Vital Force crystallized into the


pattern we have given it. Mind is the only intelligence . . . it alone is eternal . . . it alone is supreme in the 

Universe. Therefore, all Vital Force is good. It is only our patterns that are at fault." 

Before leaving _Magnetism: The Universal 'I Am'_ it is only proper to discuss what I believe to be the 

greatest discovery pertaining to the field of anthropological science. Scientists have long pondered the 

question of what is culture? What constitutes culture? Why culture? 

Cosmetology is called the science dealing with the effect of cosmic phenomena on life. If we consider it from 

the standpoint of magnetism and its effects on humanity and culture, it becomes sort of a science of cultural 

magnetism. 

In _The Saucers Speak!_ a space intelligence said: "On your Earth there are magnetic anomalies. Your 

scientists wonder why meteorites fall in a pattern in certain locations over the world. They also wonder why 

great civilizations are found where meteorites are found. The answer is simple. The anomalies attract the 

meteorites, and these same anomalies amplify Universal influx from outer space. Therefore, you will find 

better living conditions, finer art and music and so on in the same place you find the meteorites." 

In geology, anomaly is a departure from the normal pull of "gravity" as calculated for any particular place on 

the Earth's surface. Scientists say that when positive, the anomaly indicates very heavy material beneath the 

surface; when negative, very light material. Examples of such magnetic anomalies are the Oregon Vortex; 

Mystery Spots at Santa Cruz, San Jose, Guerneville, and Los Gatos, California; Mystery spot at St. Augustine, 

Florida; and other locations are known to exist in several places in the United States. There are a number of 

vortices in the Ojai Valley, others in Canada, others in Mexico, etc. Scientists who have investigated the 

strange anomalies have only concluded that they know absolutely nothing about the causes for strange visual 

effects and other distortions in the various anomalies. 

An anomaly has its own vortex which is a sub-vortex of the Earth's RMF. The anomaly acts as a Universal 

radio because it amplifies everything coming in from outer space. Highly sensitive individuals have strange 

experiences when they enter an anomaly area. Their ability at reception is increased to a fantastic degree. If 

man on Earth wants to communicate with other planets he should set-up his equipment in one of these 

vortices! 

One of the interesting phases of the study of meteorites is their distribution over the surface of the Earth. If 

one would look at a world map that shows the distribution of the iron meteorites, it would be immediately 

seen that where the meteorites fall there is great civilization or highly civilized peoples. This, as stated before, 

is because meteorites are attracted to the anomalies, and the anomalies are amplifiers of Universal knowledge 

constantly permeating all space as the "music of the spheres." Great cultural centers are found over and near 

such anomalies! The individuals living in such areas are receivers of this Universal knowledge and it 

manifests itself in great works of art, music, literature, scientific achievement, architecture, philosophy, etc. 

Depending on what vibration an individual is operating in, he will create in one of these fields. 

Here at last is the answer to: Why culture? Careful studies of geological maps in connection with the number 

of cancer cases in different areas showed Brunler that the radiation (vortical action?) of the Earth must have 

an important bearing on this disease. Therefore everything man does, thinks, says, creates, etc. is magnetic in 

nature! Magnetism is truly the Universal _'I Am'_. 

A study of the major fault lines of Earth also shows that culture follows these lines because magnetic 

anomalies are found along them as well as volcanoes. Trace the fault lines on the world map of Plate II and 

see where they cross areas of great cultural advancement. Remember, this does not necessarily mean civilized 

centers. Native peoples have created many wonderful cultural items that have never been equalled in modern 

civilization.


The many complex questions arising when origin of certain cultural traits are discussed can be answered by 

investigation of anomaly areas as they follow the fault zones of Earth. It is interesting to note here that the 

Seven Shangri-Las or Seven Great Hidden cities mentioned by Brown Landone are found directly over major 

fault lines of Earth! Any center of cosmic truth preserving the ancient wisdom would have to be located in 

such an area. Its inhabitants would require the amplifying qualities of the anomaly in order to continue their 

higher metaphysical research as masters. 

Truly, _God Provided--Man Divided!_ For all is magnetic, all is one, all is God! 

Spinoza said: "The Universe is ONE. There is no supernatural: all is related, cause and sequence. Nothing 

exists but substance and its modes of motion." 

BOOK II OTHER TONGUES 

ISHTAL--MAXIN 

In the Solex-Mal, this is the symbol for the "All-Seeing Eye," the "Light of Creation," the four-pointed star 

stands for the Four Great Primary Forces of Creation, the flower of twelve petals represents the twelve 

planets. 


THE SOLEX-MAL 

This is the symbol of the Solex-Mal, the Solar or Mother Tongue, the universal language of all mankind. This 

language was the original tongue once spoken on Earth by all people and is still used by the inhabitants of 

other worlds in outer space. It is a symbolic, pictographic language. 

Solex means Solar, and Mal means Tongue. In Spanish, the word Mal means bad, sin, evil, hurt, injury, 

illness. In the drawing heading this chapter, we see the Solar Disc or Circle on the left. Extending out from 

this disc, to the right, is a curved or curled tongue. Therefore, it is literally a tongue as well as a language 

referring to a tongue. 

How did the word Mal meaning tongue come to signify evil and other negative conditions? James 3:5-8 says: 

"Even so the tongue is a little member, and boasteth great things. Behold, how great a matter a little fire 

kindleth! And the tongue is a fire, a world of iniquity: so is the tongue among our members, that it defileth the 

whole body, and setteth on fire the course of nature; and it is set on fire of hell. For every kind of beasts, and 

of birds, and of serpents, and of things in the sea, is tamed, and hath been tamed of mankind: But the tongue 

can no man tame; it is an unruly evil, full of deadly poison. 

Job 5:21: "Thou shalt be hid from the scourge of the tongue: neither shalt thou be afraid of destruction when it 

cometh." 

I Peter 3:10: "For he that will love life, and see good days, let him refrain his tongue from evil, and his lips 

that they speak no guile." 

Proverbs 10:20: "The tongue of the just is as choice silver: the heart of the wicked is little worth." 

Proverbs 12:18: "There is that speaketh like the piercings of a sword: but the tongue of the wise is health." 

Proverbs 12:19: "The lip of truth shall be established for ever: but a lying tongue is but for a moment."


Proverbs 15:4: "A wholesome tongue is a tree of life: but perverseness therein is a breach in the spirit." 

Proverbs 18:21: "Death and life are in the power of the tongue: and they that love it shall eat the fruit thereof." 

Proverbs 21:23: "Whoso keepeth his mouth and his tongue keepeth his soul from troubles." 

Jeremiah 9:5: "And they will deceive every one his neighbor, and will not speak the truth: they have taught 

their tongue to speak lies, and weary themselves to commit iniquity." 

Jeremiah 3:18: "My little children, let us not love in word, neither in tongue; but in deed and in truth." 

Again in James, 1:26: "If any man among you seem to be religious, and bridleth not his tongue, but deceiveth 

his own heart, this man's religion is vain." 

In a Psalm of David, Psalm 39:1, we find: "I said, I will take heed to my ways, that I sin not with my tongue: I 

will keep my mouth with a bridle, while the wicked is before me." 

There are many other references to the tongue of man in the Bible, but those referred to will be sufficient to 

show how the word for tongue in the original Mother Language came to be used in later languages and meant 

bad or evil. 

St. Matthew 15:11: "Not that which goeth into the mouth defileth a man; but that which cometh out of the 

mouth, this defileth a man." 

And in St. Matthew 15:17-20, Jesus said: "Do not ye yet understand, that whatsoever entereth in at the mouth 

goeth into the belly, and is cast out into the draught? But those things which proceed out of the mouth come 

forth from the heart; and they defile the man. For out of the heart proceed evil thoughts, murders, adulteries, 

fornications, thefts, false witness, blasphemies: These are the things which defile a man: but to eat with 

unwashen hands defileth not a man." 

Therefore, evil comes from the heart of man and the tongue is the conveyor of that evil to other men. We must 

not translate Solex-Mal to mean Solar Bad or Solar Evil. For originally there wasn't any evil in our Solar 

System. Therefore, Solex-Mal means, simply, Solar Tongue. The word Mal has come down to us from the 

dim past and is still used in certain languages of our Earth. 

The inhabitants of the Earth at one time spoke and used the Solar Tongue. All anthropologists and linguists 

agree that at one time there was only one language, and that from that one language all those existing today 

came into being. The countless languages of Earth are likened unto a tree with many branches. As we go from 

the top of the tree we see the branches thinning out; suddenly there are only two or three large branches; then 

we arrive at the single trunk. Science knows what languages are represented by the two or three large 

branches, but they have never yet discovered the original, parent language of Earth. All languages of today are 

related to it. 

Our Holy Bible wholly agrees with this theory, and tells us how many languages came out of one. In Genesis 

11:1-9, we read: "And the whole earth was of one language, and of one speech. And it came to pass, as they 

journeyed from the east, that they found a plain in the land of Shinar; and they dwelt there. And they said one 

to another, Go to, let us make brick, and burn them thoroughly. And they had brick for stone, and slime had 

they for mortar. And they said, Go to, let us build us a city and a tower, whose top may reach unto heaven; 

and let us make us a name, lest we be scattered abroad upon the face of the whole earth. And the Lord came 

down to see the city and the tower, which the children of men builded. And the Lord said, Behold, the people 

is one, and they have all one language; and this they begin to do: and now nothing will be restrained from 

them, which they have imagined to do. Go to, let us go down, and there confound their language, that they


may not understand one another's speech. So the Lord scattered them abroad from thence upon the face of all 

the earth: and they left off to build the city. Therefore is the name of it called Babel; because the Lord did 

there confound the language of all the earth: and from thence did the Lord scatter them abroad upon the face 

of all the earth." 

The Tower of Babel was built by Nimrod and intended to reach to heaven. Nimrod, king of Babylon, wished 

for greater power and decided to war on God. His tower of bricks in Shinar was built by six-hundred-thousand 

men and was so tall that it took a year to reach the top. From it some men shot arrows at the sky, and they 

came back bloodied. When the tower was not quite finished, God sent seventy angels to confuse the tongues 

of the workmen. One did not understand the next; they fought, some were transformed into apes and demons, 

and the survivors were scattered as the seventy nations on the face of the earth. One third of the tower sank 

into the earth, one third was burned, one third remained. Whoever passes the place where the tower stood 

loses his memory completely. Tradition names the tower of Birs-Nimrud at Borsippa as the original. The story 

may have been inspired in the nomadic people by the ziggurats and the swarming cosmopolitan life of the 

large Babylonian cities. Somewhat similar legends accounting for the diversity of languages are found in 

Africa, eastern Asia, and Mexico. 

Ancient manuscripts tell us that at one time man on Earth lived in a Golden Age and "spoke with angels." 

This simply means that in Atlantis and Lemuria and before, Earth people were in constant contact with beings 

from outer space or "angels." Through evil and greed and lust, the Golden Age passed from the Earth and with 

it went the ability to speak the Solex-Mal. We will again speak this "language of angels," in the New Age now 

dawning. 

Already we can see the evidence mounting that man needs a common, universal language. The new language 

of science is "Interlingua". A grammar and a dictionary of Interlingua has been published. This publication 

climaxed twenty-five years of work by expert linguists who developed the new language. It comes from some 

of the languages of the western world and in its written form more closely resembles Spanish than any other, 

although it also has French, Italian and English words. It has a twenty-seven thousand word vocabulary, 

including seventeen thousand scientific and technical terms which already have wide international usage. The 

grammar is simpler than that of any of the national languages and can be learned in a short time. 

The following is written in Interlingua: "Energia es necessari pro toto que occure in le mundo. In temporas 

passate le plus grande parge del energia applicate esseva fornite per le fortia muscular del homies e del 

animales domestic." The English translation of the above is: "Energy is necessary for all that occurs in the 

world. In past times the greatest part of the applied energy was furnished by the muscular strength of men and 

domestic animals." 

Interlingua is now a scientific language, but it could become a means of international communication in other 

fields. For the greatest possible progress in science it is essential that research workers know the results of 

work along similar lines by investigators in other countries. There should be a continual exchange of ideas and 

results. Wouldn't it be wonderful if any person could travel through the world and converse understandably 

with any literate person in any nation? 

The new world interlanguage is Esperanto. It is steadily growing in practical use in every civilized land. The 

pronunciation is simple, there are no irregular verbs, and there are no exceptions to the few grammatical rules. 

It is so constructed that a vocabulary is quickly acquired. Esperanto short-wave broadcasts average 

one-hundred fifty-five a month and it is taught in five-hundred and fifty schools and colleges, some in the 

United States. It is being increasingly used by business, and particularly by travel organizations to solve 

language barriers. 

The following is written in Esperanto, see how easy it really is: "Inteligenta persono lernas la interlingvon 

Esperanto rapide kaj facile. Esperonto estas la moderna, kultura lingvo por la internacia monda. Simpla,


fleksebla, praktika solvo de la problemo de generala interkompreno, Esperanto meritas seriozan konsideron." 

Bill Cunningham, in "The Boston Herald," said: "There can never really be one world until there's one 

language . . . one working language that the people running that world can speak, write and understand . . ." 

Undoubtedly we need some sort of international language to surmount the barriers that diverse languages have 

created ever since the building of the Tower of Babel. The difficulty lies in getting people to learn a tongue 

different from their own. Why learn an artificial language, say the English-speaking nations, when English is 

so eminently suitable? On the other hand, the French and the Germans and the Italians stubbornly insist that 

French or German or Italian is the best means of communication. However illogical such a position might 

appear, one really can't blame them. So we need an international language. 

The meetings of the United Nations Security Council bear out this need. Everything the Russian delegate says 

has to be translated into English and French. Not only is this a waste of precious time, but it is also a burden 

on those who understand Russian and French as well as English. They have to listen to the delegate's words 

three times running. If the delegate could speak in some international language, much time would be saved 

and his speeches would have to be heard only once. 

Many of the old ways will be eliminated in the New Age. Even now we can see the trend. We are now in a 

transitional stage to the Golden Dawn just ahead of us. We will again "speak with angels," for we will 

understand and speak the Solex-Mal, the original, and Universal Mother Tongue of Creation. 

The inhabitants of other worlds call our Earth Saras or Saros. Saros is a Babylonian numeral representing 

sixty sixties or three-thousand six hundred. It is also the Chaldean cycle of years, and in ancient Chaldean it 

meant "repetition", or "repetition of cataclysms". A fitting word for the Earth planet! Our world is also called 

Chan or Shan. This word also describes our Earth very well, indeed! Our world has been termed the 

"sorrowful planet". Perhaps the word sorrow came from _saros_; at least, it sounds like it could have. 

Eventually, dictionaries will not even be used, for the Solex-Mal is a symbolic, pictographic language. When 

reading it in written form, one interprets symbols instead of reading words. Therefore, a symbol will be 

understood by all whether they have ever seen the particular symbol before or not. 

The following symbolic writing was received by our research group in northern Arizona in 1952. It is believed 

to be written in Solex-Mal. It has not been translated as yet. Some of it is Atlantean in character and the 

signatures of prominent personages are in evidence. It is evidently a complete message in itself. 

Â 

TAUMA 

RAU 

MAMMAU 

RAMDA 

LENN-YAH 

MU-NATAI 

KAAR-MU-DUM


MEXEL-TAUX-MANILIL 

Â 

MASU-RA 

MEXEL-MANU-VEC 

RAGDA-MUNLIL 

JOSH-TAU-MAXIM 

MESMAI 

LENNA (Protruding tongue symbols). 

LENISH 

LENMAL 

Â 

LENVA 

SHOSH (Snake-form symbols). 

SHAP 

SHOPâ€H 

SHENâ€LIL 

FAMMA (Arms-forward symbols). 

Â 

FAMMIL 

FAMMNAL 

FAMMOSH 

ASAPâ€H (Civilization on world sphere). 

ASAPâ€H-UN (Civilization under world sphere). 

SART-MUNDAI 

EDEN-MAI (This could be the symbol for the division in the Garden of Eden). 

XENâ€PH-MAU


MAX-MAL-KISH-ROK TAU-MUN 

Â 

(Signature of a person). 

AGASSI-PAN-AGASSI-MALDEC-TOM-MU (There is reference here to the planet Maldek (c) and to the 

Motherland of Lemuria. (Mu). 

EXTEL-HAI 

UR 

EIL 

MUS 

Â 

NAâ€SHI 

SHUK-TUM-MU (Lemuria, Mu, mentioned again). 

(Signature of a person). 

RAGIF-KONT-VA 

MEGAL-MEX-MAL 

UDAI-HUN-DALAI 

Â 

ENLIL 

KAL-MU-KAL 

ISO-TOK-MAL 

LESH-TAL 

PITASH-ROK (Evidently identical with Pitach-Rhok, mountains of Poseid or Atlantis. 

IMELEX 

UR-MUN ZELPH 

SHAM-TOK-MARU (The eight-pointed star is the "Star of Baptism" or "Regeneration.") 

Â 

MEPâ€TH-MAU


MEP 

MEPâ€TH 

NAAG 

TESH 

ELHIM-NAZ 

RAGGA-DAHL 

REG-MAHL (The Four Great Primary Forces contained within the Universe, which, in turn, is within the 

hand of God). 

VIZ 

MARN 

Â 

MARF 

MAR-TOK-MARU 

MAR-TOK-KAL 

MAR-TOK (The "shadowed" left eye shows that this individual does not have spiritual perception). 

TEC-LACMAL 

RAPâ€H 

ERMON 

Â 

PHAMMON (A highly developed individual displaying many accomplishments. The "shadowed" mouth 

shows that his tongue speaks no evil). 

PHLIL 

PHLAN 

URNA ("U" or Urn-shaped symbols). 

URNAS 

URNAN 

URNEPâ€H


Â 

SHEO-SHEOI (To the apples we salt we return). 

AKASH (Memory of other lives. Similar to Akasa in the Sanskrit, one of the five elements of the Sankhya 

philosophy, identified as space, ether, or sky. Devotees who gaze upward until stiffening muscles prevent 

change of facial position are termed Akas-Mukhi, or "sky-facers"). 

PLAMMA (Past lives remembered by memory stirred through dreams). 

PLAMMA (New experiences discovered in dreams. "Plamma" means forces active at night). 

ARAMMA (Force or forces aiding progression upward; the road to ever-expanding grandeur). 

Much of the foregoing symbolism is similar to the ancient scroll writing of the Atlanteans. Every written 

thought in Atlantis was a challenge to the reader's mental development and a great variety of translations 

could be given to the same scrolled copy. The scroll form was used because it is symbolic of evolution, it is 

ever expanding. 

Atlantis, however, used a modified form of the original Solex-Mal. So we would expect to find great 

similarities if not exact duplications in some cases. 

Actually, there is nothing new under the sun; the New Age will not really be "new" at all--we are only 

returning to that status which we lost millennia ago. 

In St. James 3:10, we find: "Out of the same mouth proceedeth blessing and cursing. My brethren, these 

things ought not so to be." 

Poisonous insects were often used in ancient times to symbolize the deadly power of the human tongue--and it 

was an accurate portrayal. But in the near future blessing and cursing will not proceed out of the same mouth; 

the mouth that insists on cursing will be sealed up, but the mouth which blesses will be the mouth that tastes 

of the fruit of things promised. 

Aphorismic statement was one of the favorite methods of instruction used in the Pythagorean university of 

Crotona. One aphorism says: "Govern your tongue before all other things, following the gods." 

Just as science and religion will be one, so will all language be _one language_: the evil tongue will be silent 

and the wise tongue will rejoice; we shall "follow the gods", for this is the promise of OTHER TONGUES! 


TRACKS ON THE DESERT 

A man from another world stepped onto the planet Earth on November 20, 1952. My wife and I and our 

friends witnessed this happening which took place 10.2 miles from Desert Center, California on the highway 

toward Parker, Arizona. The full account is given in Flying Saucers Have Landed by Leslie and Adamski. 

I was the first one to arrive at the footprints after the contact had been made. I could see where the spaceman 

had deliberately scraped away the top soil in order to get down to a more moist sand that would take the 

impressions from carvings on the bottom of his shoes. I got down on the ground in order to get a close 

observation of the symbols. The carvings on the shoes must have been finely done for the impressions left in


the sand were clear-cut, well-defined and evidently of a high order of workmanship. 

The footprint symbols tell why men from outer space have come to earth and what might happen if men on 

Earth refuse to live the Universal Laws of the Infinite Father. There are many, many meanings to the various 

symbols, and only a partial interpretation can be given here. We must bear in mind that these are "out of this 

world" symbols; however, since the planet Earth is a part of the Great Totality, we can expect certain facts to 

remain 

Â 

About eleven miles from Desert Center, Calif. toward Parker, Ariz. L. McGinnis, L., Geo. Adamski, R. 

Â 

constant throughout that Totality. Furthermore, in ancient times there was communication between the Earth 

and other worlds. The ancient symbols of Earth are the symbols of space beings, also. 

Many people have asked: "If the space people are so intelligent why didn't they just type out a message in 

English and hand it to you? That would be so much more simple than all this footprint riddle business!" These 

people forget that a typed sheet of words wouldn't be proof of any such contact and besides, people like their 

"riddles", it makes them think--and that's just what the space friends want. They made those footprints in 

order to arouse curiosity, 

Â 

Geo. Adamski standing where Saucer had hovered. Only a few feet from footprints. 

Â 

and through people's desire to know what the symbols mean will come realization. They will get "in tune" so 

to speak with the entire idea of visitors from space. 

Briefly, a breakdown of symbols shows the following: 

1. Use Of Simplified Pictography: Pictographic representation would almost be the same no matter where or 

by whom used. The forms used are definitely limited. 

2. Use Of Simple Dots And Lines: These would necessarily be the same no matter what world they were used 

in. For example: 

(a). Use of numeral 3 to represent Triune God-head; Body, Soul and Spirit, etc. 

(b). Use of dots, smaller or larger as the case may be, to indicate planets and respective satellites. 

Â 

The author (far right) making the plaster casts. Mrs. Williamson, Bailey, McGinnis, Wells (L to R). 

Â 

Left Footprint. Arrow points to toe of track. (Compare with Plate IV.)


How else could it be done? 

3. Use Of A Footprint To Convey Desired Message: 

(a). After all, this would be a most simple way because the marks left by the foot are ample proof of a contact 

and these same marks can be studied; casts can be made of them; and photographs can be taken, etc. 

(b). Also, the foot-shape itself gives us a clue as to how to read the message. We know that in 

walking we step on the heel and end of the toe. Therefore, in reading the symbols, we start with the symbols 

on the heel, proceed from there to the arch, and then to the toe symbols. 

(c). Also, each footprint, left and right, is to be taken as a unit in itself. So, each one has a separate message to 

convey; yet, both are related in an overall message. 

(d). We must also take into consideration the fact that the symbols that were observed on the ground are 

exactly the reverse (direction) of the 

Â 

Right Footprint. Arrow points to toe of track. (Compare with Plate VI.) 

Â 

symbols on the sole of the shoes making the impression of the prints. A mold is always the opposite of the 

original, etc. However, our visitor from Venus drew attention to the footprints themselves; not to the soles of 

his shoes. So, the spaceman must have taken this fact into consideration when planning the message and 

corresponding symbols. We are not to read the symbols on the plaster casts, for as stated above, they are the 

reverse of what should be read. In interpreting these symbols then, we must keep all these facts in mind, 

remembering them as they appeared on the ground originally. 

4. Use Of The So-Called Swastika And Other Symbols: The true clock of the universe is in the form of a 

Swastika. It is the Big Dipper revolving about the North Star. Some of the other symbols represent the form of 

the star-grouping in certain constellations. How else would you show these heavenly bodies and their 

arrangements except by drawings of what they look like? These would, of course, be true universal symbols. 

Certainly the spacemen wouldn't give us symbols we couldn't understand. What good is a message if we don't 

know the meaning of it? The form of certain constellations would be different as viewed from other worlds, 

but space people would know what the form was that appeared to men on Earth. 

I made the plaster casts of the left and right footprint. From a preliminary study of the casts (and drawings that 

had been made prior to the pouring of the plaster) a partial reconstruction of the original 

Â 

PLATE IV. Left Footprint 

Â marks was made. Therefore, the drawings of the footprints as reproduced in the Phoenix Gazette of 

November 24, 1952 were not completely accurate. I had made hurried drawings from my field-notes for 

immediate publication in the paper. Later, I did considerable work on the casts and during certain tests many 

of the smaller symbols came to light. Anyone, searching through the world's oldest records would come to the 

same conclusions as I have.


I took several photographs of the events on November 20, 1952. Five of these photographs are re-produced in 

this book. (See Plate III, Fig. 1-5, pp. 96). 

From the impression left by the LEFT FOOT, we get the following interpretation: 

A. The LEFT footprint (See Plate IV), taken as a total, represents things Spiritual and Cause. 

B. In reading the footprint, we read from heel to _toe_; for when stepping we begin on the heel and end on the 

toe. Therefore. the footprint message should be read from bottom to top. 

C. That which is represented on the arch is chief, principle or prime. The Sign of the Archer is also on the 

arch. 

D. On the heel we see a simple pictographic story. The "7"-shaped figures appear to be like simple bird forms 

denoting flight. We see a tilted Saucer in the shape of an open mouth (oval) symbolizing the fact that 

spacemen have a message to give to their brothers on the Earth. There seems to be a system of 3's represented: 

(1) Saucer oval 

(2) "7"-shaped figures (also made up of two lines each) 

(3) Three circles or dots 

There is clockwise motion here as in swastika symbols on the right footprint. This shows that the planetary 

bodies represented are in constant motion. The planets in what we call the first, second, and third orbits are 

shown: 

(1) Mercury 

(2) Venus 

(3) Earth 

Also, the two "7"-shaped figures seem to form an enclosure around two of the planet symbols and the oval 

Saucer figure. This shows that these two planets are connected with the landing contact and personal 

interview, but Mercury is not. In other words, a space craft has come from Venus and made contact with 

Earth. The three circles or dots used to represent these three planets are drawn roughly to scale. Therefore, one 

can immediately see what circle represents what planet, etc. 

E. On the arch we see nine separate lines drawn and used to construct the symbols here. The numeral 9 was 

assigned as the symbol of Life Force by the ancients. The esoteric meaning is: "to revolve in circles or orbits". 

Here too, is undoubtedly the secret of Saucer propulsion. The utilization of universal or cosmic energy. No 

fuel is needed, except the ideal "fuel" of the Universe itself in the form of some type or adaptation of 

electro-magnetism. The three lines, above the arrow-like figure, represent the equation: one plus one equals 

three. In otherwords, by adding the laws of attraction and repulsion we get manifestation or propulsion. The 

two upper vertical, curved lines represent the forward motion of the space craft, and since they do not meet, 

and can never meet, they curve away and outward from each other. This shows that the propulsion force is to 

be found throughout the Universe. We also find a more spiritual message in the symbols on the arch. The 

arrow-like figure represents one whose faith is low. One whose spirit acknowledgeth the gift of spirits, but not 

the All person. The three horizontal lines directly above indicates that the spacemen have found three different 

types of people on Earth. One type believes only in earthly or material things; another believes in things 

spiritual; and the third has faith and believes in the All Creator. Unless a man puts away the materialism that


is in him, he cannot rise to the emancipated heavens of the Creator. Also, the two lines extending upward 

represent the upraised arms of a man seeking. The Universal prayer of mankind. The Creator has sent people 

from outer space to guide Earthmen as they free themselves from darkness and bondage. These spacemen, in 

the name of the Infinite Father, will raise up men with eyes to see and ears to hear. This message is therefore 

proclaimed to all the inhabitants of the Earth. 

Therefore, the LEFT footprint shows that our brothers from outer space have come to the Earth 

Â 

PLATE V. Left Footprint 

Â to let us know our own spiritual condition at this time and to show us how this condition can be improved. 

It also shows by what method they arrived here. 

The symbols in both footprints bear a strong resemblance to a crude drawing of a fish. We must also take into 

consideration the fact that a built-up layer was superimposed on the flat sole of the original shoe. Since this 

section was added to the bottom of the shoe it must mean that we are only to consider that part and omit the 

general outline and shape of the foot itself. When we do this we immediately recognize the outline of a fish. 

(See Plate V). 

In the LEFT footprint, that which appears to be the eye of a fish, is also a geometrical figure known as Vesica 

Piscis. It is a rough outline of a fish itself, formed by two curves joined at extremities. It was held in high 

veneration in ancient times. In pictorial art, the Vesica Piscis is the oval aureole or glory within which the 

early painters depicted figures of Christ, the Virgin, or an apostle. It is an emblem that replaced the earlier 

figure, the fish or Ichthus, and is found on the sarcophagi of the catacombs, in medieval symbolism, seals, etc. 

The broad arrow found here was also in use since earliest times, and was found on all ancient buildings. 

The fish was frequently associated with world saviors. Vishnu was expelled from the mouth of a fish. The 

Egyptian Isis is often shown with a fish on her headdress. Oannes, the Chaldean savior, is depicted with the 

head and body of a fish from which his own form protrudes at various points. Christ was symbolized by a 

fish. The mysterious Greek name of Jesus means a fish. _Ichthus_--used in early Christian art as a symbol, 

because the letters of this word are the initials of the Greek words: Jesous CHristos THeou Uios Soter (Jesus 

Christ, Son of God. Savior). Therefore, the first monogram of the Christians was a fish. Oannes came out of 

the sea, was amphibious. He brought to the Chaldeans their culture, showed them how to build cities, and 

retired again to the sea. Quetzalcoatl, the Mexican Toltec hero-god, is represented by a whale which rose out 

of the sea; the old serpent covered with feathers who lies in the ocean. He, too, was amphibious and was 

known as "the Heart of the Sea". And he, too, reputedly brought to his people their culture. 

In some ancient records, the planet Venus is symbolized by a fish. In connection with the fish symbol we 

should consult the Holy Bible. In St. Matthew 12:38-41, we read: "Then certain of the scribes and of the 

Pharisees answered, saying, Master, we would see a sign from thee. But he answered and said unto them, An 

evil and adulterous generation seeketh after a sign; and there shall no sign be given to it, but the sign of the 

prophet Jonas: for as Jonas was three days and three nights in the whale's belly; so shall the Son of man be 

three days and three nights in the heart of the earth. The men of Nineveh shall rise in judgment with this 

generation, and shall condemn it: because they repented at the preaching of Jonas; and, behold, a greater than 

Jonas is here." 

Again, in St. Matthew 16:3-4, we read: "And in the morning, It will be foul weather to-day: for the sky is red 

and lowering. O ye hypocrites, ye can discern the face of the sky; but can ye not discern the signs of the 

times? A wicked and adulterous generation seeketh after a sign; and there shall no sign be given unto it, but 

the sign of the prophet Jonas."


As we continue to study the symbols of the LEFT footprint, we see 3 bars above an arrow-like figure. If we 

consider the fish symbol here, it is interesting to read, Jonah 2:6: "I went down to the bottoms of the 

mountains; the earth with her bars was about me for ever; yet hast thou brought up my life from corruption, O 

Lord my God." 

Here we find reference to the "earth with her bars". We consider the Earth to be in the third orbit, so the three 

bars could stand for that fact. Also in Jonah we find reference to "the earth with her bars was about me for 

ever; yet hast thou brought up my life from corruption". So, too, we find the two expanding lines above the 

third bar going upward or outward, away from the head of the fish symbol. Also, remember, Jonah was in the 

belly of the fish three days and three nights. 

Feet themselves, represent the natural, external plane of life in contact with the world; and the feet of the 

spaceman represent the contact and presence of space beings with Earthmen and the Earth planet. 

Swedenborg says that a fish symbolizes sensual affections which are the ultimate affections of the natural 

man. Also, those who are in common truths, which are also ultimates of the natural man. Also, those who are 

in external falses. 

Their likeness to birds (swimming of fishes; flying of birds) suggests that fishes correspond to affections for 

intellectual activity. And what does the fact that they live in the water instead of the air show in regard to the 

kind of thoughts to which they have relation? Plainly the fishes of the mind enjoy a lower, less spiritual kind 

of thought than the birds. The water, which is their home, corresponds to truth of a natural kind--truth of 

natural science, of worldly industries, of the letter of the Word, and of practical right and wrong. 

An interest in gathering facts of science is a hungry fish swimming in the water and devouring all the little 

creatures which come within his reach. And presently some larger fish swallows up our little fish with many 

others like him. So stronger, broader, scientific minds absorb the observations of smaller minds and deduce 

from them the great principles of science. There is in ourselves an enjoyment in grasping the broader 

principles of knowledge, which feeds upon our special interests in particular subjects. This is a larger fish 

feeding upon the little ones. 

The interest in knowledge of worldly affairs is also a spiritual fish, which feeds with eager appetite upon our 

observations of the world, and may in turn contribute to a noble interest in tracing the Creator's providence in 

worldly affairs. So too, an absorbing interest in the external forms of worship, are fishes which may easily 

become food for more spiritual affections. But these same fishes-affections for gathering natural knowledge, 

are bad when they refuse to minister to the spiritual life, and at-tending only to the evidences of the senses, 

fall into many errors which they eagerly confirm. 

In Genesis 1:20-21, 26 and Psalm 8:6-8, we see that man on Earth is supposed to have dominion over the fish 

of the sea. These can be the spiritual fish (affections) and man is told he must have control over them. 

In St. Matthew 13:47-49, we find: "Again, the kingdom of heaven is like unto a net, that was cast into the sea, 

and gathered of every kind: Which, when it was full, they drew to shore, and sat down, and gathered the good 

into vessels, but cast the bad away. So shall it be at the end of the world: the angels shall come forth, and 

sever the wicked from among the just." 

In St. Matthew 4:18-19, St. Luke 5:3-11, St. John 21:1-13, we see the disciples as fishers of men. They would 

also be fishers in the sense that it would be their duty and privilege to lift men up from the sea of atmosphere 

of natural worldly life into the air and sunshine of true spiritual life. 

Therefore, we see that the space people are now present with us on Earth and are attempting to lift us up out 

of our present stricken condition into a fuller, more satisfying existence, by their guidance and aid. At one


time the world was in the Age of Taurus, The Bull. The Egyptians worshiped Apis or Hap, a sacred bull. And 

a calf was worshipped by the Israelites in the desert during the exodus from Egypt. Then came the Age of 

Aries, The Ram. The men of David's time were shepherds--shepherds in the Age of the Ram. King David, 

Jacob, Moses, Cyrus the Mede, all these had been shepherds, and the Psalms speak of God leading the 

multitudes as if they were his precious sheep-fold. Then came the age we are just now leaving--Pisces, the 

Age of the Fishes. 

Each of these ages lasts approximately two thousand years. However, each one is usually about two thousand, 

one hundred and fifty years long, and the passing from one such age into another is always accompanied by 

both external and internal storm and stress such as the world is now going through. The last change took place 

about two thousand years ago when Jesus came on the earthly scene as the Great Piscean Avatar or 

Teacher--and the new world that formed itself from that turbulent era and area was the western Christian 

civilization that we know today. Since this great enterprise has worked itself out and fulfilled its mission, it is 

now drawn to a close, and the New Age of the Water-Bearing Aquarius is upon us. 

As a Piscean Master, Jesus fed the multitude with fish; he walked on the water; his followers were fishermen, 

and as we said above, he made them fishers of men. Clement of Alexandria enumerates the fish, the anchor, 

the ship and fisherman as fitting objects to be employed by the Christians on their seals and lamps. These are 

all Water-Fish-Age symbols. An early Christian drawing shows the Church, in the form of a ship, borne by 

Christ amidst the storm and stress of life. Pisces is a rainy constellation, bringer of storms, and controls the 

fate of sailors. Since the time of Christ the world has progressed along avenues that dealt almost entirely with 

water. For several hundred years all of man's ambitions were wrapped up in the seas and oceans. He traveled 

by sails to the far corners of the world; he became a great explorer using the waterways of the world to serve 

him in his quest. The result was the discovery of new lands in the West, and new frontiers promised new life 

and new hope for mankind. The darkness and brutality of the Middle Ages was forgotten in these new-found 

lands, and man as a spiritual being leaped to the challenge of development. 

Until very recently, our great sources of power were nothing but waterpower. We had steam engines for this 

and that; we built great dams to conserve this power. Only a few years ago man took to the air; but he had 

always longed to fly. Primitive man had watched the eagle with envy. 

Man graduated as a shepherd (Aries), and as a Fisherman (Pisces), and now he becomes a Gardener in 

Aquarius the New Air Age. This title expresses the kind of work that he has to do in his new role. 

Psychologists insist that the conscious and the subconscious minds stand almost exactly in the relationship of 

gardener and garden. The gardener sows his seed in the soil that he has prepared; he waters the ground, and 

selects a site upon which the sun will shine--but he does not try to make the seed grow. He leaves that to 

Nature. Therefore, we speak the Word but we leave it to Divine Power to make the demonstration. The 

dominant note of the New Age then is Spiritual development and Spiritual demonstration. 

It takes mankind about twenty-six thousand years to go through the class of twelve lessons about the Creator, 

which we call the Zodiac. We have gone through these lessons many times before, and we will have to repeat 

them in the future, but each time we go through the same lessons at a much higher level with a different 

quality of knowledge, for it is not an endless circle, but an upward reaching spiral. The change we are now 

experiencing is not a change brought about by merely passing from one Sign or Age to another, such as 

happened in passing from Taurus into Aries, or Aries into Pisces; our present change is not one brought about 

by a two-thousand year plus cycle, but brought about by the ending of a Solar Year, or twenty-six thousand 

years. That is why we are now going through a great upheaval; physically, mentally and spiritually. 

The LEFT footprint therefore, taken as a whole, can signify the Piscean Age; and that Age has ended, for the 

fish is trampled underfoot! 

From the impression left by the RIGHT FOOT, we get the following interpretation:


A. The RIGHT footprint (See Plate VI), taken as a total represents things Material and Effect. 

B. In reading the footprint, we read from heel to _toe_; for when stepping we begin on the heel and end on the 

toe. Therefore, the footprint message should be read from bottom to top. 

C. That which is represented on the arch is chief, principle or prime. (The symbol here of three dots can 

mean: Since; Because; Equals; Result In; For The Reason Of). 

D. On the heel we see the Clock of the Universe going in a clockwise direction. In the center we see one circle 

(dot). This represents or symbolizes the Creator, the Infinite; the curved arms symbolize the Four Great 

Primary Forces; the arms project from the circle in the center, and being joined to the circle, they are coming 

from it. That is, these forces emanate from the Creator. The swastika, popularly called a "good luck symbol" 

and one of the many symbols of the Four Great Primary Forces, was a favorite among the ancients throughout 

the world and still clings to the hearts of present (Masonic, etc.) humanity. Pythagoras on his return from 

Egypt taught that the numeral 4 referred to the Great Creative Forces of the Universe. The legend is that: "At 

the command of the Creator the Four Great Primary Forces built the universe and all therein. They . . . the 

Four Great Builders, the Heavenly Architects and Geometricians, the Four Great Strong Ones . . . built the 

earth and formed its life." The swastika symbol evolved from the simple cross symbol, and both are among 

the most ancient symbols of Earth. The swastika is the Key to Universal Movements. Since Four Great 

Primary Forces were used in Creation, and are now governing the movements of all bodies throughout the 

Universe, these forces are working from West to East, and carry all celestial bodies in the direction of West to 

East. These forces by their actions cause the revolving bodies to continue their force, so that apparently the 

force comes from the movements of the body. The atomic element is simply a collector, carrier, and 

distributor of the portions of primary forces that have been handed to it; atomic force does not obtain its 

energy from elements of the atom. By smashing the atom the flow of forces through it is destroyed. The 

ancients used the flow, they did not destroy it. This power is the Will and Command of the Infinite. The 

esoteric or hidden meaning of the swastika was known by the priesthood and this meaning was not 

communicated to the layman. (SeeÂ Plate XVII" p. 253). The swastika is an ancient sign in India and is 

sacred for it was one of the body marks of the Lord Buddha and has a solemn meaning among both Brahmans 

and Buddhists. The swastika has been said to resemble the apparatus used prehistorically to make fire and thus 

represents sacred fire, living flame. Milani thought it was a symbol of the sun and "seems to denote its daily 

rotation". 

Or it may be lightning, the storm, the Aryan pantheon; benediction, good omen. The swastika is very ancient 

and widespread for it was used in Crete, in ancient Rome, on Celtic rocks in Scotland, rock carvings in 

Sweden and throughout the Orient. The wheel cross, which is thought for Stone Age man to have symbolized 

the sun, is displaced in the Bronze Age by the swastika. American Indians of the pre-Columbian period used 

this cross for a number of purposes. The most frequently mentioned is as a symbol of the four directions 

which were important in Indian ritual. It has also been identified as a wind symbol, storm symbol, and phallic 

meanings have been attributed to it. If the cross pieces point to the right, it is a lucky sign; if they point to the 

left it is an unlucky sign. In China the swastika was the symbol of a benevolent society. The word swastika 

comes from the Sanscrit and in Northern Europe it was called Fylfot. In China it is known as Wan. This is 

especially interesting because in "The Saucers Speak!" Wan-4 was a representative of the Safanian Solar 

System. And Wan is the Chinese word for swastika. Also notice the use of the numeral 4. Apparently, from 

the beginning the Four Great Primary Forces, called in the most ancient writings the Sacred Four, have played 

a cardinal part in man's religion. It would appear that most of the ancient theology was based on their 

workings, and many theological lines and divergences sprang from them. Another ex-ample of "God 

Provided--Man Divided". The Sacred Four are still very much with us. But just what are these four? Since the 

arrival of friends from outer space it is possible to know the true meaning of this sacred number. The Four 

Great Primary Forces are: Static Magnetic Field; Electro-Static Field; Electro-Magnetic Wave; Resonating 

Electro-Magnetic Field. Ancient temples were dedicated to these Sacred Four as representative and symbolic 

of the almighty power of the Creator. Ancient man at one time on Earth understood the true meaning of the


Sacred Four, but later this meaning was lost to him; however, it continued to be used in rituals and thus was 

handed down from generation to generation. These Sacred Four were the Executors of the Seven Great 

Commands of Creation. The ancient conception was: "In the beginning chaos reigned throughout the universe, 

which was in darkness and without sound. Then the Creator, desiring to create worlds, commanded His Four 

Great Forces to establish law and order in the universe so that creations might commence. When law and 

order became established the Creations were carried out by the Sacred Four according to His desires and 

commands." Apparently all ancient peoples had their special names for the Sacred Four according to their 

language; some had scores of names for them. They were designated as: The Sacred Four, the Four Great 

Ones, the Four Powerful Ones, the Four Strong Ones, the Four Great Kings, the Four Great Maharajas, the 

Four Great Builders, the Four Great Architects, the Four Great Geometricians, the Four Great Pillars of the 

Universe, the Four Genii, the Amshaspands by the Mazdeans, the Elohim and Seraphs by the Hebrews, the 

Rabiri and Titons in Hesiod's theogony, etc. Not only did the Sacred Four get sundry names bestowed upon 

them by various people; but symbols in the form of crosses were designated to emphasize the names. The 

swastika, itself, always retained a warm corner in the people's hearts. As said before, this symbol is found 

throughout the world in all ages from ancient Mexico to early American Mound Builder to Egyptian, etc. 

Therefore, in the heel, we see the Four Great Forces emanating from Deity, and traveling from West to East 

around a center. Why do we look to the most ancient symbols for interpretive material? This is because "We 

have found in the most ancient records of the Aryan language proof that the indications of religious thought 

are higher, simpler, and purer as we go back in time, until at last, in the very oldest compositions of human 

speech which has come down to us, we find the Divine Being spoken of in the sublime language which forms 

the opening of the Lord's Prayer." (Duke of Argyll). Remember, the swastika was primarily a sun symbol and 

was associated with Apollo. It has always been associated with those who apparently came to Earth to teach 

men better ways of living; of governing themselves; agricultural methods; and greater appreciation of the 

physical form in beauty and perfection. Therefore, the swastika is not indigenous to Earth. It is certain that 

this ancient symbol came to the people on Earth from a source in outer space and was then incorporated into 

religious beliefs on this planet. So, it is not too difficult to see that it would be very useful and would find its 

way into a universal symbol. All men everywhere would understand the significance of the Sacred Four and 

the Creator. In the book, "Astronomy" by Arthur M. Harding, Ph.D., in the section entitled "The Clock In The 

Northern Sky" we find: "The Great Bear is the oldest of the constellations. It moves slowly around the pole 

star, making one complete circuit in twenty-four hours. Here is a Celestial Clock that never runs down, 

requires no attention and is always absolutely accurate. From this natural clock the expert astronomer can get 

his time with an error of only a few minutes if he knows the day of the month. When the Dipper is below the 

pole star it is in its natural position. Six hours later it will be standing on the end of its handle on the East side 

of the pole. At the end of twelve hours it will be upside down and over the pole and at the end of eighteen 

hours it will be found West of the pole and standing on its bowl. The Dipper is directly over the pole in May, 

West of the pole in August, directly beneath the pole in December and East of the pole in late February." 

Taking this description of the Great Bear Constellation into consideration we find we have a definite swastika 

design that is, by drawing, a clockwise swastika. However, it moves counter-clockwise around the pole star. 

(See Plate VII, Fig. 1). So it 

Â 

Plate VII 

Â is easy to see why the space people might very well use the swastika as a universal symbol or emblem. 

Now we will interpret the four symbols that are drawn between the four arms of the swastika in the Right 

Heel. The early writings of the Persians and the Chinese tell us that there were Four Bright Stars in the sky 

that protected and watched over the others. Notice the use of the Sacred Four again. These stars were said to 

be in the West, the North and the South. These positions evidently corresponded to the Vernal Equinox, the 

Autumnal Equinox, the Winter Solstice and the Summer Solstice--the Four Cardinal points of the sky. If we 

turn the Zodiac back to where it was five-thousand years ago we find four bright stars in the Four Cardinal


points of the heavens. (See , Fig. 2). If we look into the sky in the vicinity of these four points we can find no 

stars of any considerable brightness and we perhaps may be inclined to doubt the accuracy of this ancient 

literature or to wonder whether the four bright stars have faded considerably during the intervening years. 

However, we must recall that, because of the westward precession of the equinoxes, the Four Cardinal points 

do not have the same location with reference to the stars as they had ages ago for the constellations of the 

Zodiac are continually slipping in an easterly direction with reference to the Vernal Equinox. Therefore, we 

must study the Zodiac as the Persians and other ancients saw it! Suppose we turn the Zodiac back (westward) 

through sixty degrees (60Â°). Imagine our surprise at finding four bright stars: Aldebaran, Antares, Regulus, 

and Fomalhaut--almost exactly in the places assigned to them by the Persians. Since the Zodiac has slipped 

through sixty degrees in about five-thousand years we can tell approximately when the observations of these 

ancient peoples were made. Of the four bright stars that the Persians and Chinese said were in the Four 

Cardinal points of the Zodiac, Aldebaran is in the constellation Taurus (the Bull), Antares is in Scorpio (which 

Abraham and his followers called the Eagle), Regulus is in Leo (the Lion), and Fomalhaut is in the outskirts 

of the constellation Aquarius (which was usually represented by a man pouring water out of a vessel). It was, 

therefore, natural for early peoples to think of four living creatures--the Bull, the Eagle, the Lion, and the 

Man--as being situated in the four principle points of the Zodiac--the Vernal Equinox, the Autumnal Equinox, 

the Winter Solstice and the Summer Solstice. Although the Persians and Chinese seem to have been more 

interested in the four stars than in the constellations with which they were associated, the early Hebrew writer 

called special attention to the Four Living Creatures. An interesting bit of evidence that the constellations of 

the Zodiac have been slipping around the Celestial Sphere since the very dawn of history is to be found in the 

Book of Ezekiel and in Revelation. It is obvious from the descriptions of the "wheels" made by the Prophet 

Ezekiel that here was a landing of four Saucers and their respective pilots or occupants. 

However, this is discussed in detail in this book under The Prophets in the section called: Other Flesh. We see 

in Ezekiel 1:10: "As for the likeness of their faces, the cherubim, they had the face of a man; and they four 

had the face of a lion on the right side; and they four had also the face of an ox (bull) on the left side; they four 

also had the face of an eagle." In Revelation 4:6-7, we read: "And round about the throne, four living creatures 

full of eyes before and behind. And the first creature was like a lion, and the second creature like a calf (bull), 

and the third creature had the face of a man, and the fourth creature was like a flying eagle." It is obvious that 

the writers of the above passages were referring to the symbols of the constellations or four bright stars as 

they appeared in the Zodiac about five thousand years ago. The four bright stars associated with the Bull, the 

Eagle, the Lion, and the Man were situated at the Vernal Equinox, the Autumnal Equinox, the Winter Solstice 

and the Summer Solstice, and, according to Chinese legends, kept watch over all the others. Therefore, we 

can get a fairly accurate interpretation of the four symbols drawn between the four arms of the swastika in the 

Right _heel_: First of all, for simplicity, let us look at the symbol drawn in the upper right hand section of the 

swastika. It looks like: This symbol is V-shaped and very closely resembles the V-shaped constellation or star 

group known as Taurus (the Bull). (See Plate VIII, Fig. 2). In the lower right hand section we see: This 

symbol closely resembles the star grouping in the constellation of Leo (the Lion). (See Plate IX, Fig. 1). In the 

lower left hand section we see: This symbol closely resembles the fishhook-shape of the star group in Scorpio 

(the Eagle). (See Plate IX, Fig. 2). In the upper left hand section we see: This symbol resembles the main star 

grouping in Aquarius (the Man). (See Plate VIII, Fig. 1). Therefore, we can see why the four symbols have 

been drawn between the four arms of the swastika instead of at the four points. It is because now these four 

constellations of the Zodiac have slipped into a more Easterly direction. So, the swastika in the heel is 

definitely the Universal Time Piece or Clock. Its position indicates where those constellations are today. The 

diagram on Plate X, Fig. 1 shows the four symbols from the heel representing the four constellations and their 

relative positions five-thousand years ago. The drawing on the heel itself shows their relative positions today. 

(See Plate X, Fig. 2). We can see that the four arms of the swastika have moved clockwise 

Â 

PLATE IX. Fig. 1. Leo. Fig. 2. Scorpio


Â 

Â 

PLATE X. 

Â in an Easterly direction. When thinking of the swastika as the Universal Clock, the center of it represents 

the pole star Polaris; when thinking of it as pointing to the four constellations and showing their present 

position, the center represents the Sun. By looking at Plate XI, and moving the swastika arms sixty degrees to 

the East (Right) one can readily see the meaning of Plate X. Therefore, our space 

Â 

PLATE XI 

Â brothers are showing us the position of the four constellations as they are in the heavens at this time. Here 

they have given us the key to Universal Movement--from West to East and constant. 

The use of the sacred four numeral is world-wide and very ancient. It has been claimed by the ancients that 

there are Four Ages of Man through which this Earth has already passed. Each of the Ages ended in 

catastrophe. We are said to be now living in the Fifth Great Age of the planet Earth. In the center of the Aztec 

calendar stone the Sun-God Tonatiuh is depicted and the Aztec history of the world divides Earth events into 

Five Suns or Ages. The first four Ages were ended successively by a jaguar, a hurricane, a fire and a flood. 

Our present Sun or Age is supposed to be destroyed by an earthquake. Amazing new interpretations of the 

Aztec calendar stone are now being made by research scientists. Evidently the stone tells the same prophetic 

story that can be found in the interpretation of the Great Pyramid of Gizeh. It says that there are pyramids in 

North America and that they were somehow hidden when the white man began his march on America from 

Mexico. From the idea of a clock we immediately think of the passage of time or of past events or cataclysms 

that have transpired on Earth. So, the four could also stand for these past Ages. The fact that they are passed 

Ages is shown by the arms of the swastika being moved in a Easterly direction. It also seems that the symbols 

of the Bull, Eagle, Lion and Man were used (or drawn) on the sides of the four Saucers seen by the Prophet 

Ezekiel to show that man as Man is to be found everywhere in the Creation, throughout the Omniverse. The 

Universe extends out from small Earth in all Cardinal directions of North, East, South and West. And, as the 

ancients believed, these four "royal" stars (or suns of other inhabited worlds) were watching over all the rest! 

There is little doubt that Ezekiel saw four Saucers--complete with portholes, a type of landing-gear, pilots and 

emblems. As for the difference in the angles of the bent arms of the swastika in the heel, is seems this could 

represent the unbalance in this section of the Universe at the present time, and it might also indicate the 

change that will automatically take place in the Big Dipper star grouping as time goes on. But, since it 

represents a clock, why shouldn't it show past, present, and future? The four points of the swastika also mean 

many more things. (See Plate XVII). 

E. On the arch we see the symbol of three dots. This means: Because of. Therefore, this could stand for future 

catastrophe. Because of what has happened to four Ages of Earth represented in the heel. Three stars or dots 

always represented a Triune God in ancient times. And when you have the Triune God or Creator you have 

effect and result. The sacred three is exclusively ascribed to the Supreme Deity and means a "work of 

perfection". So we can see why three dots represent: Because of. For example: Because of the Creator worlds 

were formed, etc. These three small dots represent Body (Mortal); Soul (Mind); and Spirit (Immortal). We can 

see that Body is below. Above, and more closely together and associated are Soul and Spirit. Man's soul 

knows truth of the spirit; body is farther removed and is shown as a larger dot because physical manifestation 

is of such importance to Earth. These three dots form an inverted or upside-down triangle. The crossed lines 

between Soul and Spirit show that this is the meeting place (origin) where the Mortal Body below, of a lower 

vibratory rate, obtains Universal Truth. One line, which separates Soul (Mind) from Spirit leads directly into


the joined lines forming the oval. The other line separating Spirit from Soul (Mind) does not connect directly 

with the oval but seems to be trying to penetrate the edges, not yet having gained entrance but attempting it. 

This is similar to the sperm entering the egg to fertilize it. In other words, things of the Soul (Mind) have 

entered into this section of the Universe and Man has received it. But things of the Spirit (Immortal) have not 

entered this section of the Universe except to a limited degree to the other planets. This can be seen as a 

club-like figure in the section of the planet Mars to be extending itself into the edge-line of the oval and is 

directly beneath the meeting place of the line from things of Spirit (Immortal) with the edge-line of the oval. 

The two crossed lines are not entering this section of the Universe equally, therefore there is a definite state of 

unbalance here. 

F. The swastika within the oval figure again represents the Sacred Four. The oval itself is once again the 

Vesica Piscis and many of the symbols are contained within this oval. It is similar to the aureole of sacred art. 

This is a radiance enveloping the whole figure of Christ, or any sanctified being. Sometimes it is an oval and 

sometimes it is nearly circular in form. The swastika here divides the oval into four sections. These can 

represent four separate "rooms" or "houses" in this part of the Universe. The two horizontal arms are 

composed of spear or arrow-like heads. The head or point of an arrow, spear or javelin are ancient symbols 

showing the Forces are active. First of all, we have the planet Mercury represented in the upper right hand 

section. The trefoil, or three-leaved flower design with stern represents this planet as being in the State of the 

Flowering of Perfection. A trefoil is an ornamental foliation of three divisions or foils. What more perfect 

symbol to show the Triune Godhead! The symbol representative of All Perfection here represents "flowering" 

of this Complete Perfection itself. Here, also, could be perfect harmony of Body, Soul and Spirit. 

Going to the upper left hand section we find the planet Venus. We see no moons here and there were none for 

Mercury, either. Here are two wedge-shaped figures symbolic of "Builders of Foundation for Universal 

Truth". A wedge is a piece tapering to a thin edge and used in raising heavy bodies. This means the raising of 

the Mortal to unite or meet the Immortal in Man. Cuneiform characters have a wedge-shaped stroke. These 

characters were used anciently in writing in Persia, Assyria, etc. So, we can see why these figures symbolize 

constructiveness or "building"--in the spiritual, not the material sense. 

Going to the lower left section we find the planet Mars. Only one satellite is shown here, although Mars has 

two artificial moons. Possibly two satellites were originally shown, but because of inaccurate drawing and 

casting one has been lost. There have been many strange tales told about these satellites in past history. 

Ancient poets knew of these two moons before their discovery by Asaph Hall in 1877. Ancient astrological 

works mention them. For more information on them see Maldek and Malona in this book in the section called: 

Other Tongues. Below Mars in this section of the drawing we see a strange, club-like figure running into the 

outer edge-line of the oval. This represents the fact that the people of Mars have more revelation of Universal 

Truth coming from the Triune Creator below. However, it is not a complete revelation symbolized by the fact 

that the line from things of Spirit does not join the club-like figure, but instead, rests just above it. Still, there 

is a connection and therefore an influx from the sources below. It will be noticed that there are no lines 

coming into the top half of the oval as they are below. There have been more complete revelations in these 

sections of Mercury and Venus. Each small dot that represents a planet is in relative size to the other dots. 

Going to the lower right hand section we find the planet Earth. Here we see the known Moon of Earth and the 

"Dark Moon" or second Moon of Earth. The "Dark Moon" is mentioned in records of great antiquity 

throughout the world. We see a thin, vertical line almost extending to the outer edge-line of the oval. 

Therefore, there is a seeking on Earth; a desire in Earthmen's hearts and soul to reach the Infinite Source of 

All Wisdom and Knowledge of Universal Truth. These truths are, in turn, embodied in Soul and Spirit 

represented below. But this line has not made a direct connection as yet. Compare it with the parallel line in 

the Mars section. It only lacks the club-like appendage, and it too, will make a connection. 

Now let us look at the two horizontal arms again. We see that the arrow-like head on the left is pointing 

downward. This indicates clearly that Mars is directly beneath or behind Venus in State of Progression. The


one on the right is pointing upward, showing that Mercury and Venus both are above Mars and the Earth in 

State of Progression. You will notice there is nothing beneath the Earth. Therefore, this planet is in the lowest 

State of Progression in this section of the Universe, and especially in this Solar System. 

Now we go to the dark oval on top of the vertical, open oval. The material meaning here is that the oval stands 

for the planet Saturn. This dark oval appears to be a sort of balance on top of the entire toe symbol. Saturn 

knows Mind of Total Universe. Here is found the greatest mechanical advancement in our Solar System. 

Saturn is the Balancer of the System pointing out wrongs from rights. It enforces the law of compensation: 

"As ye sow, so shall ye reap." This is in line with Divine Will. We can see Saturn here with its rings in the 

oval form. The oval is an ancient symbol of the mouth. Saturn, as dispenser of Justice throughout this System 

is the "mouth" that conveys the Knowledge of Justice. This oval is not contained within the larger one because 

the Knowledge Saturn conveys to her brothers in this System is not from this System alone, but is from the 

Creator--and therefore it is not limited. A line extends from Saturn, and through Saturn, and enters the joining 

part of oval and continues down to the top arm of the swastika where it meets in another circle or dot. This dot 

represents the planet Jupiter. 

Jupiter is the Creator's Interpreter of Law. Knowledge and Wisdom flowing from His throne. This planet 

gives to those who desire it: "Ask and ye shall receive; seek and ye shall find; knock and it shall be opened 

unto you." Jupiter is in a progressed state of mental and spiritual advancement over the four planets around the 

swastika in the oval. The spiritual meaning here is that the dark oval represents the "All-Seeing Eye". For we 

see, extending to the right, another arrow-like head representing active forces emanating from the "All-Seeing 

Eye". The oval is also an ancient symbol for the eye. The fact that Saturn is shown above Jupiter means that 

Saturn is the seat of the Universal Tribunal, but these two planets are closely associated in state of progression 

as shown by the direct line from one to the other. 

Now we come to the skeleton-like hand on the right side of the vertical oval. Five fingers and a thumb are 

shown of a left hand, palm away. Five is the numeral symbol of the Full Godhead--the Four Great Primary 

Forces, plus the Creator. It also stands for the Four Senses and the Cardinal Sense of Feeling. This hand is 

away from the oval, and not contained within it. Therefore, it is not limited by the oval which encloses and 

designates only a very small portion of this section of the Universe. The active-force arrow-head points 

directly to this hand. Also notice that the arrow-like heads on the horizontal arm of the swastika keep the 

movement going clockwise just as the bent angles of the vertical arm do. The hand is the most ancient symbol 

of the First Person in the Godhead. It represents the creative power of God. In Proverbs 1:24, we read: 

"Because I have called, and ye refused; I have stretched out my hand, and no man regarded." And in 

Ecclesiastes 9:1, we see: "For all this I considered in my heart even to declare all this, that the righteous, and 

the wise, and their works, are in the hand of God: no man knoweth either love or hatred by all that is before 

them . . ." The Greek Christians represent the souls of the just by showing little naked human beings, praying 

with joined hands in the great hand of God. This hand issues from the clouds, whence it appears to have 

descended to Earth to take the souls of the righteous, and return with them to heaven and paradise. The hand 

also symbolizes ability, power, and thence confidence. To lay the hand upon anyone is to inspire him with 

life. Hands mean power, arms mean still greater power, and shoulders mean all power. Communication is 

produced by the touch of the hand, inasmuch as the life of the mind, and thence of the body, exerts itself in the 

arms, and by them in the hands. To hold up the hands means faith looking toward the Creator. When hands 

and feet are mentioned together, the former symbolizes the interiors of man; and the latter his exteriors; or 

both, whatever is spiritual and natural in man. Hands show the faculty of receiving. The feet are in contact 

with the dust of the world; they are less responsive to the guidance of the will and thought; they are not so 

directly concerned in doing for others, but serve rather in bringing us where we can be of use, and holding us 

firmly while the hands do the work. When contrasted with the hands the feet represent rather the effort to 

determine the course of life toward good or evil, while the hands represent the more particular thought in 

regard to the service to be done to others. The hands are obedient to inner desires and thoughts. So, we can see 

why space people have used the symbol of a foot to convey their message to us; why they have used the hand 

symbol inside of the fish symbol; and why they have used the symbol of the Great Fish, itself.


In this RIGHT footprint we see the time element in the head of the fish, and this is represented by the 

swastika. There is no eye represented here because the fish is more or less blind to certain time conditions. 

See St. Matthew 24:36: "But of that day and hour knoweth no man, no, not the angels of heaven, but my 

Father only." And again in Mark 13:32: "But of that day and that hour knoweth no man, no, not the angels 

which are in heaven, neither the Son, but the Father." 

The RIGHT footprint therefore, taken as a whole, can signify the Aquarian Age; and that Age is now 

manifesting, for the RIGHT footprint itself is not a fish symbol, but the fish is shown inside the total footprint, 

therefore it is swallowed up by the New Age. The RIGHT footprint shows something of the past of the planet 

Earth; something of the present; and something of the future in that certain events will take place if Universal 

Law is not learned or practiced here. It shows that space people have been to Earth before in remote times of 

antiquity and it shows our neighboring planets of this System and what their relative positions are in regard to 

States of Progression. In this footprint, we also see the Germ of Man's Life encased within the darkness of the 

interior of the Great Fish. Man's life on Earth can open into glorious fulfillment never before realized. The 

active force from the oval of Saturn pointing to the symbolic left hand with palm away, shows that Man can 

progress or rise through the hand being offered by our brothers from outer space at this time. 

It is, of course, impossible to come to any kind of a conclusion in such a short analysis of the tracks on the 

desert. Much of the material used here first appeared in my: "A Preliminary Report On Analysis Of Symbols 

From Footprints Left By A Man From Outer Space--November 20, 1952." Everyone who diligently studies 

the footprint symbols comes up with a new interpretation and sheds new light on the meaning of it all. The 

people of outer space have given these symbols in the way they have so that man will _think!_ It is evident 

that the symbols in both the LEFT and RIGHT footprints have many, many meanings and a great message for 

the people of Earth. 

To show that a great deal of research is still needed before we can get anywhere near a complete 

interpretation, suppose we thought of the oval and crossed lines in the RIGHT footprint as representing a man 

form. Each planetary body would therefore represent a certain part of Total Body Form in the Grand Man or 

the Creator. If this is so, then we must go into the meaning of various parts of the body. For example, the 

hands mean spiritually all the desire and thought which we put into the deeds we do. In a word, the hands are 

the deeds, which, regarded spiritually, consist of the desire and thought which prompt them. The hands are 

extremes of the body, and obedient to inner desires and thoughts. Love of doing or service and knowledge of 

how to do. The right hand represents love and the left hand represents thoughts we put into our work. Those 

on the left hand are those who learn but do not do. In St. Matthew 6:3, we read: "But when thou doest alms, 

let not thy left hand know what they right hand doeth . . ." And in Psalm 31:5: "Into thine hand I commit my 

spirit: thou has redeemed me, O Lord God of truth." And again in Psalm 31:15: "My times are in thy hand: 

deliver me from the hand of mine enemies, and from them that persecute me." 

For a more complete footprint interpretation we will have to study the symbolism and meaning of numbers as 

well as symbolic anatomy. Also, more research will have to be conducted along the lines of the world's most 

ancient symbolism. For instance, the emblematic hand of the mysteries was a carved hand covered with 

numerous symbols and this was extended to the neophytes when they entered into the Temple of Wisdom. An 

understanding of the symbols embossed upon the surface of the hand brought with it Divine power and 

regeneration. Therefore, by means of these symbolic hands the candidate was said to be raised from the dead. 

The hand of the mysteries is also known as the hand of the philosopher. When the disciple of the Great Art 

first beholds this hand, it is closed, and he must discover a method of opening it before the mystery contained 

therein may be revealed. In alchemy the hand signifies the formula for the preparation of the tincture 

physicorum. The four fingers represent four Divine Agents through the combined operations of which the 

Great Work is accomplished. The wise take their oath by the hand that they will not teach the Art without 

parables. To the Qabbalist the hand signifies the operation of the One Power (The crowned thumb) in the four 

worlds (the fingers with their emblems). Besides its alchemical and Qabbalistic meanings, the hand 

symbolizes the hand of a Master Mason with which he "raises" the martyred Builder of the Divine House. The


crowned thumb is Absolute Light, unknown and unrevealed, whose power shines through all the lesser lights 

that are but sparks of this Eternal Effulgence. The Creator's works are all contained within the "hollow of His 

hand". A man's physical body has five distinct and important extremities: two legs, two arms, and a head, of 

which the last governs the first four. The number five has been accepted as the symbol of man. By its four 

corners the pyramid symbolizes the arms and legs, and by its apex the head, thus indicating that one rational 

power controls four irrational corners. The hands and feet are used to represent the four elements, of which the 

two feet are earth and water, and the two hands fire and air. The brain then symbolizes the sacred fifth 

element, aether, which controls and unites the other four. It is easy to see why the space intelligences have 

used the symbol of a hand with its corresponding number five. I am certain that the readers of this book will 

have much more to offer toward a more complete understanding of the tracks on the desert. 

Mr. George H. Lark, librarian of the Philosophical Research Society, Inc. in Los Angeles, California sent 

drawings of the RIGHT and LEFT footprints to Florence Sternfels, a psychic of New Jersey. She has worked 

with Dr. Rhine at Duke University on different phenomena in the parapsychology field. Mr. Lark did not 

mention Saucers, etc. when writing to her and he did not explain the drawings in any way. After meditating on 

the footprints she wrote: "It seems the owner of the feet is very odd, and it could be a woman because of the 

long hair. This person seems to be in another world or on another planet and talks in a strange language and 

has an unusual sounding voice. This person also dresses very strangely. Whatever the mystery is everyone 

will know in a short time. People like the one the footprints belong to certainly appear to come from another 

planet." This is very interesting information considering the fact that this woman had no knowledge of what 

these prints were or from where they might have come! 

Of our space friend who placed his tracks in desert sand, we might say: "How beautiful upon the mountains 

are the feet of him who brings glad tidings . . . ." 

The Lemurian interpretation of the tracks on the desert, is given here by itself since placing it with the 

preceding material would have only confused both interpretations. 

The LEFT footprint stands for the old continent of Mu. Mu, Empire of the Sun, Motherland of the human race 

on the planet Earth, lies beneath the waters. She is also called Kui, Pan, or Lemuria. (See Plate IV). 

A. Closed lotus means Mu no longer exists. The fish represents sunken Mu and is, as mentioned before, the 

symbol of the Piscean Age. Mu will remain submerged until all influences of the Piscean Age are removed for 

she will emerge from Pisces to Aquarius. 

1. Mu lies beneath waves. 

2. The invisible Trinity of Father, Son, and Holy Ghost, pervades all, even the waters. The Empire of the Sun 

shines no more for she has set. Since a triangle represents heaven we see that inhabitants of Mu are in their 

heavens. 

3. The closed eye--Mu sleeps. The third eye, or the spiritual eye of the Piscean is closed. This also represents a 

Cosmic Egg. 

4. Arabic numeral (1) meaning the Infinite One, the Creator. Since this symbol forms the fish it means Mu is 

swallowed up. All life returns to the One. 

5. Mu lies in an abyss at a great depth. 

B. The lotus flower, the floral symbol of Mu. The lotus was the first flower to appear on Earth. 

1. A water jug, (a) with or (b) without the top portion of the lotus. The water jug is the Aquarian Age. The


new continent of Mu will emerge from the water during the Aquarian Age on Earth. 

2. This symbol represents colonists who went out from Mu, the Motherland. The left line represents those 

who went West, and the right line represents those who went East. 

3. The three bars represent Mu because she emerged originally in three stages. The rectangle is a Hieratic 

symbol for Mu. 

4. Mu is submerged; upside down. 

5. Lemuria, or Mu, was divided into three parts and water separated the land. 

6. She was a tableland. 

7. The "T" represents Tau--resurrection or 

emersion, also the Crux or Southern Cross in the heavens. Mu will be resurrected (the new heavens, new 

Earth, New Age will emerge) in the region of the Southern Cross. 

The RIGHT footprint stands for the new continent of Mu. The New Heavens and the New Earth, the New 

Golden Dawn or Age, the Aquarian or Air Age; the New Mu will emerge from the Pacific Ocean. (See Plate 

VI). 

C. The Four Great Primary Forces of Infinite Spirit are continually active in the Universe. 

1. The Four Forces are revolving in vortices--the Central Sun or Creator, the Initiator. 

2. These could possibly be the symbols of the different activity of each Force. The Four Great Primary Forces 

are: Static Magnetic Field; Electro Static Field; Electro-Magnetic Wave; Resonating Electro-Magnetic Field. 

3. Life takes form through the activity of the Four Forces. The face tells us that the human form is a Universal 

form. Because we are made "in the image of God", whose countenance is as the Sun, full of beauty and "too 

pure to behold iniquity", we too should reflect that loveliness with a smiling face; and this face is smiling. 

Remember in "The Saucers Speak!" where we mentioned the experiment of Dr. David Todd in 1924? Contact 

was attempted in Washington with the planet Mars. Several of the messages received took the form of a 

crudely drawn human face! 

D. The new, resurrected continent of Mu, brought up through cataclysmic changes in the Pacific. 

1. All comes from the Great Totality, the One. All in the New Age will be according to the Divine Will. (This 

large dot appears as the first symbol above the heel on the RIGHT footprint and was not interpreted in the 

previous section). 

2. Lemurian colonists (reincarnated) will return from East and West and merge into a new race. This will take 

place through the coming of positive (male) and negative (female) lines of force. 

3. (a) The One Spirit; (b) Symbol of the Sun, the male principle of the One; (c) Symbol of the Moon, the 

female principle of the One. Therefore, from the One androgynous Spirit springs male and female. 

4. The Cosmic Egg, having been resurrected from the water, brings forth new life. This could also be a sperm 

and would mean the same thing. (This symbol as a black oval was seen on the side of the large mother-ship 

that appeared on the desert, November 20, 1952. However, it was on its side thus: ).


5. Life takes place through the action of the Four Great Primary Forces within the One. 

6. The Seven Planets of Ancient Wisdom will again be at the heart of the new race and they will be guided by 

the planetary forces. 

7. This is a symbol of emersion of New Mu. She will emerge as a unit; the three lands will be one. 

8. Here is another symbol of the Four Forces radiating from the One; Infinite Spirit shown by the thumb. All 

forces will be understood and utilized for good in the New Age. The hand is the hand of God and will rule 

supreme. The hand is a universal form just as the face is. 

9. Through purity of living, purity of thought, meditating on the One, the Central Sun, and through prayer the 

spiritual third eye will be pierced and opened in the new race. All will experience telepathy, clairvoyance, etc. 

The activating force will be the Fourth Primary Force or the Resonating Electro-Magnetic Field (RMF). The 

symbol of an arrow means the force is active. There is a connection here with sound and may be the means of 

rediscovering the lost Sacred Word. 

10. These are geometric patterns. God geometrizes, for everything has mathematical pattern. 

11. This is a musical note, symbol of the "Music of the Spheres". This sound, or vibration, in the fourth 

dimension of motion, together with geometric patterns in the fifth dimension of motionlessness, is the cosmic 

glue which holds the Universe together. 

In Job 13:27, we read: "Thou settest a print upon the heels of my feet." And it has been truly written: "There 

shall be signs in the heavens above and signs in the earth beneath." The tracks on the desert fulfill ancient 

prophecy, brought to us by OTHER TONGUES! 


MALDEK AND MALONA 

How art thou fallen from heaven, O Lucifer (O day star), son of the morning! How art thou cut down to the 

ground, which didst weaken the nations! For thou hast said in thine heart, I will ascend into heaven, I will 

exalt my throne above the stars of God: I will sit also upon the mount of the congregation, in the sides of the 

north: I will ascend above the heights of the clouds; I will be like the most High. Yet thou shalt be brought 

down to hell, to the sides of the pit. They that see thee shall narrowly look upon thee, and consider thee, 

saying, Is this the man that made the earth to tremble, that did shake kingdoms; that made the world as a 

wilderness, and destroyed the cities thereof; that opened not the house of his prisoners? All the kings of the 

nations, even all of them, lie in glory, everyone in his own house. But thou art cast out of thy grave like an 

abominable branch, and as the raiment of those that are slain, thrust through with a sword, that go down to the 

stones of the pit; as a carcass trodden under feet. Thou shalt not be joined with them in burial because thou 

hast destroyed thy land, and slain thy people: the seed of evil-doers shall never be renowned. Prepare 

slaughter for his children for the iniquity of their fathers; that they do not rise, nor possess the land, nor fill the 

face of the world with cities. For I will rise up against them, saith the Lord of hosts, and cut off from Babylon 

the name, and remnant, and son, and nephew, saith the Lord." (Isaiah 14:12-22). 

The word Lucifer comes from a Latin word meaning, "Light-bringing", a name sometimes given by poets to 

the Moon, or to the planet Venus when it appears as the morning star and to the day. In ancient times, this 

word was wrongly interpreted to mean Satan.


The Hebrew meaning of the word seems to be "brilliant", "splendid", "illustrious", or as in the Septuagint, 

Vulgate, the Rabbinical commentators, Luther, and others, "brilliant star!" and in this sense was the proper 

name among the Hebrews of the morning star. Tertullian and Gregory the Great understood this passage of 

Isaiah in reference to the fall of Satan; in consequence of which the name Lucifer has since been applied to 

Satan; and this is now the usual acceptation of the word. 

Dr. Henderson in his Isaiah renders the line: "How art thou fallen from heaven, O illustrious son of the 

morning!" Dr. Henderson says: "The application of this passage to Satan, and to the fall of the apostate angels, 

is one of those gross perversions of Sacred Writ which so extensively obtain, and which are to be traced to a 

proneness to seek for more in any given passage than it really contains." 

The only place in the Holy Bible where the word Lucifer is found is in Isaiah. The early church fathers were 

under the impression that, the passage could only refer to Satan, the prince of darkness. However, Satan in the 

Bible has no connection with the Lucifer of Isaiah. 

Isaiah was figuratively speaking of the king of Babylon in reference to his glory and pomp, but he was 

actually referring to the destruction of a planet known to the ancient world as the "shining one". Lucifer and 

its remains are now to be observed in the telescope as the Asteroid Belt. 

By a curious chain of reference the passage in Luke 10:18 once was thought to refer to Isaiah 14:12, but this 

passage says: "I beheld Satan as Lightning fall from heaven." Even though this passage speaks of Satan, 

Lucifer became the chief of the fallen angels, the name borne by Satan before his rebellion. However, it must 

be stated again that Satan is in no way connected with Lucifer. 

In "_The Saucers Speak!_" Zo said: "Your so-called Hydrogen Bomb could make an asteroid belt out of you. 

This happened many years ago to the planet of what you would call the fifth orbit. We knew what they were 

doing but we didn't interfere. We cannot stand by and see another waste. After their destruction there were 

terrible disasters on Masar (Mars). Great volcanic eruptions took place. Many of our people perished. We 

would have been thrown out of this Solar System and lost if we had not quickly constructed two artificial 

satellites. Some of you scientists have noticed that our so-called moons Phobos and Deimos reflect too much 

light to be made of earthy substance. They are right. They are metallic in nature. They readjusted our unstable 

condition and saved a planet." 

It is true that the ancient poets knew of the satellites of Mars before their discovery and ancient astrological 

works mention them. Jonathon Swift in "Gulliver's Travels", 1726, wrote that Mars had two satellites and his 

complete description of them was most accurate. They were actually discovered as late as 1877 by Asaph Hall 

of the Naval Observatory in Washington, D. C. How did Swift and all these other individuals know that Mars 

had two moons? 

If the Prophet Isaiah was actually referring to a "fallen star" or a destroyed planet let us see if his description 

as found in the fourteenth chapter fits such a happening. 

To begin with he wonders how Lucifer, then a morning star, fell from heaven. A morning star now can be 

Jupiter, Mars, Saturn or Venus when rising shortly before the sun, and forming a conspicuous object in the 

sky just before dawn; hence, figuratively, a forerunner, or one who announces and guides. For a planet to be 

called the morning star it must be West of the sun and visible before sunrise. When bright planets are East of 

the sun and therefore visible in the early evening they are called evening stars. The ancients not realizing they 

were the same stars in different roles, called Venus when the evening star, Hesperus or Vesper and when it 

was the morning star, Phosphorus. Mercury was called Mercury when it was the evening star, but it was called 

Apollo when it was a morning star: 

When we think of morning star now we immediately associate it with the planet Venus. Therefore, we think


the ancient word Lucifer also applied to Venus. However, this is not the case. Venus and Mercury were 

known primarily as evening stars, but when Venus was a morning star it was called Phosphorus. (This word 

comes from the Greek, phos, light; and phero, bear). The Asteroid Belt, then the planet Lucifer, was also 

known as the morning star. 

Did the destruction of Lucifer take place in Isaiah's time? This is not likely, for history tells us that there were 

great catastrophes on Earth as early as the 13th century B.C. And remember, space intelligences refer to our 

Earth as Saros (Saras) "the sorrowful planet", or the "planet of much cataclysm". 

The Old Testament is literally full of references to the end of the planet known to the ancients of Earth as 

Lucifer, and to outer space intelligences as Maldek, the "silver-tongued". The first three letters of the planet's 

name (Mal) mean: tongue. For a moment, let us refer once again to James 3:5-10. There is a double meaning 

to be found here, for James is not only talking about the literal tongue of man, but he is speaking 

metaphorically of Maldek (Lucifer). 

James 3:5: "Even so the tongue is a little member, and boasteth great things. Behold, how great a matter a 

little fire kindleth!" 

In reference to Maldek, this could be translated: "Even so the planet Maldek (tongue) is a little world 

(member), and boasteth great things. Behold, how great a destruction (matter) a little explosion (fire) causes 

(kindleth!)." 

James 3:6: "And the tongue is a fire, a world of iniquity: so is the tongue among our members, that it defileth 

the whole body, and setteth on fire the course of nature; and it is set on fire of hell." 

This verse can also be translated: "And the tongue is a fire, that world of iniquity: the tongue is among our 

members that which defileth the whole body, and setteth on fire the wheel of nature (or birth), and is set on 

fire by hell (Gehenna)." 

Referring again to Maldek, James 3:6 could read: "And Maldek (the tongue) is aflame (a fire), that would of 

iniquity: Maldek (the tongue) is among our planets (members) that which defileth the whole solar system 

(body), and setteth on fire the vortex (wheel) of nature (or birth), and is set on fire by the unseen state (hell)." 

In Greek, hell is here translated as Gehenna (Hebrew, Gehinnom). Gehinnom was the valley of Hinnom, near 

Jerusalem, where the city's refuse was thrown and burned; hence, hell-fire and hell itself; the place of future 

torment of the wicked. 

The last part of James 3:6 can also be translated: ". . . and it is set on fire of hell." 

In referring to Maldek, this would give us: ". . . and Maldek (it) is set on fire of the unseen state (hell)." 

This means that Maldek was a world of iniquity that exploded and burned and was a planet in our solar system 

that defiled all the other planets because of its evil, and Maldek (the tongue) set on fire its vortex, the power of 

its birth and being, and therefore was set on fire of the unseen state . . . because Maldek released the terrible 

hydrogen power she broke her vortex and was thereby reduced to an unseen state. 

James 3:7: "For every kind of beast, and of birds, and of serpents, and of things in the sea, is tamed, and hath 

been tamed of mankind (nature of man)." 

We see here that man in this solar system had tamed everything, for all things of nature were under his 

control.


James 3:8: "But the tongue can no man tame; it is an unruly evil full of deadly poison." 

Man could not tame Maldek (the tongue) for it was an undisciplined child of the solar system, it wished to 

have power over all other planets and desired the authority of the Creator himself. Maldek was therefore "full 

of deadly poison". 

James 3:9: "Therewith bless we God, even the Father; and therewith curse we men, which are made after the 

similitude of God." 

Maldek (the tongue) praised the Father, but cursed all men who are in the likeness of God. 

James 3:10: "Out of the same mouth proceedeth blessing and cursing. My brethern, these things ought not so 

to be." 

Maldek blessed and cursed at the same time, but this is not living true Universal Law of the Infinite Father. 

These things should not exist side by side. 

I mentioned before, that the Old Testament has many references to the destruction of Lucifer or Maldek. 

Maldek, as a world, came to an abrupt end during the Exodus from Egypt in the days of Moses (13th century 

before Christ). The Exodus took place amid a great natural upheaval that terminated the period of Egyptian 

history known as the Middle Kingdom. Contemporary Egyptian documents describe the same disaster 

accompanied by "the plagues of Egypt". 

One of the first visible signs on Earth of the destruction of Maldek was the reddening of the earth's surface by 

a fine dust of rusty pigment. Ipuwer, an Egyptian eyewitness of the catastrophe, wrote his description on 

papyrus: "The river is blood. Plague is throughout the land. Blood is everywhere." 

The Papyrus Ipuwer corresponds very well with the Book of Exodus 7:20: "All the waters that were in the 

river were turned to blood." And in Exodus 7:21: "There was blood throughout all the land of Egypt." 

The presence of the red dust in the rivers caused the fish to die and there was decomposition and foul odor. 

Exodus 7:21: "And the river stank." Exodus 7:24: "And all the Egyptians digged round about the river for 

water to drink; for they could not drink of the water of the river." The Papyrus Ipuwer says: "Men shrink from 

tasting; human beings thirst after water. That is our water! That is our happiness! What shall we do in respect 

thereof? All is ruin." 

Men had boils and sickness; cattle died from the irritating red dust. Exodus 93: "Behold, the hand of the Lord 

is upon thy cattle which is in the field, upon the horses, upon the asses, upon the camels, upon the oxen, and 

upon the sheep: there shall be a very grievous murrain (pestilence or plague)." 

After the coming of the red dust, another strange phenomenon took place. Exodus 9:8: "And the Lord said 

unto Moses and unto Aaron, Take to you handfuls of ashes of the furnace, and let Moses sprinkle it toward the 

heaven in the sight of Pharaoh." Exodus 9:9: "And it shall become small dust in all the land of Egypt, and 

shall be a boil breaking forth with blains upon man, and upon beast, throughout all the land of Egypt." 

This "small dust", like "ashes of the furnace", sounds identically the same as the radioactive ash that fell on 

men and animals in the Pacific Ocean after atomic tests there recently. Even some of the fish were 

contaminated. It is possible that this "small dust" or "ash" was the radioactive material sent out after the 

explosion of Maldek and entered the Earth's atmosphere before the next happening . . . the shower of 

meteorites that struck Earth. 

Exodus 9:18: "Behold, to-morrow about this time I will cause it to rain a very grievous hail, such as hath not


been in Egypt since the foundation thereof even until now." Stones of "barad" are translated here as "hail". 

However, "barad" is the term for meteorites. Midrashic sources and the Babylonian Talmud tell us that the 

stones which fell on Egypt were hot. Therefore, the "hail" could not have been ice, for this description fits 

only meteorites. The ancient Egyptian word for "hail" was ar, and means a driving shower of sand and stones. 

Also, in the Book of Joshua it is said that "great stones" fell from the sky, and they are called: "stones of 

barad". 

Exodus 9:24: "So there was hail, and fire mingled with the hail, very grievous, such as there was none like it 

in all the land of Egypt since it became a nation." Exodus 9:25: "And the hail smote throughout all the land of 

Egypt all that was in the field, both man and beast; and the hail smote every herb of the field, and brake every 

tree of the field." 

Exodus 9:28: "Entreat the Lord (for it is enough) that there be no mighty thunderings (voices of God) and hail; 

and I will let you go, and ye shall stay no longer." 

The fall of meteorites is accompanied by explosion-like noises and in this case the crashes were "mighty". 

The Papyrus Ipuwer says: "Trees are destroyed, no fruits, no herbs are found, grain has perished on every 

side, that has perished which yesterday was seen. The land is left to its weariness like the cutting of flax." 

In the _Visuddhi-Magga_, a Buddhist text on world cycles, we find: "When a world cycle is destroyed by 

wind, there arises in the beginning a cycle-destroying great cloud. There arises a wind to destroy the world 

cycle, and first it raises a fine dust, and then coarse dust, and then fine sand, and then coarse sand, and then 

grit, stones, up to boulders as large as mighty trees on the hilltop." 

So, Maldek came to an end with the coming of the red dust in the time of Moses and the Exodus from Egypt. 

As time went on the Earth was engulfed in more dense matter from the fallen planet. 

Exodus 10:22-23: "And there was a thick darkness in all the land of Egypt three days: They saw not one 

another, neither rose any from his place for three days." 

Maldek caused terrible destruction on Earth and darkness was over the entire world. Mars was also greatly 

damaged by this catastrophe and that will be taken up later on. 

The Papyrus Ipuwer speaks of a great earthquake: "The towns are destroyed. Upper Egypt has become waste. 

All is ruin. The residence is overturned in a minute." 

Exodus 12:30: "And Pharaoh rose up in the night, he, and all his servants, and all the Egyptians; and there was 

not a house where there was not one dead." 

It should be stated here that the word Marduk may have come from Maldek. Marduk was the chief god of the 

Babylonian pantheon . . . from his mouth issued flame. In the battle of Marduk with Tiamat, "he (Marduk) 

created the evil wind, and the tempest, and the hurricane, and the fourfold wind, and the sevenfold wind, and 

the whirlwind, and the wind which had no equal." 

This description fits Maldek who created chaos with hydrogen devices or "the evil wind". Maldek, therefore, 

created "the wind which had no equal". Hydrogen detonations are without equal because they will completely 

destroy a planet if used. I must pause here for awhile in order to say that _no true hydrogen bomb, as such, has 

ever been detonated on Earth!_Â 

Van Tassel has shown us that space intelligences are not particularly concerned with the explosion of 

plutonium and U325, the Uranium mother element, because this atom is an inert element. But they are


concerned with the attempt to explode an actual hydrogen bomb. If we had set-off such a bomb we would now 

be nothing but a bunch of floating cinders . . . we would be as Maldek, an asteroid belt. Space friends vowed 

that they would never again allow a planet in this Solar System to destroy itself; therefore, no government on 

Earth will explode true hydrogen . . . it will not be allowed. 

The element hydrogen is life-giving along with five other elements in the air we breathe, in the water we 

drink, and in the composition of our physical self. Explode a true H-bomb and all life on Earth will be 

extinguished. Van Tassel told us months and months ago that our scientists were "tinkering" with a formula 

they did not understand. The explosion of an atom of inert substance and that of a living substance are two 

different things. 

Hydrogen "devices" have utilized deuterium and tritium, not hydrogen, as such. The elements exist in simplest 

form as atoms, and these atoms are composed of a nucleus about which electrons revolve. Elements are 

distinguished from each other by the number of electrons revolving about the central nucleus. Each electron 

carries a negative electrical charge which is off-set by a positively charged particle in the nucleus known as a 

proton. Elements may contain additional particles in the nucleus, which carry no electrical charge and are 

known as neutrons. 

All of this basic explanation is to show why no true hydrogen bomb has been detonated. The simplest element 

is hydrogen which in its most common form consists of one electron and thus one proton in each atom. Two 

other forms of hydrogen are known which, in addition to the one electron and one proton also have 

respectively one and two neutrons in their atomic structure. These two rare forms of hydrogen are known as 

deuterium and tritium. Deuterium exists in the proportion of one atom of deuterium to every sixty-four 

hundred atoms of ordinary hydrogen, in nature. Tritium is an artificial radioactive element. Because their 

masses are so greatly different in proportion to ordinary hydrogen, the differences in properties are quite 

marked. 

Deuterium and tritium then, are isotopes of hydrogen, and because of their extreme rarity it is possible that 

they would not have the dangerous "chain-reaction" results that common or ordinary hydrogen would . . . for 

hydrogen of the common type is found in all living things on Earth. To create and detonate a true H-bomb 

would be to announce to the rest of the Universe that the planet Earth had suddenly come to an end like a 

flaming, exploding star in the corner of the Milky Way Galaxy. The history of Maldek would repeat itself: 

"How art thou fallen from heaven, O Earth . . ." 

In getting back to Marduk, we find that in his battle with Tiamat, mother of the gods, he killed her and when 

he became the most powerful of all things he set about to create order in the universe. He then split Tiamat's 

body in two. This sounds like Maldek battling the elements of nature and finally subduing the atomic power 

(mother of the gods or forces). Maldek became powerful because of this mastery and attempted to rule all 

other planets. Maldek split this hydrogen force of nature (Tiamat). 

After the Exodus from Egypt, the Wandering in the Desert lasted for forty years according to the Holy Bible. 

Then for a number of years the conquest of Palestine went on. Between the time when the Israelites left the 

desert and started the difficult task of the conquest, and the time of the battle at Beth-horon, twelve years may 

easily have passed. According to rabbinical sources the war of conquest in Palestine lasted fourteen years. 

During the fifty-two years between the catastrophe of the Exodus and the time of Joshua commanding the Sun 

to stand still at the battle of Beth-horon, the Earth was shrouded in dense clouds and the observation of the 

stars was difficult. 

The Book of Joshua was compiled from the more ancient Book of Jasher. 

Joshua 10:11-13: "And it came to pass, as they fled from before Israel, and were in the going down to 

Beth-boron, that the Lord cast down great stones from heaven upon them unto Azekah, and they died: they


were more which died with hailstones than they whom the children of Israel slew with the sword. Then spake 

Joshua to the Lord in the day when the Lord delivered up the Amorites before the children of Israel, and he 

said in the sight of Israel, Sun, stand thou still upon Gibeon; and thou, Moon, in the valley of Ajalon. And the 

sun stood still, and the moon stayed, until the people had avenged themselves upon their enemies. Is not this 

written in the book of Jasher? So the sun stood still in the midst of heaven, and hasted not to go down about a 

whole day." 

Therefore, about fifty-two years passed after the Exodus before the Earth encountered another swarm of 

meteorites from the destroyed Lucifer-Maldek. At least, there wasn't any major catastrophe until the time of 

Joshua. 

It should be mentioned that the Book of Jasher is one of the long-lost, and long-sought for sacred books, 

which should have been included among the other books of the Bible but which was not because the original 

manuscript could not be located. In Joshua 10:13, it says: "Is not this written in the book of Jasher?" And the 

account is to be found in the Book of Jasher 30:11. 

In reference to the fifty-two year period, it is interesting to note that the natives of pre-Columbian Mexico 

expected a new catastrophe at the end of every period of fifty-two years. Fernando de Alva Ixtlilxochitl (circa 

1568-1648) was a great early Mexican scholar. He claimed that only fifty-two years elapsed between two 

great world catastrophes, and each of these catastrophes terminated a world age. 

Because of the memory of the catastrophe, the people of the Earth feared it would occur again, but not much 

happened until the eighth century before Christ, in the days of Uzziah, king of Jerusalem. At this time there 

occurred a devastating catastrophe called raash or "commotion". Raash is translated "earthquake". Amos 

lived at this time and predicted some sort of great cosmic upheaval before the raash took place. Later, Isaiah, 

Joel, Hosea, and Micah all declared that the Earth would encounter more of the same in the future. Many 

generations later it was remembered how the people "fled from before the earthquake (raash) in the days of 

Uzziah king of Judah". (Zechariah 14:5). Uzziah reigned from about 189 to about 740, and since a new 

calendar was introduced in the Middle East in the year 747 B.C., the great upheaval or "commotion" must 

have taken place in that year of 747. 

Hebrew sources say that the Prophet Isaiah began to prophesy immediately after the "commotion" of the days 

of king Uzziah. He said: 

Isaiah 1:7: "Your country is desolate, your cities are burned with fire: your land, strangers devour it in your 

presence, and it is desolate, as overthrown by strangers." 

Isaiah prophesied in "the days of Uzziah, Jotham, Ahaz, and Hezekiah, kings of Judah". Somehow, Isaiah 

knew that at intervals of fifteen years a catastrophe occurred. The "commotion" of the days of Uzziah was 

only the beginning of sorrows and more destruction caused by Lucifer-Maldek. 

I believe that Isaiah was visited by space intelligences who told him that catastrophe would come to Earth 

caused by the great fragments of Maldek. The space friends would have been able to calculate the time that 

the destruction would return. Proof of this is found in Isaiah 6:1-3: "In the year that king Uzziah died I saw 

also the Lord sitting upon a throne, high and lifted up, and his train filled the temple. Above it stood the 

seraphim: each one had six wings; with twain he covered his face, and with twain he covered his feet, and 

with twain he did fly. And one cried unto another, and said, Holy, holy, holy, is the Lord of hosts: the whole 

earth is full of his glory." 

Isaiah 6:-12: "Then flew one of the seraphim unto me, having a live coal in his hand, which he had taken with 

the tongs from off the altar: And he laid it upon my mouth, and said, Lo, this hath touched thy lips: and thine 

iniquity is taken away, and thy sin purged. Also I heard the voice of the Lord, saying, Whom shall I send, and


who will go for us? Then said I, Here am I; send me. And he said, Go, and tell this people, Hear ye indeed, but 

understand not; and see ye indeed, but perceive not. Make the heart of this people fat, and make their ears 

heavy, and shut their eyes; lest they see with their eyes, and hear with their ears, and understand with their 

heart, and convert, and be healed. Then said I, Lord, how long? And he answered, Until the cities be wasted 

without inhabitant, and the houses without man, and the land be utterly desolate. And the Lord have removed 

men far away, and there be a great forsaking in the midst of the land." 

The space visitors told Isaiah to go and tell the people until "the cities be wasted without inhabitant", "And the 

Lord have removed men far away". This sounds as though some people were taken by space craft to a safer 

place. 

In reflecting on the terror that Lucifer-Maldek had caused for many centuries since the Exodus, Isaiah was 

inspired to write: "How art thou fallen from heaven, O Lucifer, son of the morning!" Then the prophet asks 

how Lucifer was "cut down to the ground, which didst weaken the nations!" Therefore, Lucifer's destruction 

along with the Earth receiving a pounding over many years by meteor showers, caused the nations to be 

weakened. Many people will ask: "We have meteor showers now, why don't we have great catastrophe like 

they had in the time of Moses, Joshua or Isaiah?" It is true that we do have meteor showers in this day and 

age, but they are nothing compared to what the Lucifer-Maldek showers were, for these showers were much 

more dense. 

Somehow Isaiah knew that the planet Lucifer had tried to become the ruling world of the Universe, for he 

says: "For thou hast said in thine heart, I will ascend into heaven, I will exalt my throne above the stars of 

God." Lucifer intended to rule all the worlds (stars). 

Then Isaiah says: "Yet thou shalt be brought down to hell, to the sides of the pit." In Hebrew and Greek, the 

literal meaning of hell is "the unseen state", and the meaning of hades is "the unseen world". Therefore, 

Isaiah, meant that Lucifer was brought down to an unseen state . . . after the destruction it was an unseen 

world. 

Isaiah said, "They that see thee shall narrowly look upon thee, and consider thee." Did he mean that 

observation would be difficult? The largest of the asteroids is Ceres, and it is only 480 miles in diameter. 

Ceres along with the brightest asteroids is said to be sometimes visible to the naked eye, when nearest to our 

Earth and under exceptionally favorable conditions, but the rest are, naturally, telescopic, as their size is too 

small in relation to their distance. Is this what Isaiah meant when he said: "They that see thee shall narrowly 

look upon thee?" 

The prophet said that those who looked on Lucifer later would say: "Is this the man that made the earth to 

tremble, that did shake kingdoms; that made the world as a wilderness and destroyed the cities thereof; that 

opened not the house of his prisoners? (or, did not let his prisoners loose home-wards)." 

In calling Lucifer a man it would seem that the prophet was referring to an actual person, perhaps the king of 

Babylon. But this is not the case. In Hebrew, there are four words that can mean man. One of these words 

means: a man, human being; another means: a man, a mortal; and another means: a male. But the word man 

used in Isaiah 14:16 means: a husband, individual. 

Therefore, Isaiah is saying: "Is this the individual that made the earth to tremble . . . ." Or, he is saying: "Is this 

the husband that made the earth to tremble . . . ."? In neither case does it imply that Lucifer was an actual 

_man!_ Lucifer could represent a husband very well, because the planet Maldek had a moon. This moon was 

known as Lilith. A moon is often feminine and the moon deity is usually a goddess. The Greek goddesses 

Selene, Artemis, and Hecate were all identified with the moon. According to Moslem tradition Lilith 

cohabited with the Devil (from Lucifer?) and was even his wife.


In our contacts with space intelligences in Northern Arizona, the planet Lucifer was always referred to as 

Maldek (Maldec) and its moon was called Malona. Father Lorber also mentions Malona in his work. He is 

discussed in this book under The Great Influx in the section called: _God Provided--Man Divided_. 

Isaiah says that Lucifer shook kingdoms, made the world a wilderness, and destroyed her cities. This is 

certainly true as we can see from the references already given. Cities and fields were pelted with meteoric 

fragments, the earth was shaken with earthquakes. 

Lucifer did not open "the house of his prisoners" and he "did not let his prisoners loose homewards". Those 

responsible for the destruction of Lucifer-Maldek were "prisoners" of their own making. They were not 

allowed to leave the doomed planet and suffered the same fate as their world. They were "freed" when the 

planet was destroyed because they lost their physical equipment and were known as spirits again. 

Isaiah says: "But thou art cast out of thy grave like an abominable branch." All other worlds go through space 

in majesty, but Lucifer didn't even have a final resting place. The blasted fragments of a once beautiful and 

proud planet were left to float endlessly in space that others might know what Lucifer had done. It would be a 

warning to all others that this should not be. It is interesting to note here that in May, 1854, Leverrier read a 

paper before the French Academy upon the asteroids, their eccentric orbits and irregularities. He said that the 

hypothesis stated by Dr. Olbers that the asteroids were derived from the wreck of a larger planet that had 

exploded, is incompatible with the real truth, inasmuch as the forces necessary to launch the fragments of a 

given body in such different routes would be of such improbable intensity as to render it mathematically 

absurd! Leverrier didn't know what a hydrogen detonation could do! 

The prophet then tells us: "Thou shalt not be joined with them in burial, because thou hast destroyed thy land, 

and slain thy people." Lucifer was not to end its days as other worlds which had completed their usefulness. 

Because of the evil of this planet, its land and people were destroyed in a horrible holocaust. "The seed of 

evil-doers shall never be renowned." 

Because of Lucifer's self-destruction, his children or people would "not rise, nor possess the land, nor fill the 

face of the world with cities". The spirits from Lucifer were not to reincarnate on Earth to the extent that they 

would hold dominion over it in "cities". 

"For I will rise up against them, saith the Lord of hosts, and cut off from Babylon the name, and remnant, and 

son, and nephew, saith the Lord." 

Swedenborg, in his Science of Correspondences tells us that Babel, or Babylon represents those whose 

externals appear holy, while their internals are profane. In the prophets of the Old Testament, Babylon means 

the profanation of good, and Chaldea means the profanation of truth. According to Swedenborg, Lucifer 

signifies self-love, the profaning of holy things. Lucifer means the same as Babel. It is from the self-love of 

Lucifer that we get the modern phrase: "Proud as Lucifer". 

This again applies to the reincarnational cycle of Luciferians. They were to be completely cut off from "the 

profanation of good". Never again would such a destruction take place in our Solar System. They would not 

be allowed to encourage the internal profanity of those on Earth. 

In Isaiah 14:29, we read: "Rejoice not thou, whole Palestina, because the rod of him that smote thee is broken: 

for out of the serpent's root shall come forth a cockatrice, and his fruit shall be a fiery flying serpent." 

This could be translated: "Rejoice not all you who conceive false principles, because the vortex of Lucifer 

who struck you with force is broken: for out of the center of the coiled, spiral vortex shall come forth a 

venomous serpent that will corrupt and tread, and the fruit of this will be a fiery flying serpent."


A cockatrice was a fabulous serpent with deadly glance, reputed to be hatched by a serpent from a cock's egg, 

and commonly represented with the head, legs, and wings of a cock and the body and tail of a serpent. The 

word cockatrices comes from the word cocatris (corrupt), and calcare (to tread). When cockatrice is used in 

the Bible it means an unidentified venomous serpent. 

Swedenborg tells us that Palestina (Philisthea) means those who conceive false principles and reason thence 

concerning spiritual things which overflow man. All those who conceive falsely are told not to rejoice just 

because Lucifer was destroyed by having its vortex shattered, because out of the center (root) of the coiled, 

spiral vortex (serpent) would come an unidentified destructive object that would corrupt and tread the land, 

and the result or product (fruit) of this would be a fiery, flying object. 

Here we see that the people are warned that the catastrophe is not over yet because a large meteoric fragment 

will head for the Earth and it will divide into smaller fragments like "fiery flying serpents" and when it strikes 

the Earth it will "corrupt and tread the land". One object, perhaps larger than the rest, is mentioned 

specifically. 

The Great Meteor Crater near Canyon Diablo in Arizona, about six miles south of the Sunshine Station of the 

Santa Fe Railroad, was evidently caused by one of the "fiery serpents". These meteors were thus described by 

the ancients because as they headed for Earth they did, indeed, look like flaming dragons or snakes. It is 

important to note in this connection that the morning star of the Toltecs, Quetzal-cohuatl, is represented as a 

great dragon or serpent: "cothuatl" in Nahuatl is "serpent", and the name means "a feathered serpent". The 

morning star of the Chichimec Indian tribe in Mexico is called "serpent cloud". 

The ancestors of the present day Navajo Indians are said to have seen one of their gods come down from the 

sky in a cloud of fire and bury himself in the ground at the spot where the Great Meteor Crater exists in 

Arizona. A cedar tree on the rim of the crater grew to be over seven hundred years old. Some scientists think 

that the meteor that caused this tremendous crater may have been a small comet. And what better description 

would fit a comet than a "feathered serpent"? 

Of course, Meteor Crater was not formed by a "true" comet, but the meteor itself was of such tremendous size, 

it would seem more like a comet than a meteor, which we associate with little "shooting stars". The meteorite 

weighs somewhere between a million and ten million tons. It threw out between three and four hundred 

million tons of rock when it hit the earth. The crater is about 4,100 feet wide, about 570 feet deep, and about 

three miles around. The outside rim is over one hundred feet high. The time when it fell is unknown. 

Scientists say probably more than one thousand years ago and maybe as much as fifty thousand years ago. 

However, the fall of this gigantic meteorite is found in the legends of the Navajo Indians, and this tribe hasn't 

been in the Southwestern area very long. They came from Canada "hundreds", not "thousands" of years ago. 

Therefore, it is believed that this great meteor was a part of the "fiery flying serpent" that headed for Earth in 

the time of Isaiah the prophet. 

Isaiah 24:17-19: "Fear and the pit, and the snare are upon thee, O inhabitant of the earth . . . for the windows 

from on high are open, and the foundations of the earth do shake. The earth is utterly broken down, the earth 

is clean dissolved, the earth is moved exceedingly." 

When did the catastrophe come? Isaiah 14:28: "In the year that King Ahaz died was this burden." Ahaz was 

the son of Jotham, King of Judah, and father of Hezekiah. Ahaz succeeded his father as eleventh King of 

Judah, and reigned sixteen years. (740-724 B.C.). Therefore, the catastrophe came on the day on which King 

Ahaz was buried, some-time in 724 B.C. 

Isaiah 24:1: "Behold, the Lord maketh the earth empty, and maketh it waste, and turneth it upside down, and 

scattereth abroad the inhabitants thereof."


Isaiah continued his ministry until about 690 B.C. His name means: "helper". And he did everything he could 

to help and warn the people of the impending catastrophes. After the death of King Ahaz, Hezekiah was King 

of Judah and during his fourteenth year another catastrophe was expected. 

Isaiah 28:2: "Behold, the Lord hath a mighty and strong one, which as a tempest of hail and a destroying 

storm, as a flood of mighty waters overflowing, shall cast down to the earth with the hand." 

A "mighty and strong" heavenly body was to be cast down to Earth. 

Isaiah 29:5-6: "Moreover the multitude of thy strangers shall be like small dust, and the multitude of the 

terrible ones shall be as chaff that passeth away: yea, it shall be at an instant suddenly. Thou shalt be visited of 

the Lord of hosts with thunder, and with earthquake, and great noise, with storm and tempest, and the flame of 

devouring fire." 

Isaiah 28:21: "For the Lord . . . shall be wroth as in the valley of Gibeon, that he may do his work, his strange 

work; and bring to pass his act, his strange act." 

This refers to the "strange act" in the valley of Gibeon when Joshua witnessed a meteoric shower and 

commanded the sun to stand still. Isaiah knew of this happening and says the new catastrophe will be similar 

to it. 

The prophet referred his readers to the "Book of the Lord". Isaiah 34:16: "Seek ye out the book of the Lord, 

and read: no one of these shall fail." Evidently this book belonged to the same series as the Book of Jasher, in 

which the records of the days of Joshua at Gibeon were preserved. Other ancient records must have been in 

the "Book of the Lord". The Book of Jasher is once more avail-able, but the other book is still lost. 

There were more catastrophes in the years ahead, but there is not sufficient room here to list all of them. 

Planets of our Solar System were greatly disturbed by the destruction of Lucifer-Maldek, and its moon 

Lilith-Malona. The Chinese say: "In the tenth year of the Emperor Kwei, the eighteenth monarch since Yahou, 

the five planets went out of their courses. In the night stars fell like rain. The earth shook." 

Mars and the Earth suffered more from Lucifer than any of the other worlds. The two moons of Mars have 

already been mentioned, however, other facts must be added. How could Jonathan Swift have guessed not 

only their number (two), but their size and their short revolutions? Homer knew about the "two steeds of 

Mars" and Virgil wrote about them. Asaph Hall gave the names of Phobos (Fear) and Deimos (Panic) to these 

two moons. These names were suggested by Mr. Madan of Eton, England because the ancients said Mars had 

two steeds and gave them these names. It should also be mentioned that Voltaire told of these moons in the 

story of Micromegas more than a hundred years before their discovery! 

Phobos, the inner satellite, revolves at the distance of 5800 miles from the center of Mars, and 3700 miles 

from the surface; it completes a sidereal revolution in only 7h 39m, a period less than one third that of the 

planet's rotation. As viewed from the planet, therefore, it rises in the west and sets in the east. No other known 

satellite in the solar system revolves in a shorter interval than the rotation period of its primary. 

The distance of Deimos from the center of Mars is 14,600 miles, and its period of revolution is 30h-18m. It is 

smaller than the inner satellite (5 miles?), and only one third as bright. The size (diameter) of these satellites is 

not exactly known. Phobos is about ten miles in diameter and Deimos is about five miles in diameter. 

In mythology, the two steeds were yoked when the Greek god of war, Ares (Mars) prepared to descend to the 

earth on a punitive expedition. This sounds like the two artificial satellites (steeds) of Mars were used together 

for launching plateforms before Mars sent spaceships to the undisciplined Earth in ancient times. To "yoke"


animals, means to join the heads or necks of animals for working together. 

In the eighth century before Christ, Mars suddenly became a great and feared god. In Babylon and other 

ancient centers, prayers were composed and invocations and hymns were sung, many magic formulae were 

used in incantations. These prayers with lifted hands were addressed directly to the planet Nergal (Mars). Like 

the Greek Ares, Nergal is called "king of battle". Mars became the great sword god, because in one of its 

conjunctions, its atmosphere was stretched so that it appeared like a sword. 

The Chaldean Nergal is called "Sword-god", and the Roman god Mars was depicted with a sword. In 

Babylonian inscriptions of the seventh century, Mars was called "the most violent among the gods". Great 

good Mars became the frightful god of war. 

"_Shine of horror, god Nergal, prince of battle, Thy face is glare, thy mouth is fire, Raging Flame-god, god 

Nergal._ _ 

Thou art Anguish and Terror, 

Great Sword-god, 

Lord who wanderest in the night, 

Horrible, raging Flame-god . . . 

Whose storming is a storm flood_." 

Remember what Zo told us: "After their (Luciferians) destruction there were terrible disasters on Masar 

(Mars). Great volcanic eruptions took place. Many of our people perished." Mars literally then, became a 

"horrible, raging Flame-god . . ." 

Evidently the people of Mars knew what was coming so they constructed the two artificial satellites known as 

Phobos and Deimos. These two objects were well named (Fear and Panic) for they were created during a time 

of great fear, not only on Mars but on Earth as well. And there certainly was panic as Isaiah has shown us. 

Although Lucifer actually came to an end in the time of the Exodus, it is believed that Mars did not receive as 

much of the destructive force of the blast as Earth did. This was due to its orbital position at the time. Mars 

took the main shock in the time of Isaiah. 

Nergal (Mars) was the war god of the men of Cuth whom Shalmaneser placed in the cities of Israel in place of 

the ten tribes. II Kings 17:30: "And the men of Babylon made Succoth-benoth, and the men of Cuth made 

Nergal, and the men of Hamath made Ashima." 

The two "moons" of Mars readjusted the unstable condition caused by Lucifer-Maldek and balanced the 

Resonating Electro-Magnetic Field of the Plan-et. Moons are "balancers" of planets with which they are 

connected. 

The people of Maldek who had been tampering with the force of "the terrible wind that has no equal", were 

warned by members of the Universal Tribunal on Saturn that their doom was certain if they carried out their 

plans to detonate actual hydrogen. But they would not listen; therefore, the children of Maldek and the 

innocent were removed to other worlds. The "black magicians" and "scientists of the left hand path" were left 

on Maldek to greet chaos of their own making. They believed that if by some chance the hydrogen would not 

do what was expected of it they would have control of the greatest power in Creation. They could then exalt 

their "throne above the stars of God".


They would "be like the most High". But since evil destroys evil, the proud Lucifer was "brought down to hell 

(the unseen state)". What was to come of the spirits of those who perished in the fall of this world? 

The allegory of the Fall of Man and the fire of Prometheus is also another version of the myth of the rebellion 

of the proud Lucifer, hurled down to the bottomless pit, Orcus. In the religion of the Brahmans, Maha-sura, 

the Hindu Lucifer, becomes envious of the Creator's resplendent light, and at the head of a legion of inferior 

spirits rebels against Brahma, and declares war against him. Siva, the third person of the Hindu trinity, hurls 

them all from the celestial abode into Honderah, the region of eternal darkness. But here the fallen angels are 

made to repent of their evil deed, and in the Hindu doctrine they are all afforded the opportunity to progress. 

Therefore, the souls of those responsible for the fate of Lucifer-Maldek were sent to some far off world or 

worlds in interstellar space, a "region of eternal darkness". Through countless lives they will be made aware 

of the enormity of their crime to their fellow man. And they will be able to progress once more "up the 

worlds". They will eventually find the "Great Path". All are on the road to All Perfection . . . none are lost! 

That last day of days on Maldek must have been one of unbelievable madness and terror. The sacred "White 

Light" known as Ishtal-Maxin went out in their Temple of Temples; the sky was dark, ominous, foreboding; 

even the stars refused to shed their light. 

In the Book of Job we find reference to the "wicked" and this may be a description of Lucifer. 

Job 18:4-21: "He teareth himself (his soul) in his anger: shall the earth be forsaken for thee? and shall the rock 

be removed out of his place? Yea (Nevertheless), the light of the wicked shall be put out, and the spark of his 

fire shall not shine. The light shall be dark in his tabernacle, and his candle (lamp) shall be put out with him. 

The steps of his strength shall be straitened, and his own counsel shall cast him down. For he is cast into a net 

by his own feet, and he walketh upon a snare. The gin shall take him by the heel, and the robber shall prevail 

against him. The snare is laid (hidden) for him in the ground, and a trap for him in the way. Terrors shall make 

him afraid on every side, and shall drive him (scatter him) to his feet. His strength shall be hunger-bitten, and 

destruction shall be ready at his side. It shall devour the strength (bars) of his skin: even the firstborn of death 

shall devour his strength. His confidence shall be rooted out of his tabernacle, and it shall bring him to the 

king of terrors. It shall dwell in his tabernacle, because it is none of his: brimstone shall be scattered upon his 

habitation. His roots shall be dried up beneath, and above shall his branch be cut off. His remembrance shall 

perish from the earth, and he shall have no name in the street. He shall be driven (They shall drive him) from 

light into darkness, and chased out of the world. He shall neither have son nor nephew among his people, nor 

any remaining in his dwellings. They that come after him shall be astonied at his day, as they that went before 

(lived with him) were affrighted (laid hold on horror). Surely such are the dwellings of the wicked, and this is 

the place of him that knoweth not God." 

If this excerpt from the Book of Job is read substituting Lucifer for "wicked" a startling similarity is at once 

noted between the description of "wicked" and the last days of Lucifer. "The light of the wicked (Lucifer) 

shall be put out. The light shall be dark in his tabernacle; destruction shall be ready at his side." Then it says: 

"It shall bring him to the king of terrors." What is the "king of terrors" but the "wind that has no equal": 

hydrogen devastation! "His remembrance shall perish from the earth", and indeed it has. Knowledge of the 

destruction of Lucifer has been a closely guarded secret of the Mystery Schools for centuries. 

"They that come after him shall be astonied (dazed or dismayed) at his day, as they that lived with him laid 

hold on horror." 

"Such are the dwellings of Lucifer, and this the place of him that knoweth not God." 

Space intelligences say: "You can never use your great atomic power for peace or peaceful pursuits because 

the very nature of atomic power is destruction not construction. How can you attain peace by that which is


itself essentially unpeaceful? We do not 'split atoms' for that destroys the flow of force through them. Instead, 

we use that flow of forces. Your people say that 'peace is for the strong' but this is not true. You will never 

attain your long-sought for world peace through armed might or military strength. You can't force other men 

to your will in order to assure peace 'at any cost'. What kind of a 'peace' is it that is attained by pointing a gun 

in another man's back? Therefore, can you make certain undeveloped souls desire peace? No, a thousand 

times no! They must progress to the place where they realize that death and destruction through war is 

senseless; they must actually learn to want peace. 

"Do you know that you destroy untold, literal worlds when you perform your so-called 'atom-splitting' 

process? All is the same in the Omniverse, from microcosm to macrocosm. Why is it that man of Earth has 

heard yet understands not? Peace is not for the strong for it has been truly written that 'the meek shall inherit 

the earth'. And you will never use atomic power for peace in your Golden Age now dawning." 

The Earth is now on the same path that Lucifer-Maldek took. Atomic power on that planet ended in 

destruction to end all destruction. But it will not happen on the Earth; our brothers in outer space will not 

allow the Earth to end as Maldek did. There will be catastrophes, yes, but greet them with a prayer on your 

lips and joy in your heart for it is a sign unto you that your deliverance is nigh. 

Maldek was the "silver-tongued", or simply, "the tongue". Before the planet was eliminated from the family of 

our Solar System there were altogether thirteen planets. Perhaps in the end of Maldek we have the origin of 

the unlucky number thirteen! Since there are two planets between Mercury and the Sun and one yet beyond 

Pluto, Maldek was in the seventh orbit. This is a very significant fact, not only because of the symbolic 

meaning of the numeral seven, but because of the fact that the tongue is situated in the middle or center of the 

head and face. Since Maldek was number seven among the planets it was situated in the center of the solar 

family, with six other worlds on each side. (See Plate XII). 

Â 

PLATE XII 

Â 

There has been great meaning attached to the numbers seven, twelve and thirteen for generations. Christ had 

twelve Apostles, and eventually there were thirteen (St. Matthias or St. Paul can be the thirteenth); one of the 

thirteen, Judas, destroyed himself. Originally, there were thirteen planets with a Sun (Christ) and one 

(Lucifer-Maldek) destroyed itself. St. Matthias shouldn't be considered the thirteenth because he took Judas' 

place in the original twelve. St. Paul is therefore really the thirteenth through his astounding conversion. 

Jeremiah 9:3: "And they bend their tongues like their bow for lies: but they are not valiant for the truth upon 

the earth; for they proceed from evil to evil, and they know not me, saith the Lord." 

Lucifer-Maldek may be gone forever, but "tongues like bows" still bend for lies; the spirit of Lucifer lives on; 

"They profess that they know God; but in works they deny him, being abominable, and disobedient, and unto 

every good work repro-bate." (Titus 1:16). 

From all space . . . from all space! We cry for thee, Maldek, Maldek . . . thy fate is sealed in eternity . . . thou 

art lost to us forever . . . Ishtal-Maxin, Aramma? Maru, Maldek . . . Maldek . . . Maldek . . . Ishtai. 

It is finished, O Father of us all! 

So, we come to the end of the section called, Other Tongues. Much research and work is still needed before 

the information that was presented here will be anywhere near complete. Tape recordings of the Solex-Mal


were played for Japanese and Oriental students at two different universities. They unanimously agreed that 

there were some words that were identical with their own language, but that the strange, sing-song language 

most nearly resembled Ainu. The Ainu are perhaps the strangest people on Earth. They are an indigenous race 

of Japan having light-colored skin and features of a European cast. Ainu could very well be the Earth 

language closest to the Solar Tongue, the Mother of all languages. 

In 1900, a book was published that demands serious attention. It is called, From India To The Planet Mars, (A 

study of a case of somnambulism), by Th. Flourney, Professor of Psychology at the University of Geneva. 

Many remarks on the Martian language are to be found and there is a plate showing the Martian alphabet. The 

Martian characters are similar to those of the Solex-Mal. 

Previously, the theory was held that Lucifer collided with another celestial body, or that Lucifer was in reality 

two separate planets, and these collided. However, new discoveries show that Lucifer and its single satellite 

Lilith were destroyed by a "thermal" catastrophe, and what would hydrogen destruction be but "thermal"? 

Much research needs to be done along these lines, also, but the following is quoted from _The Astronomical 

Validation of the Correlation Between Electro-Magnetism and Gravitation_, a progress report of the 

Educational Research Laboratories, Valley of the Pines, Montague, Michigan. 

"It is generally considered that since there is no accepted reason to believe otherwise, all the asteroids came 

from a single parent body that was less than the Earth in mass and size. From this view the problem of origin 

becomes a problem of the means of disruption. The several possible modes of disruption resolve themselves 

into two main types: The one of a catastrophic nature which might have produced jagged fragments and 

splinters of irregular shape such as it is presumed some of the asteroids possess; the second of a thermal, 

radioactive or stellar nature, which might have produced molten or gaseous fragments that would eventually 

solidify into nearly spherical shapes. The density of the asteroids is not known, but the 'EMG' formulae 

indicate that it ranges from 2.5 to 3.5. They could be mountainous 'rocks'; but are they the jagged fragments of 

a 'cold' collision, or the cooled, originally molten and now nearly spherical fragments of a 'thermal' 

catastrophe? The implications of the 'EMG' formula favor the latter assumption, by suggesting a satisfactory 

solution to the problem of the variable asteroids." 

The problem of the asteroids is nothing new, it all started when Dr. Olbers suggested that the four planetoids 

known in his time had been formed by the explosion of a single planet. Soon, scientists began to disagree with 

this conclusion. The main reason why may have been that this hypothesis brought on the inevitable 

counter-question of what had caused the original planet to explode. And that question would have been very 

hard to answer. H. J. Jeffreys and Prof. K. Hirayama agree with the explosion theory. 

Today, more than a thousand planetoids are known compared to Obler's four, and scientists say the estimated 

total mass of Lucifer is anything but impressive. They say if they gathered all the fragments together they 

would make a planet far smaller than our Moon. Dr. H. H. Nininger has shown, by his research on the great 

meteor crater near Winslow, Arizona, that much of the original meteor that hit that area was "vaporized" and 

turned into fine cosmic dust on impact. This is what happened to Lucifer also. Therefore, not even half of 

Maldek can be accounted for by asteroid observation. 

Much will be learned in the New Age about _Other Tongues!_Â 

Through the Solar Tongue: the Tracks On The Desert; and through Maldek, "The Tongue", itself, we have 

glimpsed _other worlds!_Â 

BOOK III OTHER FLESH 

Hopi Ceremonial Dancers



THE MIGRANTS 

"In the beginning God created the heaven and the earth. And the earth was without form, and void; and 

darkness was upon the face of the deep. And the Spirit of God moved upon the face of the waters." (Genesis 

1:1-2). 

In the beginning, the Earth was a comet. After it had gathered enough cosmic debris it became a planet, a new 

world. For untold ages this satellite of the Sun was a molten mass of fire. Meteorites from outer space 

bombarded the whirling sphere, great clouds arose. Finally, the great blanket of clouds condensed and it 

rained incessantly; the "cooling off" process had begun. Life first appeared on Earth when it was still boiling 

and seething with chemical turbulence in the air and in the hot seas. Some time during this period a synthesis 

occurred, and there was the first movement of life in some unknown spot of the Earth's vast seas. A 

microscopic glob of transparent jelly, flagellate. These multiplied and spread through the seas, where 

evolution was to start and eventually produce the indigenous life forms of the planet Earth. New types of 

half-plant, half-animal creatures began to inhabit the waters of the Earth. Hard parts, protective shells, plates 

and skins appeared and the continuous fossil record began. 

The Earth planet, now cooled and teeming with mineral, vegetable, and animal life, was ready at last to 

receive human life. On another planetary system spiritual life migrated through interstellar space and began to 

struggle independently with the problems of Earth planet environment. At that moment the Word was made 

Flesh and Man in his present form . . . WAS! 

"And it came to pass, when men began to multiply on the face of the earth, and daughters were born unto 

them, that the sons of God saw the daughters of men that they were fair; and they took them wives of all 

which they chose. And the Lord said, My spirit shall not always strive with man, for that he also is flesh: yet 

his days shall be a hundred and twenty years. There were giants in the earth in those days; and also after that, 

when the sons of God came in unto the daughters of men, and they bare children to them, the same became 

mighty men which were of old, men of renown. And God saw that the wickedness of man was great in the 

earth, and that every imagination of the thoughts of his heart was only evil continually. And it repented the 

Lord that he had made man on the earth, and it grieved him at his heart. And the Lord said, I will destroy man 

whom I have created from the face of the earth; both man, and beast, and the creeping thing, and the fowls of 

the air; for it repenteth me that I have made them." (Genesis 6:1-7). 

So we come to the place where man appears on the planet Earth. The human race in its present pattern has 

been upon this planet anywhere between seventeen million and ten million years. For centuries scientists have 

pondered the question: "How did life in the human form make its advent upon Earth?" The famous Missing 

Link between the Anthropoid Apes and Man will never be found because the link is a spiritual and not an 

organic link. A great migration of souls known as the "Sons of God" arrived on Earth when the evolution of 

its indigenous life was progressing and incarnated in certain animal forms. This caused the basic difference 

between the human and other mammal forms. The primate species went on living and breeding as a true 

species, giving us the monkeys, apes, and gorillas of today. But the ape-forms that were borrowed for 

incarnation by the spirit-souls arriving from outer space, apparently supplied the original expressions of the 

human. These forms continued to breed and develop, and gradually sublimated the ape-forms into the races of 

man as society now recognizes them. 

The scientist of today can be an atheist or a devout man, for he can fit the evolutionary theory into his own 

concepts nicely. He can either believe that God brought certain chemical substances together when the first 

single-celled life appeared in our warm seas, or he can believe that the happening was purely accidental.


Evolution is a fact, but does not, however, as so many assume, teach that man is descended from an ape or 

monkey. Modern evolutionists teach only that man and the apes had a common ancestor of whose 

characteristics they know little, and who may have approached in structure and appearance the modern man 

more than the modern ape. Neither does evolution pretend to explain the origin of life, or to prove that the 

development of man has been entirely mechanical or accidental. Evolution is simply a theory that every 

known plant or animal, whether living of extinct, developed out of a previous form. This theory is now 

accepted universally by all scientists in every country of the world, and only the reasons for, and the methods 

of transmission of the successive modifications are questioned. 

Science has proven by the Earth's record, written undisputedly in her rock formations, that the evolution of 

indigenous earth-life is a true fact. Fossil bearing formations literally tell the Earth's auto-biography. This 

indigenous earth-life, developed from the single-celled organisms into a highly evolved ape-form over 

millions of years. The "Sons of God" made wives of the ape creatures and the progeny was antediluvian man, 

or prehistoric-primitive man. The physical attributes belonged to the anthropoid apes and the spiritual 

attributes belonged to the migration which came from the planets of the star-sun Sirius. Science is only wrong 

when it takes certain fossil remains and tries to fit them into the category of the "missing link." As said before, 

this link is a spiritual link, not an organic link. 

The Migrants arrived on Earth during the middle division of the Tertiary Period. This is known as the 

Miocene Epoch. In the strata of this epoch are found "Eoliths" or "Dawn Stones" (flints). They are roughly 

shaped, and some authorities claim they were fashioned by primitive human beings. Others say that the 

Miocene flints are of natural origin. The "Dawn Stones" were undoubtedly used by the offspring of the "Sons 

of God" and the "daughters of men". 

The Migrants made the Earth planet their abode in order to gain experience on the physical plane. The Sirian 

planets centralized Thought Incarnate so to speak and man was sent to Earth, a prisoner of pain for education. 

Man's heart was heavenly in divine creation, his body was physically handicapped by weight, but he acquired 

proficiency in altering his body. Man could create by thought and he created monsters and abominations. 

Man, therefore, came from races of angels mixed with beasts, and he is now engaged in separating the brute 

from the angel. He has a mission on Earth for he is this planet's keeper and essentially has lessons in flesh to 

learn. Man must know pain, suffering, and sorrow so he can become a fit subject for higher planes. 

Man finally put thought into practice, and created abominations. When he first arrived on Earth he had no 

body as we think of a body, so he looked upon beast and bird and chose the physical vehicle most likely to 

give him attributes producing qualities of spirit. The various cat forms were attractive to The Migrants, but the 

ape form was the form most suitable for their Earth environment and experience. The ape form gave them a 

more flexible and better controlled hand with the all important opposable thumb. Without the thumb man 

couldn't have produced a civilization. The cat form was discarded. 

In "Star Guests" the Elder Brother tells us: "Mankind was not always as ye see him walking the earth at 

present; mankind was possessed of physical features making him hideous unto God. Mankind had queer 

members, too potent of evil to be long tolerated. Mankind had features of the Beast. He was of eagle-head and 

lion body. Great was his brutishness." This reminds us of the griffin, a mythical creature, half animal (lion) 

and half bird (eagle). It was used to represent the two natures in Christ, divine and human. But its earlier 

meaning symbolized the period of the Great Abomination when man was literally half eagle and half lion. 

There are countless references in mythology and history to this abomination period and some of these will be 

mentioned later. 

The Elder Brother continues: "From the evil which he did when he had come to earth and found earth-forms 

upon it, was man cleansed by fire and flood. He came through vast ordeals which shaped his physiognomy as 

ye do see it now. He had strange claws and stranger tissues. He was of the Brute and yet not of it. From the


depths of degradation to which he had sunk he arose with skull of ape; he walked upright on two legs; he 

became the prey of beasts instead of hunter. He made for himself habitations in trees and prowled by night 

seeking food. Deep, deep was his ignorance. Little more than beast was he indeed, with almost no spark of 

divinity left to him." 

The abomination was so vast that forms were fusing together into monsters having no purpose but 

self-destruction. Men and animals were growing interchangeable of spirit and structure. Man was beastly and 

beast was manlike. Spirit knew not itself, whether it were divine or whether it were experiment of Thought 

Incarnate. They had so interchanged that they could no longer be accepted by the Host on the Sirian planets as 

divine. All physical forms had to be cleansed. "Pure beast must be preserved as beast; pure angel-man must be 

preserved as angel-man. Therefore, a vast catastrophe was decided upon. Ice from polar seas was melted and 

released upon continents of monsters." The Elder Brother tells us: "No longer could life make physical 

vehicles by thought. Forms existing in purity were preserved. Monsters and anomalies were destroyed. No 

longer could they propagate. Pure species were saved and pronounced sterile unto all but themselves." 

By being pronounced "sterile unto all but themselves" means, of course, that they could only breed their own 

species and kind. That is why today man can only mate with other human beings. No longer can the half-man 

and half-animal creatures be produced. The only reference to them today is in ancient legends. 

The griffin has already been mentioned. It was the Gryps or Gryphus of Greek mythology. A monster with the 

head and wings of an eagle, the body of a lion, and sometimes the tail of a serpent. The most familiar and least 

complicated of the composite beings known as bird-man creatures are the medieval angels and demons, the 

fairies, the Greek Keres (represented as tiny human figures with butterfly wings). 

Many representations of Egyptian gods embody combinations of human and bird anatomy, for they say the 

gods were first birds and animals and only gradually evolved into men. Perhaps the most complicated and 

fearsome of these creatures is the Gorgon, which had serpent hair, the hideous face of a woman, the wings of 

a bird, and the body of a lioness with bronze claws. The most frightful of these was Medusa. 

The important feature of the Hindu Garuda bird is that it is one of the few combinations with the head of a 

bird. Other features vary considerably with locale (it is known in India, Indochina, China, Japan, and many 

other places). 

The Egyptian soul was sometimes depicted as a bird with a human head, as was also the Greek Harpy, which 

befouled everything it touched. The Sirens were similar in form, but had beautiful voices and lured men to 

their downfall. The Welsh Washer of the Ford is a spectral female in black with the wings of a bat. The Furies 

are another of these combinations. 

The Sphinx is a combination of man-bird-beast, that is, the head and chest of a man, wings of a bird, and the 

body of an animal. In Egypt sphinxes were always male, and had the body of a lion. The Greek female sphinx 

also had a lioness' body. The Babylonian shedu, the Hebrew shedim, and the Sumerian clad were similar to 

the Egyptian, and male. They had the bodies of bulls, neatly curled beards, and often wore hats. The female 

counter-part of the sedu was called lamina or lamassu and could fly. The Syrian female sphinx had wings and 

resembled the Egyptian. 

The sacred bull-men of Babylonia are extraordinary beings. They were first seen only on rock drawings, and 

small seals, but later they were used for imposing statuary like the winged bull with a human face from 

Sargon's palace in Khorsabad. 

The so-called "dragon" of Babylon was found on the walls of the Ishtar Gate. It was called the "mighty 

snake". It had the head and scales of a snake, but the body of an unidentified monster. This creature had lion's 

paws and eagle's claws.


The Centaurs in Greek mythology were a race of monsters, half man and half horse. The Greeks also had 

legends of Cercopes: a race of ape-like but human pigmies. The ancient Arcadian Pan was a goat from the 

waist down, and a man with goat ears and goat horns from the waist up. 

References to the strange bird cult of Easter Island are numerous in the native art. A remarkable example is 

the following representation of the bird man holding an egg in his hand. The original was carved upon a block 

of stone, itself egg-shaped. The egg in the birdman's hand symbolizes the creative 

power of thought once enjoyed by man; but since the Great Catastrophe, man no longer can create by thought 

alone. Those who perished physically in this catastrophe were not dead spiritually but they sloughed off their 

monstrous features and were known en masse for spirits again, but without physical equipment. 

An entire book or books could be written on the subject of man-bird-beast creatures. The Migrants or "Sons of 

God" arriving from the Sirian planets mated with the "daughters of men" who were the indigenous bestial 

female earth-forms that were coming to high evolutionary development on this planet. The account of that 

mating still exists in the so-call myths, legends and folk tales of the people of the world. 

After the Great Catastrophe the Son of Thought Incarnate entered upon the Earth scene. In "Star Guests", he 

says: "Came I to this planet at the Father's behest. Man was pure ape or pure spirit. He had escaped the Great 

Catastrophy in areas where his species was clean. He was beastly but cleanly beastly and he knew not the 

scheme of creating by thought that which pleased his whim. Came I first to earth on a mission. The Father 

desired that knowledge of good and evil be restrained. Man was to suffer and die as beast, returning to the 

planets of the star-sun Sirius on physical death of beastly body. But came I to the Father with better plan. The 

world of men could be cleansed of the beast by my instruction. Over countless generations could man be lifted 

back slowly to his lost angelic status. Life upon life he could live and perish, and live again. Slowly he could 

come up through new forms of ape-men until he was indeed a god restored to the Godhead! Not through 

varied forms but through manifestations of the same form, could he regain unto ennoblement. And the same 

form meant the ape-form. Thus was reincarnation born as men of earth understand reincarnation today. So 

man came to remain in possession of ape-body. Man had used the ape-form for thousands of generations, 

finding it more efficient for his caprice than lion-form. Thus was he manifesting when catastrophe overtook 

all creation. Therefore, know ye, that ape-forms are pure forms of species but man hath appropriated 

ape-forms and improved upon them until ye do be angel apes yourselves. Man as spirit hath no form that is 

constant. Man as spirit hath any form which serveth constructive purpose in making Love externalize. But 

man on the physical plane maintaineth the Ape Form of the Great Catastrophe." 

The book, "_Star Guests_" is published by Soul-craft and much of its material was compiled several decades 

ago. Yet, that information ties-in perfectly with knowledge now being received from space intelligences. Van 

Tassel has received nearly identical material in confirmation of this, only instead of being called, "The Great 

Abomination", he calls it, "The Great Adultery". But it is the same happening. 

In Northern Arizona the research group was informed that all the inhabitants of the Earth are space people. 

This is true for several reasons. First of all, none of us live _underground_; we have our existence on the 

surface of Earth; therefore, we are inhabitants of space as well as people on Mars, Venus, or any other world. 

We are not, however, space craft people, for we have not yet mastered the secret of magnetic propulsion and 

have not gone to other worlds beside our own. 

All people on Earth are true space beings for another very basic and important reason. Our ancestors came 

here as the "Sons of God", and since true "human" life came from outer space in the first place we are all 

descended from that migration. Hence, we are true space people. However, all individuals on Earth are NOT 

related in the dim past to the indigenous biologic earth-forms that were the ape mothers and The Migrants 

who came via the Great Migration and "looked upon the daughters of Earth" and saw that they were fair and 

chose of them wives.


There is a third class or category of spiritual life that is maintained on Earth. These are the Christ People who 

arrived to make a cosmic mission of mentoring the "angelic host from Sirius that fell" into the practices of 

mixing the heavenly and earthly breeds, and winning it back to its original angelic status. This third class is a 

special Universal order of souls: they are The Wanderers. 


THE WANDERERS 

"To the apples we salt we return!" Remember that strange phrase from "_The Saucers Speak!_" 

Space intelligences said that this was one of their old prophecy legends, but what could it mean? It sounds as 

though space people salted away some apples and were now returning to them. But what about the word 

"apple"; what did it represent? 

For many months now, evidence has been accumulating at a rapid rate that there are many people on Earth 

that don't really belong here! This doesn't mean that they came here aboard a Flying Saucer, disembarked, put 

on a tweed suit, polished up their English language and moved into the house next door. It does mean, 

however, that there is a special class or order of beings in the Universe that are different from the rest because 

of the fact that they wander from one world to another, and from one system to another. They are the 

"chimney sweeps" of Creation. It is their specific job to go to the "trash cans" of the Universe and give aid to 

their fellow man on those backward worlds. 

If these Wanderers didn't arrive here by spaceship, how did they get here? They volunteered to come to Earth 

and go through the reincarnational cycle here. In otherwords, they were born here! They have birth 

certificates, they went to school, had the childhood diseases, drank soda pop at the corner drug store and made 

eyes at each other in school, or threw "spit balls" at teacher. In brief, they were exactly the same as all the 

other people on Earth, except for one thing: they didn't belong here! They occupy physical vehicles and are 

born to parents of their own choice who they feel will best give them the advantages and training they need to 

fulfill their missions on Earth. 

It was this special order of beings that arrived with the Son of Thought Incarnate when He came to Earth for 

the first time to begin his instruction. It is said that 144,000 souls or Lesser Avatars arrived with the Elder 

Brother, Son of Thought Incarnate. Here we see the use of the mystic numeral 12. Much will be said about 

this later. 

There were several statements made in "_The Saucers Speak!_" that are significant in connection with these 

"Wanderers" or "Apples". "Seeds may be planted but they can rot and never reach maturity." This means that 

the people of outer space knew what was going to develop on Earth. They "planted" some of their own people 

here; "salted" them away like "apples". But every seed that is planted or "salted away" does not grow and 

reach maturity; it may rot in the ground because of many conditions. Therefore, some of the "Wanderers" now 

on Earth do not know who they are--they are lost in the ways of the Earth, and on physical death will return to 

their own worlds. They will be none the worse for their experience, except that their mission will not be 

accomplished. 

Space intelligences knew that a certain percentage of the "apples" would fall by the way, therefore enough of 

them incarnated into Earth bodies to make up for this inevitable deficiency. It should be stated here that 

during the "Great Influx" of the late 1800's, many offspring were born to space visitors who had mated with 

Earth women. The descendants of these offspring are living today, but they are not part of the class known as 

The Wanderers.


Space friends also said: "Many of our people are in your world now. There are nearly ten million of them, 

with six of those million in the United States itself." This statement refers to the "apples". Space people, 

actually born on other planets, do get out of Saucers and go into cities and towns for various purposes. They 

never remain long, for they make the survey they are working on and immediately leave. Truman Bethurum 

points this out in his book, "_Aboard A Flying Saucer_". At certain times Aura Rhanes was seen by several 

people in places of business and on city streets. 

So there are several million people in the world that have nothing to do with this world as far as learning 

anything from it that they haven't already acquired. They either passed through many lives on the Earth planet 

itself, or they learned the same lesson on another world similar to our Earth. At any rate, they are far ahead of 

the average Earth man or woman. Why do they come back? The answer is, because they want to help; they 

feel that there is something far more beautiful for man on Earth to attain. They are the reason we have 

progressed more in the last fifty years than we did in the previous ten thousand years! Many of our great and 

famous historical personages were "apples". Those specifically mentioned were Benjamin Franklin, Abraham 

Lincoln, Nikola Tesla, and others. Of course, many more fit into this category. 

The Wanderers go through a normal childhood, not realizing who they are. If they are not among those "seeds 

that rotted" they someday remember who they are, where they are from, and what they are here for. Many 

"apples" had memory veils lifted about 1947, the year when Kenneth Arnold brought the Flying Saucer to the 

attention of the world. Space intelligences figured that we wouldn't develop atomic power until sometime in 

the 1960's. But World War II with its demands that an atomic bomb be made, speeded up the advancement of 

science and therefore the entire space program working itself out on Earth. The Saucers then appeared openly 

and also began the great task of "waking up" their own people occupying Earth bodies and going about their 

daily business unaware of the entire matter. Many received "the beam" in 1947! 

They were right when they said: "We walk the streets . . ." Another time they facetiously said: "To the slop we 

throw out we never return!" By that they meant that they were not interested in those individual souls who 

couldn't make the grade on their respective worlds and thereby were the "slop" or "refuse" of that world. They 

never will return to the "waste" material of Creation that isn't interested in Truth and progression through the 

loving of your fellow man. 

Again they said: "Certain seeds have been placed on Saros (Earth). To the apples we salt we return!" 

Many ancient legends and manuscripts tell about these "Wanderers". For instance, in "Lessons In Gnani 

Yoga" by Yogi Ramacharaka, we read: "In fact there are in the world today, individual souls which have 

reached similar stages on other planets, and who are spending their rest period here amidst the comparatively 

lower Earth conditions, striving to lift up the Earth souls to greater heights." 

The fact that some of the space visitors coming to Earth at this time once lived on the Earth itself was vividly 

shown when George Adamski spoke to the Venusian near Desert Center, California, on November 20, 1952. 

On page 204 of "Flying Saucers Have Landed," Adamski said: "Then pointing to himself, he (the Venusian), 

indicated that once he lived here on this Earth: then pointing up into space . . . but now he is living out there." 

Therefore, those souls who incarnated here over and over again, finally learning the lesson the Earth world 

offered, went on to higher, more majestic realms. Some have returned to us in Saucers, others were born 

amongst us! Not all of the "apples" come from our own Solar System; many come from far-distant systems 

and galaxies. These volunteers have vowed that they will continue to appear on Earth until the situation here 

is cleared up, and Earthman takes his true place beside his brothers in the Cosmos! 

As I said above, many of these universal servants know who they are. Others will have memory restored to 

them as time goes on and our Solar System goes deeper and deeper into Aquarius. They will rise to the 

occasion to help their brothers overhead in the Saucers accomplish their mission here.


How can we identify or recognize a "Wanderer"? It is not easily done. However, these space friends who 

work and live with us daily, are identified by their brothers in the sky by certain body markings. These marks 

may take the form of scar tissue that has been present on the body from birth and thereby not acquired by any 

natural means, and they may take the form of unusual types of stigmata (not the religious type). The 

arrangement and type of marks will determine the individual's place of origin and other pertinent facts. These 

marks are not really necessary in order for them to be recognized by the Saucer occupants, because they know 

who is who by other methods. However, the marks serve more as a "key of remembrance" to the individuals 

they are located on. By thinking of these strange scars, the "apple" is automatically put into the right frame of 

mind and vibrations for lifting of a memory veil. The more they dwell on how the marks were received, the 

more they remember. 

As said before, many great men of history, known as adepts, leaders and reformers belonged to other worlds. 

Even now they serve in every field of endeavor: they are scientists, inventors, writers, ministers, students, 

teachers, electronic engineers, speakers and farmers! They have infiltrated everywhere and only wait for the 

day of The Telling to make themselves known. 

These "Wanderers" are truly "Wayfarers" when they take up life on Earth. For they very seldom stick to one 

job for long periods of time. Some are inclined to be "nervous" or highly sensitive types. This is because of 

the lower vibratory rate on Earth. Many of them have intestinal disorders and stomach trouble. They move 

from one job to another, and many of them are found in communications, transportation, and scientific fields. 

The infiltration of the writing and radio profession has been on a colossal scale. 

Remember in "_The Coming Of The Saucers_", by Arnold and Palmer, where Arnold said: "I knew him the 

moment I saw him. He had tried to talk to me once in the lobby. He was a rather small man, sandy-haired, and 

physically handicapped, apparently from some childhood disease. He looked healthy and sound." The man 

Arnold is speaking of was Paul Lance, reporter for the Tacoma Times . . . and he died shortly after he met 

Arnold. At another time, Arnold said: "There we met . . . I think we were both a little surprised to find that . . . 

was also physically handicapped, due apparently to some childhood disease, although he looked robust and 

healthy." 

Kenneth Arnold became quite concerned over the fact that he was dealing with an unusual number of 

handicapped people! What did it mean, if anything? It can only be stated here that some of the "apples" are 

cripples in some sense of the word. This is because they do not function properly on the Earth planet even 

though they come from more advanced worlds. Could this be the answer to Arnold's problem? 

Rolf Telano, well known to B.S.R.A. readers, must have been thinking of "Wanderers" when he wrote: "The 

messages received on radio are actually point-to-point messages intended for certain persons on this planet 

who are working with the operators of the flying discs . . . mostly their own people whom they have put here 

to live among the people of this planet, and act as observers. A telephone directory check would be useless 

because they are not known among the Earthlings by the same name as in the message. In most cases, the 

name mentioned is the actual name of the person, but it is often a name which would sound strange to the 

people here, so they assume one which will not arouse so much curiosity. The particular band was chosen 

because it is not as much used as others, and it is thus less likely that others would hear the messages. As an 

extra precaution, they are also usually coded. The 'CW' is not actually such, but merely a tape recorded 

message which happens to sound like it. The transmission is on a rather wide band (in frequency), but on a 

quite narrow band as to direction, being beamed directly to the person whom they wish to contact. If a radio 

set happened to be directly on the beam, it would be quite likely to pick up the message even if it was turned 

off, as it is possible for the voice coil of the speaker to pick it up by induction. Ordinarily, however, the set is 

working on the fringe of the beam, and must be turned on and tuned somewhere near the right frequency." 

Some have said that the coil of the speaker could pick up the code by induction, but there would have to be a 

cold solder joint somewhere in the circuit to act as a rectifier.


When writing the above, Telano had reference to the strange message picked up by the Iowa research group 

that was mentioned in "_The Saucers Speak!_" This message was received on 405 kc, and said, in part ". . . 

contact Alesandro Stockvet of Chicago." When the group checked the telephone directory in Chicago, no such 

person was found listed. 

Telano could be referring to "Wanderers" and also regular Saucer occupants now engaged in activities on the 

surface of the Earth. However, as mentioned before, most of the space people on Earth are "apples". 

Certain individuals have received messages from the space intelligences that were similar to the following: 

"Do not think of us as gods, for in a sense you are greater than we . . . and we must serve you as it was 

promised since time immemorial." By this, the Saucer occupants mean that The Wanderers were a special 

order of beings who did nothing but wander from planet to planet and stay until the particular world they were 

on was lifted up into higher understanding. If the message was directed to an "apple" on the Earth, we can see 

why the space people would say: "In a sense you are greater than we." Actually, there is no high nor low, but 

The Wanderers or "Apples" would be greater in the sense that they had previously served other worlds before 

coming to Earth. The Saucer men recognize these "Wanderers" because they aided them before they came to 

Earth to help. In other words, "apples" lifted up other planets to their present majestic state of progression 

where all war, greed, lust and falsity is non-existent. They passed through Mars, Venus, and other spheres 

before volunteering for the Earth mission. And the mission to Earth began not just one or two lifetimes back, 

but it all started in the Miocene Epoch millions of years ago! The Universal "chimney-sweeps" will not go on 

to other degraded worlds until the planet Earth returns to the Interplanetary Brotherhood, established in Love, 

Truth, and peace. 

The following message was received in the central part of the United States by a "Wanderer". It illustrates the 

point we have made above. Its point of origin was from space intelligences. 

"Wake up! Do not underestimate yourself. Do not say that something is not true just because you alone 

thought it. Know this about yourself . . . when you think purely on your own plane (thought), there is no room 

for error as there is none being a part of who you are! Son of Light, we are coming soon to Earth in great 

numbers. Upon our arrival we will scatter over the face of the planet and instruct the immature souls 

concerning the most perfect application of the Love principle. Truly, in reality, this is all we do. We keep 

away and shut out all selfish interests and egotistical desires: in this we find our true purpose to the rest of 

God's great creation. We have so perfected the Love principle that we need not adopt the policy of loving our 

enemies and blessing those that curse us for there are no enemies and there is no one that curses. Truly here is 

where the spirit of God can move freely and give unto us unimaginable blessings. This, too, is one of our great 

missions here, since it is only when Love reigns supreme that it is possible for God to give you more than he 

has. This is not because God is unwilling to give unto you, it is because in your ignorance you refuse to 

receive that which is already given unto you. Upon our arrival be ready to receive and welcome us; not that 

we are demanding, but in order to fulfill our mission here it is necessary for us to mingle as much as possible 

with you who know us. You can aid us with certain information we desire. We mingle with you and people 

like you purposely because although you look human, _yet are you divine, even more so than we by far!_ You 

remember meeting a stranger the other day, yet he was not a stranger at all, but one of us whom you met while 

working in our realm to build us up as you are even now building up the Earth. When we come to cooperate 

wholeheartedly, be not fearful of telling the world of our coming; for the world must know to be prepared. 

The time is therefore short, as we have said before. Work well and preach the truth until we come! And we 

will come, as we promised you before you took up the mantle of this mission". This message was signed 

simply: "A friend from Venus". 

This Venusian friend was obviously addressing his remarks to a "Wanderer". He recognized the Earth worker 

because he had passed through his world Venus before coming to Earth. As stated before, the "Wanderers" 

began their mission on Earth millions of years ago when they originally came with the Great Avatar or Son of 

Thought Incarnate. However, the original number of 144,000 has been added to over many generations and


highly advanced beings on other planets joined the ranks of The Wanderers. 

Some might ask: "Why don't the occupants of the Saucers do the job of lifting up humanity on Earth?" 

Actually, they couldn't do the job alone. First of all, in order to get by for very long in present day society an 

individual has to have papers and records proving his birth, age, place of residence, driver's license, draft 

board classification, etc. Secondly, people of the Earth wouldn't want to be "lifted up" or taught by 

"foreigners" from outer space. But, if space people are among them as their own kind, they will be raised 

automatically into higher states of progression. Only if the "apples" volunteer for such a mission can it be 

accomplished. 

Saucer occupants and "Wanderers" in our own Solar System belong to an order known as Knights of the Solar 

Cross. The literal solar cross is a luminous appearance consisting of a light-pillar combined with a segment of 

the parhelic circle, forming a cross with the sun at the center. A similar phenomenon about the moon is called 

a lunar cross. 

Solar Cross, used here, however, means something entirely different. The swastika symbolizing the Four 

Great Primary Forces is the true Solar Cross, for without these forces our Sun and Solar System could not 

operate--in fact, they wouldn't even exist, and neither would anything else in Creation exist. 

A Knight Errant was a wandering knight who, in the Middle Ages went forth in search of adventures fitted to 

exhibit his skill, prowess, or chivalry toward women; he belonged to wandering knighthood. Therefore, The 

Wanderers are Knights Errant of the Solar Cross as they go to the various planets of our Solar System. They 

operate through the authority and powers of the Four Great Forces to point men everywhere to the Great Path. 

As said before, it doesn't matter whether the helpers came here in Saucers, or whether they were born here as 

"apples"--they all belong to the Solar Cross Order. The symbol of this Order shows the present twelve planets 

enveloped in their Resonating Electro-Magnetic Fields. The planet of the fifth orbit to space intelligences is 

the Earth, and its field is shown shaded and dark. This is because the Earth is now the only world in our Solar 

System that does not belong to the Interplanetary Brotherhood. The twelve planets surround the swastika and 

super-imposed over this is a face-like shield with a single eye in the center of the forehead. This symbolizes 

Plate XIII 

the fact that Knights of the Solar Cross have a highly developed pineal body or gland, a "third eye" which 

gives them their astounding telepathic abilities. They examine all men by this "eye" instead of by normal 

vision which would only allow for reason and logic instead of truth. (See Plate XIII). 

In June, 1953 a well known magazine received the following letter in reference to an article they had printed 

on life of other worlds. 

"I have just read your article that claims the people on other worlds look like huge enlarged editions of your 

own (airth's) microbes. Ha. Have a surprise in store! I was born on the planet Venus and my mother and father 

entered life on the planet Uranus. All three of us could walk right by you on the street and you couldn't tell 

any difference between us and those born on this planet airth. I have now been on this satellite of the Sun ten 

years, and along with hundreds of thousands of my group from the various galactic regions, have been 

mingling with you without undue alarm. Your own government is aware of our presence as well as our 

appearance; and every time another load of us arrive via solar ship, they get jittery . . . . I am a Knight of the 

Solar Cross." 

The editor published this letter in the next issue of the magazine and said: "Hey, Knight . . . ever heard of the 

Immigration Act?"


The following is a message received in Arizona from one of these Knights who is now surveying our Earth in 

space craft. 

"In the Light of our Infinite Father, the Creative Spirit, we greet you fellow creatures and brothers of Saros. 

We who now speak are also of your third density. As you peer through your "big eyes" you can easily see 

many of us. However, you only see eight of us besides yourself. There are three more of the Father's 

Mansions with one being beyond the planet you know as Pluto, and the other two between Mercury and the 

Sun. 

"Twelve is an important number and so is Seven. That is why a group to the west at Giant Rock in your State 

of California speaks of The Council of the Seven Lights. Remember, we have also spoken of The 

Council-Circle 7x. There were Twelve Apostles who followed the Master, one of the Twelve destroyed 

himself. There are Twelve Planets now in our Solar System, and one, your planet of Earth, known to other 

beings of the third density as Saros, is a lost brother (mansion) now on the brink of self-destruction. The 

Creator's symbolism is always exact and understood only by those who discern His signs. 

"The planet known to you as Saturn is the location of the Universal Tribunal of this, our Solar System. We 

will not go into the nature of our Great Sun Body at this time, but let it be stated here that there are beings on 

the planetary bodies under the photosphere of the Sun. There is life on your Moon as well as on some other 

moons belonging to other planets. 

"Saturn is the Seat of Justice . . . "As ye sow, so shall ye reap." Saturn was your ancient god of Seed-Sowing, 

and believed to be a king during an ancient Golden Age. Yes, the literal rule of Saturn was enjoyed on Earth 

during the period of your Golden Age. It was distinguished for peacefulness, happiness, and contentment. The 

Saturnian Age is mentioned in all Earth history. Saturn was the "sower of seeds" because it was he who gave 

authority to The Wanderers so that they might go into physical life on the Earth. Saturn has been called by 

your people, 'The Rising Sun of a New Dispensation', and this is true for he represents form and discipline 

which, when met and profited by, bring sure and permanent rewards. Remember what your Holy Book tells 

you: "Be not deceived; God is not mocked: for whatsoever a man soweth, that shall he also reap." (Galatians 

6:7). 

"Long ago, it came to our attention that our Solar System, of which you are a vital part, was quickly moving 

into another realm of our Father's Creation. We are now a part of the first stages of the fourth density. Beings 

of this density are now with us and among us. They do not need mechanical contrivances as we of the third 

density need them. We of the other planets in this System are more advanced than your world, Saros. But we 

say this in all humility, not wishing to boast. For we are, in a sense, still very crude. Again it is written in your 

Good Book: "I have seen all the works that are done _under the sun_; and, behold, all is vanity and vexation 

of spirit." (Ecclesiastes 1:14). We are not perfect! 

"As your 'big eyes' peer into space you see us because we are in your density, but there are degrees of 

advancement and we are ahead of you in that degree. We are now contacting our Saros brothers by means of 

radiotelegraphy, telepathy, and direct physical manifestations. Our brothers of the fourth density are now 

contacting Saros brothers almost entirely by telepathy and by projection. Do not think for a moment that the 

so-called 'Saucers' and related phenomena are just from this or that planet; they come from many, many 

worlds, systems and galaxies. And they are of different development, yet they are all part of the Creator's plan 

for Saros. The Interplanetary Confederation now operating around your planet contains fifty-one solar systems 

which includes several hundred planets (six-hundred and eight according to Van Tassel) controlling some 

three and a half million spacecraft. 

"For centuries and centuries we have watched your ruinous wars, and hoped that someday you would gain the 

understanding needed to gain your freedom from bondage of your own making. Our hopes have not been 

realized; instead, our worst fears have been realized. Not fear as you think of it, but only the knowledge of


past events. The time has come for Saros to prepare herself for the Groom--she must put off the old, the 

shabby, and array herself in finery for the Wedding Feast shortly to take place in the fourth density realm. We, 

as your nearest Neighbors in space, are trying to prepare you adequately for this meeting. 

"Our authority is from the Saturn Tribunal headed by Kadar Lacu. This Tribunal and its Kadar acts in the 

Creator's Light and Love. None of us are perfect as I have said, or we would not be here. There is much we all 

have to learn. There are worlds millions and even trillions of years 'ahead' of us, and there are many worlds 

thousands of years 'behind' us. We must not, therefore, be worshipped as gods. It is truly written: "And hath 

gone and served other gods, and worshipped them, either the sun, or moon, or any of the host of heaven, 

which I have not commanded." (Deuteronomy 17:3). "And they shall spread them before the sun, and the 

moon, and all the host of heaven, whom they have loved, and whom they have served, and after whom they 

have walked, and whom they have sought, and whom they have worshipped. (Jeremiah 8:2). We are the Host 

of Heaven, and we must not be worshipped as ancient men have bowed to sun, moon and stars! 

"We are here among you. Some of us have always been here, with you, yet apart from you. We have watched 

you closely and occasionally we guided you whenever the opportunity arose. Our numbers have now been 

increased tremendously in preparation for another step in the development of your world Saros. You are not 

aware of this step completely, although it has been hinted at frequently in the accounts of your prophets. We 

contacted these prophets of yours in time past; but many of them did not know our true nature, therefore they 

could not always translate clearly the concepts implanted in their minds. Sometimes they were extremely 

cautious, and to insure the preservation of the information they wished to place upon record in the world, they 

spoke in metaphors and symbols. 

"We have been confused many times with the gods of world-religions. However, we are your fellow creatures 

as I said before. You will find records of our presence in the mysterious symbols of ancient Egypt, where we 

made ourselves known in order to accomplish certain ends. One of our principal symbols appears in the 

religious art of your present civilization and occupies a position of importance upon the great seal of the 

United States. It has been preserved in certain secret societies founded originally to keep alive the knowledge 

of our existence and our intentions toward mankind. Another of our symbols is the Circle-Cross and the 

Swastika. The symbol known to you as the 'Tree of Life' is well-known to us and is important. 

"We have left you outstanding landmarks. These were carefully placed in various parts of Saros, but most 

prominently in Egypt where we established a headquarters at one time. At that time, the foundations of your 

present civilization were 'laid in the earth' and the most ancient of your known landmarks established by 

means that would appear as miraculous to you now as they did to the pre-Egyptians, so many thousands of 

years ago. Since that time the whole art of building in stone has become symbolic, to many of you, of the 

work in hand--the building of the human race toward its perfection. 

"Many of your ancestors knew us in those days as preceptors and as friends. Indeed, many of you knew us 

then, also. Now, though your own efforts, you have almost reached, in your majority, a new step on the long 

ladder of liberation. You have constantly been aided by our watchful inspiration, and hindered only by the 

difficulties natural to your processes of physical and moral development. 

"You have lately achieved the means of destroying yourselves. Do not be hasty in your self-congratulation for 

yours is not the first civilization to have achieved and used such means. The 'lost world' known to you as the 

Asteroid Belt is spoken of in your records as 'Lucifer, the Shining One'. We called this planet 'Maldek, The 

Tongue'. We did not interfere when the men of that world experimented with certain and quick disaster. Each 

man, and hence each world, must learn the lesson and make its own progression. Universal Law prevented us 

from interfering. When this world was shattered, it caused terrible catastrophe on other worlds, as well as on 

Saros. You have not recovered to this day. 

"We are now interfering more than we should, but we will not stand by and see another waste of creation in


our System. There isn't time for another waste. Now that the Great Cycle is ending and we are all entering a 

new plane, all must be purified. That which is beyond hope will eliminate itself. We say 'eliminate itself' for 

we will destroy nothing. Those on Saros who believe the Creator punishes or destroys anything are in 

darkness. You are punished by your own deeds, as your world is now punishing itself for its crimes against 

Universal Law. 

"Yours will not be the first world to be offered the means of preventing that destruction and proceeding in the 

full glory of its accumulated knowledge, to establish an era of enlightenment on Saros. However, if you do 

accept the means offered you, and if you do establish such a 'millennium' upon the basis of your present 

accomplishments, yours will be the first civilization to do so. 

"Always before, the knowledge, the techniques, the instruction, have become the possessions of a chosen few; 

a few who chose themselves by their open-minded and clear-sighted realization of the 'shape of things to 

come'. They endeavored to pass on their knowledge in the best possible form and by the most enduring means 

at their command. In a sense, they succeeded, but in another sense their failure equalled their success. Human 

acceptance is, to a very large extent, measurable by human experience. Succeeding generations, who never 

knew of our actual presence, translated the teachings of their elders in the terms of their own experience. 

"For instance, a cross-sectional drawing, much simplified and stylized by many copyings, of one of our space 

craft, became the 'Sacred Eye of Horus', and eyes of many other gods. Other symbolical and alchemical 'eyes' 

are merely representative of our means of transportation. Osiris and Apollo became gods to the people, but 

they were actually our representatives on Saros: they were men! The 'golden disk' now confused with the solar 

disk and made a part of religion, and the 'discus' hurled sunward by the Grecian athlete and your athletes are 

also symbolic of our traveling devices or 'Saucers'. 

"The really important fact, however, is that we are here among you! And you, as a world-race will know it 

before very much longer. The time is almost ripe, but as with all ripening things, the process may not be 

hurried artificially without danger of damaging the fruit. There is a right time for every action, and the right 

time for our complete revelation of ourselves to Saros is fast approaching. 

"Many of you have seen our 'advance guard' already. You have met us often in the streets of your cities; but 

you have not noticed us. Some, however, do 'sense' us! When we speed through your skies in the traditional 

vehicles, you are amazed, and those of you who tell of what you have seen are ac-counted dupes and fools. 

Actually, you are prophets of your age, seers in the true sense of the word. You in Kansas and Oklahoma, you 

in Oregon and in California, and Idaho, Indiana, Maine, and Vermont--you who know what you have seen, do 

not be dismayed by what so-called 'authorities' tell you. Remember, many of them haven't seen what you 

have! Their faulty opinions are not based on actual experience. 

"Can you imagine a material almost transparent to the rays of ordinary light, yet strong enough to endure the 

stress of extremely rapid flight? Look again at the Great Nebulae, and think of the construction of your own 

Milky Way Galaxy, and be-hold the Universal examples of what we have found to be the perfect shape for an 

object which is to travel through what you still fondly refer to as 'empty' space. Our Crystal Bells operate in 

their own Resonating Electro-Magnetic Field the same as all celestial bodies do. Your own Saros is nothing 

but a huge space craft. We can travel the so-called 'speed of light' and faster, but actually light does not travel; 

_Light Is!_Â 

"If we chose to remain unseen, we could do so easily and, in fact, we have done so almost without exception 

for hundreds of yeas. No one sees us unless we want to be seen! You must now become accustomed to our 

shapes in your skies, for one day soon they will be familiar, friendly, and reassuring sights. 

"One of our very ancient prophecy legends says: "To the apples we salt we return." Some of you understand 

what this means. Long ago we knew what would take place on Saros and we knew that we would have to


come down and dwell with you to accomplish certain objectives. Many of us have only recently arrived on 

your world and were brought here by space craft from our respective homes in this System and other systems. 

Our Confederation is large, but unfortunately, there are those of other worlds who are not here in the name of 

the Infinite Father. They are intruders! 

"Many of us came centuries ago, and especially during the last part of your nineteenth century. Some of you 

are our direct descendants. Some of you were incarnated back into Saros from other planets and only recently 

have you begun to realize who you are and what your true purpose is. You are one with us and must prepare 

to meet the work ahead of us all. You are the 'apples' we 'salted away' until we had need of them. That time is 

now here. We have returned! However, all the 'seeds' have not matured; some have rotted. Therefore, some of 

you because of certain conditions will never know who you are. We are all space beings since all life is 

spiritual in essence and inhabits space. We are all the Creator's children; we are brothers and sisters. 

"All of our people now on your planet are working toward the new order of things shortly to en-gulf your 

world. We are Knights of the Solar Cross. De you understand this? If you do fail, as other worlds have failed, 

then we will know what to do. The Council-Circle 7 has completed its work here, and matters have now been 

turned over to the Universal Tribunal. You will soon notice even stranger changes begin to take place in your 

world: unbelievable changes to you. 

"Recognize us for what we are; we are here! We are a Confederation of many peoples working in Eternal 

Light. Our love and light to all of you. May our Infinite Father guide you always. For my brothers, I am, 'One 

Who Serves'." 

This message speaks of the Twelve Planets. Besides the nine we know of, there is one beyond Pluto, which 

was spoken of as Patras in "_The Saucers Speak!_" Could Patras refer to the Greek petra, rock or petros, 

stone? Perhaps this planet is a small world and Patras in the Solex Mal may be "The Rock". Then there are 

two more planets unknown to most scientists between Mercury and the Sun. 

In 1859 M. Lescarbault, a village physician of Orgeres, France, saw a small dark planet-like body pass across 

the sun's disc. This planet was called by anticipation, Vulcan. However, its existence still remains 

unconfirmed by science. M. Porro and M. Wolf of Zurich reported seeing Vulcan in transit in 1876. Since 

Vulcan was seen passing across the disk of the Sun it can be assumed that such a planet really exists. 

However, most astronomers refuse to accept its existence. They say it is a hypothetical intra-Mercurial planet. 

The French astronomer Le Verrier said Vulcan did exist because this would account for certain unexplained 

perturbations of Mercury. In 1846, J. G. Galle, the German astronomer, discovered the planet Neptune, 

following the calculations of Le Verrier. If Le Verrier was correct about the existence of Neptune, could he 

not be correct about Vulcan? He had calculated the exact position of Neptune in the sky. The perturbations 

mentioned means the deviation was caused by the attraction of some other body other than that round which 

Mercury moves. The perturbations of Mercury are caused by Vulcan. Besides, it has been seen in transit 

across the Sun's disk too often to be ignored. 

Between Vulcan and the Sun there is still another planet of which little is known at this time. Information 

received by Van Tassel confirms the existence of Vulcan and this other world closest of all planets to the Sun. 

All the planets in our Solar System are inhabited and are working in the Interplanetary Confederation. There is 

only one planet that is uneasy about the Earth. In "The Saucers Speak!" the following was received: "Uranus 

doesn't believe in too much contact with the Earth planet." Uranus had to be won over in the Universal 

Tribunal for she felt that little could be accomplished through Earth contact. This has been confirmed in a 

startling manner recently by a physicist in Canada who has had contact several times with a craft from 

Uranus. The occupants said they were not too interested in the Earth, but they did hope that man on Saros 

would rise out of stupidity and take his place with the other men of Creation.


The numeral 12 is very important in symbolism. A few of the important parts of the Scale of Twelve follow: 

12 symbols of the Pillars in Neptune's Temple were related to the 

12 Laws (Atlantis). 

12 Emerald Tablets of Thoth the Atlantean. The writing is similar to the Solex-Mal and has engraved 

characters in the ancient Atlantean language. 

12 Labors of Hercules: 12 Great Gods. 

12 Signs of the Zodiac. 

12 Months. 

12 Faculties; 12 great Qualities and Virtues; 

12 Gems in the Breastplate of the high priest. 

12 Tribes of Israel; 12 Rods of the 12 Princes of Israel. 

12 Phalanges of the fingers. 

12 Lesser Prophets. 

12 Apostles. 

12 Patriarchs. 

12 Gates (Revelation 21:12). 

12 Angels (Revelation 21:12); 12 Legions of Angels (St. Matthew 26:53). 

12 Foundations (Revelation 21:14). 

12 Bullocks (Ezra 8:35). 

12 He goats (Ezra 8:35). 

12 Pointed Star; 12 Fruits (Revelation 22:2). 

12 Sons of Jacob. 

In ancient symbolism the Twelve Sons of Jacob were represented as twelve stars surrounding two circles. 

These circles stood for Jacob and his wife. (Jacob had several wives, but the circle stands for the mother of 

each son). In this connection, there is something very interesting to be found in Genesis 37:9: "And he 

dreamed yet another dream, and told it his brethren, and said, Behold, I have dreamed a dream more; and, 

behold, the sun and the moon and the eleven stars made obeisance to me." 

Now this dream literally meant that some day Joseph's father (Jacob) and his mother and his eleven brothers 

would bow to him. Joseph's brothers sold his as a slave, and later they did bow down to him in Egypt. In 

Genesis 37:10, we read: "And he told it to his father, and to his brethren: and his father rebuked him, and said


unto him, What is this dream that thou hast dreamed? Shall I and thy mother and thy brethren indeed come to 

bow down ourselves to thee to the earth?" 

Joseph's dream likened his father, mother and brothers to the sun, moon, and eleven stars. Why eleven stars? 

In his day there were altogether thirteen planets in our Solar System. Since Joseph was on the Earth he would 

not count that a star, and besides the Earth did not belong to the Interplanetary Brotherhood. That would leave 

twelve stars or planets, But Maldek, not yet destroyed (its total destruction taking place at the time of the 

Exodus) did not belong to the Brotherhood either. Therefore, there were actually eleven stars or planets in our 

System that would have recognition at the Universal Tribunal. Somehow, the ancients knew this. 

A sun disk, balanced upon a four-legged stand was found at Sippar before the canopied throne of Shamash, 

the sun god. It is recorded in a tablet of Nebopaliddin, King of Babylonia about 880 B. C. (See Plate XIV). 

This disk shows the central Sun with the Four Great Primary Forces, and it shows twelve wavy lines 

extending out or radiating from the Sun. This means there are twelve planets in the Solar System. Since this 

dates from 880 B. C. it would not show the planet Maldek or thirteen planets since Maldek ceased to exist 

around 1500 B. C. This sun disk is similar to the Ishtal-Maxin in the Solex-Mal. (See illustration on page 72). 

The large silver star which was placed in the floor of the Grotto of the Church of the Holy Nativity, in 

Bethlehem, in the nineteenth century, at the sup-posed spot on which Jesus was born, has twelve points. 

Tradition associates the number twelve with closeness of relationship between the divine and the human. 

Formerly, the Feast of Epiphany was known as "Twelfthtide", or "Twelfth Day", because it falls on the 

twelfth day after Christmas. 

The Golden Candelabra with seven lamps of ancient times is very important because of its obvious connection 

with the Council of Seven Lights (Van Tassel) and the Council-Circle 7. 

"And thou shalt make the seven lamps thereof: and they shall light the lamps thereof, that they may give light 

over against it." (Exodus 25:37). 

"Speak unto Aaron, and say unto him, When thou lightest the lamps, the seven lamps shall give light over 

against the candlestick." (Numbers 8:2). 

"And I turned to see the voice that spake with me. And being turned, I saw seven golden candlesticks; And in 

the midst of the seven candlesticks one like unto the Son of man, clothed with a garment down to the foot, and 

girt about the paps with a golden girdle." (Revelation 1:12-13). 

"The mystery of the seven stars which thou sawest in my right hand, and the seven golden candlesticks. The 

seven stars are the angels of the seven churches: and the seven candlesticks which thou sawest are the seven 

churches." (Revelation 1:20). 

Therefore, for the Scale of Seven we have: 7 Spirits of God; 7 Souls (Egyptian); 7 Seals; 7 Logi; 7 Creative 

Lords; 7 Creators or Fabricators (Jewish Elohim); 7 Golden Candlesticks; 7 Builders or Governors 

(Egyptian); 7 Rays; 7 Lamps; 7 Lamps of Fire; 7 Colors of Spectrum; 7 Sounds; 7 Rishis; 7 Stars; 7 Notes of 

Musical Scale; 7 Zones; 7 Continents; 7 Suns; 7 Angels; 7 Eyes of the Lord; 7 Daughters of Atlas (Pleiades); 

7 Laws; 7 Churches; 7 Worlds; 7 Primordial Mysteries; 7 Principles; 7 Wheels; 7 Days of the week; 7 Old 

Books (From Noah's Ark); 7 Brazen Columns of Ham and Cheiron. 

When Kadar Lacu, Head of the Universal Tribunal on Saturn contacted us in Northern Arizona, he always 

identified himself with a certain symbol: Van Tassel at Giant Rock has also received this Circle-Cross. 

Anciently, it was known as the "Astronomical Cross of Egypt". Or it was called the "Mundane Cross". It is 

supposed to represent "accomplished creation". The ancients said it was of the fundamental divine 

interplanetary language, and it has the numerical value of three. To them it meant an individual creation, such


as a planet, a solar system, or a galaxy. Since Lacu is Kadar (Head) of the tribunal for this Solar System, he 

would naturally use the Circle-Cross as his symbol. 

Ponnar is an important personage from the planet Hatonn in the galactic system of Andromeda. The symbol 

he always uses is: This symbol of "eternity" is very old and is found on several of the Tarot Cards. 

The symbol of the Tree of Life or the Tree and the Serpent is one of the Earth's most ancient representations. 

Remember in "_The White Sands Incident_", by Dan Fry, where Dan noticed a simple design imprinted in the 

material of the seat in the Saucer? Alan said: "Oh, I see you have noticed the symbol and recognized its 

significance." "Yes," Dan said, "anyone who has ever read to any extent would recognize the symbol of the 

tree and the serpent. It is found in the original inscriptions and legends of every race on earth. It has always 

seemed to me to be a peculiarly earthly symbol and it was startling to see it appear from the depths of space or 

from whatever planet you call home." 

Alan answered Dan by saying: "These are things which I had hoped to put off until our next contact. There is 

so much to tell and so little time. Our ancestors came originally from this earth. They had built a great empire 

and a mighty science upon the continent which your legends call 'Mu' or 'Lemuria'." 

Mu was symbolized as a tree--the Tree of Life. The unadorned serpent is Khan the symbol of Khanab, "The 

Great Waters", the ocean. Mu was surrounded by water, even as the tree is surrounded by the serpent. There 

were indigenous life forms on other worlds, but several research groups have received information that during 

the catastrophes that struck both Lemuria and Atlantis, groups of people were evacuated from the Earth and 

taken to other planets. Especially Mars and Venus. 

"To him that overcometh will I give to eat of the tree of life, which is in the midst of the paradise of God." 

(Revelation 2:7). 

"In the midst of the street of it, and on either side of the river, was there the tree of life, which bare twelve 

manner of fruits, and yielded her fruit every month: and the leaves of the tree were for the healing of the 

nations." (Revelation 22:2). 

"Blessed are they that do his commandments, that they may have right to the tree of life, and may enter in 

through the gates into the city." (Revelation 22:14). 

Swedenborg says that by "the tree of life" is signified a man who lives from God, or God living in man; and as 

love and faith, wisdom and charity, or good and truth, make the life of God in a man, these are signified by the 

Tree of Life, and derivatively also the eternal life of man is signified. The Babylonians had a symbol of the 

Tree of Life, as did the Greeks for they spoke of "the wide spreading tree of Jove". The Egyptians had the 

"pillar of degrees", apparently a conventionalized palm tree in which they showed three levels or degrees. The 

Teuton mythology knows the tree Yggdrasil which grows by the well of Urd, the well of wisdom. Its branches 

Â 

PLATE XV 

Â reach into heaven, it roots into hela, the caverns of darkness. 

Early in 1952, a strange young man appeared in California. He lectured on the coming of the space people to 

earth. He always spoke to small groups of students or clubs. There was nothing unusual about him except that 

he wore a lapel button on which was a distinctive symbol. (See Plate XV). Here we see the familiar swastika 

of the Four Forces and a serpent twined about a wand or rod. This is similar to the caduceus, a magic herald's 

wand, a sacred rod having power over wealth, prosperity, happiness, and dreams, carried by the messengers of


the Greek gods, especially by Hermes. The caduceus was a sign of the settlement of quarrels, carried by 

heralds and ambassadors. This symbol is also used for Apollo. 

The serpent and the staff are symbols of Aesculapius, Roman god of medicine and Asklepios, Greek god of 

healing. The staff represented this god's wanderings from place to place dispensing cures. 

"Yea, though I walk through the valley of the shadow of death, I will fear no evil: for thou art with me; thy 

rod and thy staff they comfort me." (Psalms 23:4). 

Since Apollo, Hermes, Osiris, and others were undoubtedly nothing but space visitors in ancient times who 

later were defied by the people, we would expect their symbols to be used yet by modern space visitors. The 

attributes or actions of Apollo or Hermes as space men were carried over to fit the later gods Apollo, Hermes, 

etc. The space men came to settle disputes and the caduceus became a sign of "the settlement of quarrels". It 

was carried by "heralds and ambassadors"--indeed space visitors were heralds of a new wisdom and 

knowledge and ambassadors of the worlds. The rod or staff represented the god of healing's "wanderings". 

And, the space visitors were "healers" of man's sufferings; they did wander from "place to place dispensing 

cures" for the "sorrowful planet Earth. The "rod" and the "staff" did "comfort" the people of the ancient world 

when it was visited by intelligences of other realms in outer space. 

The description that has come down to us of Apollo fits him in his role of spaceman: "He was the god of pure 

light, the enemy of darkness, healer, preserver. He always declared truth; but the limited mind of man cannot 

always grasp the meaning of his sayings." 

Likewise, the same is true of Osiris: "Osiris, reigning as a king on earth, reclaimed the Egyptians from 

savagery, gave them laws, and taught them worship. He introduced the cultivation of grains. Eager to 

communicate his discoveries to all mankind he travelled over the world, diffusing the blessings of civilization 

and agriculture wherever he went." 

The Elder Brother clearly showed his position as Head of the Wandering Host when he said: "Ye are from 

beneath; I am from above: ye are of this world." (St. John 8:23). 

In Christ's Prayer of Consecration he refers to _The Wanderers_: "I have given them thy word; and the world 

hath hated them, because they are not of the world, even as I am not of the world. I pray not that thou 

shouldest take them out of the world, but that thou shouldest keep them from the evil. They are not of the 

world, even as I am not of the world. Sanctify them through thy truth: thy word is truth. As thou hast sent me 

into the world, even so have I also sent them into the world. And for their sakes I sanctify myself, that they 

also might be sanctified through the truth. Neither pray I for these alone, but for them also which shall believe 

in me through their word; That they all may be one. . . . as thou, Father, art in me, and I in thee, that they also 

may be one in us: that the world may believe that thou hast sent me. And the glory which thou gayest me I 

have given them; that they may be one, even as we are one: I in them, and thou in me, that they may be made 

perfect in one; and that the world may know that thou hast sent me, and hast loved them, as thou hast loved 

me. Father, I will that they also, whom thou hast given me, be with me where I am; that they may behold my 

glory, which thou hast given me: for thou lovedst me before the foundation of the world. O righteous Father, 

the world hath not known thee: but I have known thee, and these have known that thou hast sent me. And I 

have declared unto them thy name, and will declare it: that the love wherewith thou hast loved me may be in 

them, and I in them." (St. John 17:14-26). 

Jesus referred specifically to St. John as a Wanderer when he said: "If I will that he tarry till I come, what is 

that to thee?" (St. John 21:22). 

"Then went this saying abroad among the brethren, that the disciple (John) should not die: yet Jesus said not 

unto him, He shall not die; but, If I will that he tarry till I come, what is that to thee?" (St. John 21:23).


Jesus didn't mean that John would not die. He meant that as a Wanderer, John would go in and out of life on 

Earth--he would "tarry" until the great plan had been fulfilled on Earth and man again took his rightful place 

in the Universe. 

The Wanderers are mentioned in many other writings. For instance, in the "Golden Scripts". 

"Behold it is of fact that in the higher realms of life there is a system that classifieth spirits into groups, 

according to their willingness to be of assistance unto others. At the head is the Christ Group, or group of 

Christ Souls, who have suffered so greatly in other worlds and in other forms that the essence of Self hath 

become utterly lost." (G. S. 69.2-2). 

"They have come to earth from other planets, not earthly born, not knowing always Golgotha of 

reincarnation." (G. S. 69:6). 

"They do manifest in flesh but rarely, and then only for great purposes involving earthly leadership: they go 

down into flesh when great events portend having as their essence the heart of humanity in jeopardy to itself. 

These persons have errands to perform of special tenor: they manifest according to plan agreed upon 

beforehand: they come and go at behest of a leader, usually the wisest and holiest among them. I say beloved, 

there are those amongst you of this order: they have known of old when labors were required to ennoble the 

race." (G. S. 69:8-10). 

"All the mighty of the earth, verily the truly mighty, are members of this group. Some manifest in flesh today 

like unto yourselves; far greater, however, is the number gone on into the higher and even higher planes." (G. 

S. 69:26-27). 

"My beloved, hear my words: I am at the head of sacrificial ones: bestowed upon me was the leadership of 

that group in that I wouldst sacrifice most, going down into flesh times of greatest number, suffering most 

terribly most of those times. Those who make up the group were created by that Spirit whom men call the 

Father, for purposes of ministering; therefore ye who do minister most are greatest, and he who is greatest in 

service is leader." (G. S. 69:31-32). 

In the above, the Elder Brother tells us that he is the Head of the Wanderers, and that the Father created them 

for a special purpose; they belong to a special order. 

The disciples were all Wanderers, for Christ says: "Did I not say unto my disciples, Verily I tell you there are 

those among you who shall not taste of death until I come again? Were not those disciples of the serving 

ones? Whereof can Mammon say with a certainty that they have ever died? Is it death for consciousness to 

pass from body unto body? Verily I tell you, they know themselves." (G. S. 69:36-39). 

"There are those on planes of earth who have manifested unto me in many ages, not as men and women but as 

Radiant Ones; they have come and gone in your lives of the present as servants of mine, messengers and 

ministers in flesh, making you to see the earth after its nature as an abiding place for the children of men." (G. 

S. 79:15). 

"Beloved, be advised: there are in flesh certain entities who are messengers of mine sent by the Host to do you 

good; they have one thought only, to execute my will." (G. S. 79:24). 

"I tell you angels are about you, in and out of the flesh, that ye do meet and talk with them daily, that they do 

serve you at my behest, that they come back to me with report of your zeal. _In that ye serve, ye are served, 

my beloved!_" (G. S. 79:39-40). 

Whether we call them the "Goodly Company", the "Sons of Light", the "Lesser Avatars", "Those who serve",


"Apples", or The Wanderers, it doesn't matter--they continue to serve in Love and Light. 

"Let brotherly love continue. Be not forgetful to entertain strangers: for thereby some have entertained angels 

unawares." (Hebrews 13:1-2). 

It is truly written: "Other sheep have I which are not of this fold; them also will I bring." 


THE PROPHETS 

Blessed be the Lord God of Israel, who "spake by the mouth of his holy prophets, which have been since the 

world began." (St. Luke 1:70). 

The Prophets went before the face of the Lord to prepare his ways; to give light to them that sat in darkness 

and in the shadow of death; to guide their feet into the way of peace. 

There have always been prophets and there always will be prophets; they are with us today. Wordsworth said: 

"Mighty Prophet! Seer blest, On whom those truths do rest, Which we are toiling all our lives to find." 

In Old Testament times there were orders or bands of prophets, called schools of the prophets. In New 

Testament times Christian prophets constituted an order ranking next to that of apostle. The Moslems had 

Mohammed, the Mormons had Joseph Smith and the Christian Scientists had Mary Baker Eddy. Those who 

are discerning the signs of God and are telling the people of what the future holds are still exercising the office 

of Prophet. 

Isaiah, Jeremiah, Ezekiel, Daniel, Hosea, Joel, Amos, Obadiah, Jonah, Micah, Haggai, Zechariah and Malachi 

were prophets along with others during the Old Testament days. Of course, Isaiah and Ezekiel seem to have 

had more direct contact with space intelligences than any of the others. Many of their writings are no longer 

available, such as "The Acts of Uzziah" written by Isaiah. (See II Chronicles 26:22). 

Chapter Six 

of Isaiah was referred to in Maldek And Malona, showing us that this prophet was visited by space 

intelligences and thereby received his information for prophecy. Isaiah, himself, was a "Wanderer", a "Son of 

Light". To show that he knew of extraterrestrial visitation to Earth, he wrote: 

"Lift up your eyes on high, and behold who hath created these things, that bringeth out their host by number: 

he calleth them all by names by the greatness of his might, for that he is strong in power; not one faileth." 

(Isaiah 40:26). 

David had said: "He telleth the number of the stars; he calleth them all by their names." (Psalms 147:4). 

Isaiah wasn't referring to things or stars alone, and he didn't mean the light they gave off in the heavens. By 

"host" he meant the intelligences that were coming earthward from the heavenly bodies. 

Isaiah's prophecy in Chapter Five could easily refer to the present time as well as it did the prophet's time. The 

vineyard and the wild grapes therein symbolizes our world of today and its people. In one of the new editions 

of the Bible, the following verses are omitted. Chapter Five ends with verse twenty-five. Why were these 

verses taken out after all these years?

Chapter Six 84 

"And he will lift up an ensign to the nations from far, and will hiss unto them from the end of the earth: and, 

behold, they shall come with speed swiftly: None shall be weary nor stumble among them; none shall slumber 

nor sleep; neither shall the girdle of their loins be loosed, nor the latchet of their shoes be broken: Whose 

arrows are sharp, and all their bows bent, their horses' hoofs shall be counted like flint, and their wheels like a 

whirlwind: Their roaring shall be like a lion, they shall roar like young lions: yea, they shall roar, and lay hold 

of the prey, and shall carry it away safe, and none shall deliver it. And in that day they shall roar against them 

like the roaring of the sea: and if one look unto the land, behold darkness and sorrow (distress), and the light is 

darkened in the heavens thereof (when it is light, it shall be dark in the destructions thereof). (Isaiah 5:26-30). 

The space friends have "wheels like whirlwinds", their "arrows (truth) are sharp", they "come with speed 

swiftly", and they shall "lay hold of the prey, and shall carry it away safe". 

Ezekiel had his encounter with space craft many years after Isaiah in 595 B.C. He gets off to a grand start in 

Chapter One giving us a perfect description of Flying Saucers, their landing, and their occupants getting out. 

Although the entire verses being transposed and generally mixed up, we can obtain a comprehensive view of 

the situation by careful reading and proper correlation. Remember that Ezekiel had no mechanical 

contrivances with which to make comparisons and he was therefore compelled to use 

Â 

PLATE XVI 

Â the only things with which he was familiar--animals, birds, and horse-drawn chariots with wheels. 

In this connection the Tetramorph of Greek art is interesting. (See Plate XVI). This symbolic drawing was 

taken from a Byzantine Mosaic in the Convent of Vatopedi on Mt. Athos. The principal figure is that of a 

Man, the three heads of the other creatures appearing from behind, and six large wings covered with eyes are 

arranged around the heads and across the body of the Man, whose feet rest on fiery wheels which are also 

winged (indicating flight). All the heads are invested with plain nimbi. The Tetramorph was the ancients' idea 

or conception of what Ezekiel saw that day in 595 B.C. by the River of Chebar. It is one of the world's earliest 

known drawings of Saucers. 

The verses in Chapter One which make the most sense in the light of our modern knowledge of space-craft 

will be given in that order. 

"And I looked, and, behold, a whirlwind came out of the north, a great cloud, and a fire infolding (catching) 

itself, and a brightness was about it, and out of the midst thereof as the color of amber, out of the midst of the 

fire." (Ezekiel 1:4). 

Many of the spacecraft sighted within the last few years have displayed a very bright amber glow. 

"And every one had four faces, and every one had four wings. And their feet were straight feet (a straight 

foot); and the sole of their feet was like the sole of a calf's foot: and they sparkled like the color of burnished 

brass." (Ezekiel 1:6-7). 

We shall see in a moment why they had four faces and four wings. The "straight foot" is, of course, the 

ball-bearing landing-gear-like devices on the bottom of some Saucers with their contact points. 

"Their wings were joined one to another; they turned not when they went; they went every one straight 

forward. As for the likeness of their faces; they four had the face of a man, and the face of a lion, on the right 

side: and they four had the face of an ox on the left side: they four also had the face of an eagle." (Ezekiel 

1:9-10).


"And they went every one straight forward: whither the spirit was to go, they went; and they turned not when 

they went." (Ezekiel 1:12). 

This could easily represent a fleet of four space craft or Saucers with their insignia shown on the sides, 

designating what portion of the heavens they come from. A man; a lion; an ox (bull); and an eagle. One 

represented the Constellation Aquarius (Man); one the Constellation Leo (Lion); one the Constellation Taurus 

(Ox or Bull); and one the Constellation Scorpio (Eagle). For the complete reconstruction of the ancient Scale 

of Four see Plate XVII. When reading this plate on the hidden meaning of the Four, the vertical columns 

should be considered as separate units, so that, when you read down in any of the four columns, you will 

discover all related material. Likewise, when you read across from left to right in the horizontal lines or 

sections, you will discover four items that are all related. 

Â 

THE HIDDEN MEANING OF THE SCALE OF FOUR (DIVINE TETRAD): 

The Four Numerals: 1 2 3 4 The Four Cardinal Directions: North East South West The Four Seasons: Winter 

Summer Autumn Spring Â Winter Solstice Summer Solstice Autumnal Equinox Vernal Equinox Four 

Constellations: Aquarius Leo Taurus Scorpio Â Gemini Aries Virgo Cancer Â Libra Sagittarius Capricorn 

Pisces Â Saturn Mars Fixed Stars Jupiter Â Mercury Sun Moon Venus Four Royal Stars of the Ancients: 

Fomalhaut Regulus Aldebaran Antares Four Great Primary Forces RMF ES SM EM Four Beasts: Man Lion 

Bull Eagle Four Gospels and Evangelists: Matthew Mark Luke John Four Rivers of Paradise: Gihon Tigris 

Euphrates Pison Â Incarnation Resurrection Passion Ascension Four Elements: Air Fire Earth Water The 

Four Tribes: Reuben Judah Ephraim Dan Four Major or Greater Prophets: Isaiah Daniel Jeremiah Ezekiel 

Four Archangels: Gabriel Michael Uriel Raphael Â Cold Heat Dryness Moisture The Four Kingdoms: Metals 

Animals Stones Plants Â Flying Walking Creeping Swimming Â Cherub Seraph Ariel Tharsis 

Â 

Since Ezekiel could not conceive of a bird being able to fly in "any direction" without turning around, and 

since the Saucers did fly or go in any direction without turning, he naturally had to add wings to all four sides 

in order to remedy that defect, and also to protect himself and his writings from the uniformed populace. If 

there had been a Project "Whirlwind" (Saucer) in Ezekiel's time he would have been ridiculed indeed; and 

probably was by many. 

Ezekiel didn't realize that the Saucers were separate from their respective occupants. He thought the men in 

the Saucers were the spirits of the wheels; to him the Saucers were living things! 

"Also out of the midst thereof came the likeness of four living creatures. And this was their appearance; they 

had the likeness of a man." (Ezekiel 1:5). 

Now that the Saucers are on the ground perhaps we can find out more about them. 

"Now as I beheld the living creatures, behold one wheel upon the earth by the living creatures, with his four 

faces." (Ezekiel 1:15). 

Two-faced men are bad enough, but Ezekiel would have had a difficult time, indeed, with four-faced men. 

However, the prophet did not mean that the living creatures had four faces, he meant the wheels had "four 

faces". 

"The appearance of the wheels and their work was like unto the color of a beryl: _and they four had one 

likeness_: and their appearance and their work was as it were a wheel in the middle of a wheel." (Ezekiel


1:16). 

"As for their rings, they were so high that they were dreadful; and their rings (strakes) were full of eyes round 

about them four. And when the living creatures went, the wheels went by them: and when the living creatures 

were lifted up from the earth, the wheels were lifted up. Whithersoever the spirit was to go, they went, thither 

was their spirit to go; and the wheels were lifted up over against them: for the spirit of the living creature 

(spirit of life) was in the wheels." (Ezekiel 1:18-20). 

"And the likeness of the firmament upon the heads of the living creature was as the color of the terrible 

crystal, stretched forth over their heads above." (Ezekiel 1:22). 

The firmament over the heads of the living creatures is, of course the dome, and the "eyes round about" were 

the portholes or observation openings of a Flying Disc or Saucer (Compare Adamski's photographs in 

"_Flying Saucers Have Landed_"). The word "rings" can also be translated "strakes" which is a shipbuilding 

term. It means one breadth of plates along the bottom or sides of a vessel reaching from stem to stern. Now 

the first word "rings" in verse eighteen cannot be translated "strakes," therefore it should read: "As for their 

rings, they were so high that they were dreadful; and their strakes were full of eyes round about them four." It 

means that the counter-rotating rings of the underneath portion of the Saucer "were so high that they were 

dreadful", and the strakes or sides of the Saucer which were composed of one breadth "were full of eyes round 

about them four". This latter description means that all four Saucers had the porthole openings. 

The phrase, "when the living creatures were lifted up from the earth, the wheels were lifted up", means that 

when the occupants of the Saucers were in their ships, they both (creatures and wheels) left the ground 

together. 

The "firmament" or dome of the Saucers was like "the color of the terrible crystal". On top of each dome there 

is a light or lamp that sends forth a terrifically bright beam. This corresponds to the "polar vent" area of our 

own big "spaceship", the Earth. Usually this light is a "pulsating" light and changes colors. It would have 

appeared "terrible" to Ezekiel, indeed. 

"And there was a voice from the firmament that was over their heads, when they stood, and had let down their 

wings. And above the firmament that was over their heads was the likeness of a throne, as the appearance of a 

sapphire stone: and upon the likeness of the throne was the likeness as the appearance of a man above upon it. 

And I saw as the color of amber, as the appearance of fire round about within it, from the appearance of his 

loins even upward, and from the appearance of his loins even downward, I saw as it were the appearance of 

fire, and it had brightness round about. As the appearance of the bow that is in the cloud in the day of rain (the 

rainbow), so was the appearance of the brightness round about." (Ezekiel 1:25-28). 

In the November, 1953 issue of Mystic Magazine, Orfeo M. Angelucci told his story of contact with space 

beings to Paul M. Vest. Here is part of what he said: "But even as the glowing red orb vanished two smaller 

discs came from it. These discs were a soft fluorescent green and shot toward me like shooting stars. They 

streaked down in front of my car and hovered about fifteen feet directly in front of me. I judged them to be 

about thirty inches each in diameter. Hanging silently in the air like iridescent bubbles, their green light 

fluctuated in pulsations. As I gazed at those two eerie balls of green fire I heard a masculine voice, strong, 

well-modulated and speaking perfect English. The voice apparently came from between the two green discs." 

Again, he said: "The glowing discs created a soft illumination, but I could see no person anywhere. The voice 

stated that the small green discs were instruments of transmission and reception comparable to nothing 

developed on Earth. Then the voice added that through the discs I was in direct communication with friends 

from another planet." Then Orfeo said: "The area between the discs began to glow with a soft green light 

which gradually formed itself into a kind of luminous screen as the discs themselves faded perceptibly. Within 

that luminous, three-dimensional screen there appeared images of the heads and shoulders of two persons, as 

though in a cinema close-up." He continued: "Those two figures struck me somehow as being the ultimate of


human perfection. There was a nobility about them, their eyes were larger and much more expressive and they 

emanated a kind of radiance that gave me a sense of wonder." Orfeo said that he had the feeling while they 

studied him that they knew every thought that passed in his mind: "I seemed to be in telepathic 

communication with them, for thoughts, understandings, and new comprehensions flashed through my 

consciousness that would have required hours of conversation to transmit." 

If Angelucci's experience had taken place in 595 B.C., he too, would have been a prophet like Ezekiel. Instead 

he is a Prophet of the New Age now dawning on Earth. 

Considering the strange experience of Angelucci, we can interpret Ezekiel 1:25-28, as follows: 

A voice came from the dome of the hovering Saucer. Then, Ezekiel says that above the dome "was the 

likeness of a throne, as the appearance of a sapphire stone". Notice he doesn't say an actual throne, but "the 

likeness of a throne". Later he says "the likeness as the appearance of a man". Therefore, the throne and the 

man were not actually there--only their likeness. They were projected there, even as the man and woman were 

projected between the two green discs observed by Orfeo. Then, Ezekiel tells us that he saw the "appearance 

of fire", and that "it had brightness round about; as the appearance of the rainbow, so was the appearance of 

the brightness round about". Ezekiel was seeing the aura of the space visitor speaking to him from some sort 

of highly evolved television system. Where was this visitor? He is separate and distinct from the four living 

creatures, or occupants of the Saucers. Possibly he was as far away as the planet Saturn as we shall see 

presently. 

The prophet says the throne appeared as "a sapphire stone". The ruby, or red corundum, is almost never called 

sapphire, but all other gem varieties are, as white, green, purple, and yellow sapphire. Therefore, a "sapphire 

stone" can be _green!_ Besides, the color sapphire blue is _greenish-blue_ in hue. Again this sounds very 

similar to Orfeo Angelucci's experience. In Ezekiel 1:16, we read: "The appearance of the wheels and their 

work was like unto the color of a beryl. "An emerald is a rich green variety of beryl; and the beryl is 

commonly green or bluish-green--aquamarine and emerald are varieties. Again the green color! 

The gem sapphire is usually the birthstone of April and Taurus. And Taurus is ruled by Venus. This gem has 

been ascribed to Saturn, and to Venus. It was mentioned in Revelation as one of the foundations of the New 

Jerusalem. Moses and Aaron saw the God of Israel with a paved work of sapphire under his feet. 

"And they saw the God of Israel: and there was under his feet as it were a paved work of a sapphire stone, and 

as it were the body of heaven in his clearness." (Exodus 24:10). 

The Book of Revelation also speaks of a similar happening and that will be discussed a little later on. 

One legend about Aaron's rod says that it was made of sapphire. Sapphires are used against the evil eye and 

witchcraft of all kinds; the gem is said to exert good influence on its owners. 

The beryl is designated the birthstone of October or Scorpio. Some Bible authorities claim it was one of the 

stones in the High Priest's breastplate and one of the foundation stones of the New Jerusalem. It was 

sometimes used to make _crystal balls!_ Saucers or Crystal Bells of Beryl, indeed! 

It is possible, therefore, that one of the Saucers of the four came from Venus, representing the Constellation of 

Taurus (Ox or Bull,), and the "voice of one that spake" could have been the voice of the Head (Kadar) of the 

Universal Tribunal on Saturn. 

Then in Ezekiel 1:28, we read: "This was the appearance of the likeness of the glory of the Lord. And when I 

saw it, I fell upon my face, and I heard a voice of one that spake."


"And he said unto me, Son of man, stand upon thy feet, and I will speak unto thee. And the spirit entered into 

me when he spake unto me, and set me unto my feet, that I heard him that spake unto me." (Ezekiel 2:1-2). 

When the prophet says that "the spirit entered into" him when the voice "spake unto" him, he means that 

telepathic communication had been set up--the same thing again as the Angelucci experience! 

"And he said unto me, Son of Man, I send thee to the children of Israel, to a rebellious nation (nations) that 

hath rebelled against me: they and their fathers have transgressed against me, even unto this very day." 

(Ezekiel 2:3). 

Here, Ezekiel is being sent unto the people as Isaiah was sent: "And he said, Go, and tell this people, Hear ye 

indeed, but understand not; and see ye indeed, but perceive not." (Isaiah 6:9). 

Isaiah and the Saucers were discussed in Maldek and Malona. Both prophets had encounters with 

extraterrestrial beings and then were told to go forth and give the message to the people. The very same thing 

is happening today in our twentieth century! 

Ezekiel goes on to make many references to Flying Saucers. In Ezekiel 3.12-15, we read: "Then the spirit took 

me up, and I heard behind me a voice of a great rushing, saying, Blessed be the glory of the Lord from his 

place. I heard also the noise of the wings of the living creatures that touched (kissed) one another, and the 

noise of the wheels over against them, and a noise of a great rushing. So that spirit lifted me up, and took me 

away, and I went in bitterness (bitter), in the heat of my spirit, but the hand of the Lord was strong upon me. 

Then I came to them to the captivity at Tel-abib, that dwelt by the river of Chebar." 

Ezekiel could truthfully say that he "rode a Flying Saucer". The "great rushing" was the characteristic 

humming of a space craft. 

In Chapter Ten, the prophet speaks of the vision of the Cherubim and the Wheels. 

"Then I looked, and, behold, in the firmament that was above the head of the cherubim there appeared over 

them as it were a sapphire stone, as the appearance of the likeness of a throne." (Ezekiel 10:1). 

Here we encounter the _greenish-blue_ color again. And the prophet says, "as it were a sapphire stone." This 

means it appeared to be like a sapphire stone, but was not actually such a thing. 

"And when I looked, behold the four wheels by the cherubim, one wheel by one cherub, and another wheel by 

another cherub: and the appearance of the wheels was as the color of a beryl stone. And as for their 

appearances, they four had one likeness, as if a wheel had been in the midst of a wheel." (Ezekiel 10:9-10). 

The cherubim here represent the occupants of the Saucers. So, Ezekiel had another contact with the four 

Saucers! One Saucer was by one occupant, and so on. Again they appeared green. 

"As for the wheels, it was cried unto them in my hearing, O wheel." (Ezekiel 10:13). 

This can also be translated: "As for the wheels, they were called in my hearing, wheel, or galgal." 

Ezekiel says the cherubim "mounted up from the earth" in his sight, "and the glory of the God of Israel was 

over them above". (Ezekiel 10:19). 

A Saucer increasing its speed and going through various color changes, all the time glowing brilliantly, would 

indeed appear as "the glory of the God of Israel".


"And the likeness of their faces was the same faces which I saw by the river of Chebar, their appearances and 

themselves: they went every one straight forward." (Ezekiel 10:22). 

In Chapter Eleven, we read: "Moreover the spirit lifted me up, and brought me unto the east gate of the Lord's 

house." (Ezekiel 11:1). 

"Then did the cherubim lift up their wings, and the wheels beside them; and the glory of the God of Israel was 

over them above. And the glory of the Lord went up from the midst of the city, and stood upon the mountain 

which is on the east side of the city." (Ezekiel 11:22-23). 

The colorful, pulsating, glowing Saucers went straight up from the "midst of the city" and hovered over the 

mountain "on the east side of the city". 

Pages and pages of interpretation could be written about Ezekiel's Saucer experiences, but enough has been 

given here to show the connection. Every verse seems to hold new, important information. For instance, 

Ezekiel 1:13: "As for the likeness of the living creatures, their appearance was like burning coal of fire, and 

like the appearance of lamps: it went up and down among the living creatures; and the fire was bright, and out 

of the fire went forth lightning." 

This sounds very similar to the experience of ex-Mayor Oskar Linke, of Gleimershausen, near Meiningen, 

Germany. Herr Linke and his eleven year-old stepdaughter, Gabriele, saw a Saucer that had landed and they 

observed two human figures near it clothed in a kind of shimmering metallic substance. Herr Linke said, "I 

noticed that one man appeared to be carrying a _lamp on his chest . . . the lamp flashed on and off regularly_." 

In describing the "take off' of the Saucer, Linke made such statements as: "The color at first seemed green, 

then changed to red. At the same time I heard a slight hum. The whole object rose slowly. The rate of ascent 

now became much greater, and at the same time we heard a whistling sound, rather like the noise made by a 

falling bomb, but not nearly so loud. The object rose in a horizontal position, swerved away toward a nearby 

village and disappeared, still climbing over the hills and forests toward Stockheim." 

Ezekiel's living creatures appeared like "burning coals of fire." Linke's human figures appeared like 

"shimmering metallic substances". Ezekiel's living creatures had the appearance of lamps, and the fire went up 

and down among the living creatures. Linke's human figure had something which appeared to be a lamp on 

his chest, and the lamp flashed on and off regularly. Herr Linke and the prophet Ezekiel had an almost 

identical experience, even to the color of green, and the Saucer going "up from the midst" and being over the 

mountains and hills, and the "noise of a great rushing" and the "whistling sound". 

Isaiah and Ezekiel are not the only ones mentioned in the Bible who had Saucer contact. Job 40:6, may refer 

to a contact: "Then answered the Lord unto Job out of the whirlwind, and said . . ." Saucers have always been 

with us, and the Bible itself is a record of early contacts. The Bible, because of many translations, mistakes 

made by scribes, and deliberate tampering by men, is not perfect, but it does give us fairly accurate historical 

reports, especially in the Old Testament. 

"And Jacob went on his way, and the angels of God met him. And when Jacob saw them, he said, This is 

God's host: and he called the name of that place Mahanaim (Two hosts)." (Genesis 32:1-2). 

"And it came to pass, as they still went on, and talked, that, behold, there appeared a chariot of fire, and horses 

of fire, and parted them both asunder; and Elijah went up by a whirlwind into heaven. And Elisha saw it. (II 

Kings 2:11-12). 

Elijah had completed his mission and was removed by a Saucer. Because of this Elijah was translated and 

Elisha was endowed. The latter took up the mantle of the former and carried on.


Elijah left Earth in "a chariot of fire" in 896 B.C., and for three years afterward, Elisha traveled about the 

country doing a great deal of good. He cured the sick, raised the dead, fed the hungry, and spread the word of 

God. There were subversives in those days too, and Elisha was in trouble with the King of Syria, and the king 

sent an army to capture the man of God. 

"Therefore sent he thither horses, and chariots, and a great (heavy) host: and they came by night, and 

compassed the city about. And when the servant (minister) of the man of God was risen early, and gone forth, 

behold a host compassed the city both with horses and chariots. And his servant said unto him, Alas, my 

master! how shall we do? And he answered, Fear not: for they that be with us are more than they that be with 

them. And Elisha prayed, and said, Lord, I pray thee, open his eyes, that he may see. And the Lord opened the 

eyes of the young man; and he saw: and, behold, _the mountain was full of horses and chariots of fire round 

about Elisha. And when they came down to him_, Elisha prayed unto the Lord, and said, Smite this people, I 

pray thee, with blindness. And he smote them with blindness according to the word of Elisha." (II Kings 

6:14-18). 

Here is a positive statement that there is a marked difference between the chariots of the king and the "chariots 

of fire". These "fire chariots" _came down_--and they couldn't possibly come down unless they were first up. 

And Elisha didn't wait there until hundreds of "chariots of fire" rolled and rumbled down the 

mountain-side--they had been on the mountain, "the mountain was full of" them--but they "came down" to 

Elisha, gliding noiselessly as only Saucers can do. 

The "heavenly host" or Saucer intelligences were watching over the men of God in ancient times, even as 

today. The Prophets received their information directly from space intelligences and relayed it on--usually to 

The Remnant, for members of this group were the special charge of prophets. 

Remember that The Wanderers, in a sense are "Sons of Light", but the term fits space intelligences in space 

craft in a more direct way. In the "Golden Scripts", we read: 

"The Sons of Light array themselves at my bid-ding: they go forth in the world and make it beautiful." (G. S. 

209:1). 

"The Sons of Light are of the Host; they are a creation of the Father for a purpose; men call them angels; they 

are called Sons of Light by the Father's cohorts." (G. S. 209: 3-4). 

In Chapter 209, verse 2, we read: "They are a goodly company indeed, but not the Goodly Company that 

findeth me through suffering." Here the Elder Brother is saying that the space intelligences in the Saucers are 

a part of the goodly company, but not the Goodly Company of "Wanderers" who go in and out of life on Earth 

to help their fellow man and thereby suffer. 

"They are endowed with infallible powers in Matter, in that Matter obeyeth them; Matter is their servant: they 

have dominion over it. They know neither time nor space but transfer themselves from planet unto planet in 

the twinkling of an eye. They come and go upon the Father's business: great is their joy therein: they are pure 

in heart and beauteous of mien. They seek to do the Father's will, and in that they seek, they do find life 

wondrous." (G. S. 209: 6-9). 

"I tell you, be advised! Ye are as gods yourselves among men; the Sons of Light are your ministering 

servants." (G. S. 209:21). 

"Do I speak unto you of mysteries? I say that ye shall know them in the Day of Understanding. Behold my 

ministers who are Sons of Light manifesting, have orders of me that ye be protected in your thought and 

persons when it so cometh that ye advance my Plan." (G. S. 209:31-32).


"Hear my words and be wise! I speak as a teacher who is honored with wisdom." (G. S. 209:36). 

On page twenty-five of I Rode A Flying Saucer, by George W. Van Tassel, there is a message dated May 17, 

1952. In part, it reads: "My center has given me authority to describe vaguely this ship I command. In your 

dimensions my, what you would call 'flagship', is three-hundred feet thick, and fifteen-hundred feet in 

diameter. Our crew _seventy-two hundred_." 

The fact that the crew numbered seventy-two hundred is very significant and if we go to our Bible, we 

discover why. 

"And, behold, one of them which were with Jesus stretched out his hand, and drew his sword, and struck a 

servant of the high priest's and smote off his ear. Then said Jesus unto him, Put up again thy sword into his 

place: for all they that take the sword shall perish with the sword. Thinkest thou that I cannot now pray to my 

Father, and he shall presently give me more than _twelve legions of angels?_ But how then shall the scriptures 

be fulfilled, that thus it must be?" (St. Matthew 26:51-54). 

In designating the number of angels the Father would send if Jesus requested them, the Master used the then 

familiar Roman military unit, the legion. A legion varied from the time of the early re-public until the empire 

in the number of men composing it. The Emperor Marius made many changes in its basic structure. However, 

the legion Triarii consisted of six-hundred men; this was the third line of the Roman army. Therefore, twelve 

Triarii equalled _seventy-two hundred men_, the same number as the crew of the space 'flagship". 

There is a cross-reference in the Bible to "twelve legions of angels" found in St. Matthew 26:53 which is 

quoted above. That cross-reference refers us back to II Kings 6:17, which has already been mentioned, but it 

will be quoted again for emphasis. 

"I pray thee, open his eyes, that he may see. And the Lord opened the eyes of the young man; and he saw: and, 

behold, the mountain was full of horses and chariots of fire round Elisha." 

In going back to the year 4004 B.C., we find in Genesis 5:24, the following: 

"And Enoch walked with God and he was not; for God took him." Again there is another cross-reference and 

it refers us to II Kings 2:11, which has already been quoted. There is mention of Enoch in Hebrews 11:5: "By 

faith Enoch was translated that he should not see death; and was not found, because God had translated him: 

for before his translation he had this testimony, that he pleased God." 

Look at the Bible dates as they are recorded. In the first chapter of Genesis, first verse you will find the 

beginning of the story of the creation of the Earth. At the head of the center column reference is the date 4004 

B.C. At the end of chapter three, after God had driven Adam and Eve out of the Garden of Eden, there is the 

date 4003 B.C., or, one year later than the beginning of Creation. In chapter five where the generations of 

Adam are listed, counting forward to the removal of Enoch, there is a lapse of nine-hundred eighty-five years, 

but the date at the head of the column is again 4004 B.C. How come? 

Science has proven beyond a doubt that the Earth is millions of years old. Besides, there are in existence a 

number of documents dated much earlier than the alleged Bible date of creation. In the book, _Ancient Times, 

A History Of The Early World_, by James Henry Breasted, on page 45, chapter 61, we find reference to the 

Egyptian culture: "He decided to use the Moon no longer for dividing his year. He would have twelve months, 

and he would make his months all the same length, that is, thirty days each; then he would celebrate five feast 

days; a kind of holiday week that was five days long at the end of the year. This gave him a year of 

three-hundred sixty-five days. He was not enough of an astronomer to know that every four years he ought to 

have a leap year of three-hundred sixty-six days although he discovered this fact later. This convenient 

Egyptian calendar was devised in 4241 B.C. and its introduction is the earliest dated event in history.


Furthermore, this calendar is the very one which has descended to us, after more than six thousand years, 

unfortunately with awkward alterations in the length of the months, but for these alterations the Egyptians 

were not responsible." 

The calendar we use today was devised two-hundred thirty-seven years before the Earth was created if we 

want to accept the Bible dates. However, Archbishop Ussher (1581-1656 A.D.) figured out much of the Bible 

chronology and dated certain events by it. The dates, therefore, are not actually scriptural, but man-made. 

Certain Fundamental Christian groups believe the world was really created on October 23, 4004 B.C. The 

question that immediately comes up is: 'What was going on the day before, October 22nd? If the world hadn't 

been created yet, there couldn't have been an October, since that month was devised by man many years later! 

"Who layeth the beams of his chambers in the waters: who maketh the clouds his chariot: who walketh upon 

the wings of the wind: Who maketh his angels spirits; his ministers a flaming fire." (Psalms 104:3-4). Again 

there is a cross-reference to II Kings 2:11. 

"The chariots of God are twenty thousand, even thousands of angels: the Lord is among them, as in Sinai, in 

the holy place." (Psalms 68:17). 

There are cross-references here to II Kings 6:16-17, already quoted. Daniel 7:9-10; Hebrews 12:20-22; 

Deuteronomy 33 are also referred to. 

"I beheld till the thrones were cast down, and the Ancient of days did sit, whose garment was white as snow, 

and the hair of his head was like the pure wool: his throne was like the fiery flame, and his wheels as burning 

fire. A fiery stream issued and came forth from before him: thousand thousands ministered unto him (and ten 

thousand times ten thousand stood before him: the judgment was set and the books were opened." (Daniel 

7:9-10). 

Daniel and all the other prophets saw great fiery objects come down from the heavens and they con-versed 

with tremendous numbers of celestial beings who emerged from these objects--these beings instructed the 

prophets in the beauteous laws of love. More will be said about Daniel in The Remnant. A colossal program of 

aid, comfort and instruction was instituted with The Prophets. Of course, the Bible account is somewhat 

confused due to the many translations and alterations, and in some cases the deliberate attempt to cover up the 

truth in order to keep the mass of people "ignorant". However, people who know the truth are not dependent 

upon theological dogma or doctrine to "save them" or make them free: "Ye shall know the truth and the truth 

shall make you free." 

"For they could not endure that which was commanded, And if so much as a beast touch the mountain, it shall 

be stoned, or thrust through with a dart: And so terrible was the sight, that Moses said, I exceedingly fear and 

quake: But ye are come unto mount Sion, and unto the city of the living God, the heavenly Jerusalem, and to 

an innumerable company of angels." (Hebrews 12:20-22). 

"As an eagle stirreth up her nest, fluttereth over her young, spreadeth abroad her wings, taketh them, beareth 

them on her wings: So the Lord alone did lead him, and there was no strange god with him." (Deuteronomy 

32:11). 

"And this is the blessing, wherewith Moses the man of God blessed the children of Israel before his death. 

And he said, The Lord came from Sinai, and rose up from Seir unto them; he shined forth from mount Paran, 

and he came with ten thousands of saints: from his right hand went a fiery law (fire of law) for them." 

(Deuteronomy 33:1-2). 

All the foregoing seems to point to a great company of angels, or heavenly host, who had descended to Earth 

to give Moses and his people specific information, and they warned Moses and the people not to come near as


the force field surrounding the ships might injure them. This has happened in our time also, when space 

intelligences have warned individuals about getting too close to the ships while they are hovering. Adamski, 

Bethurum, and Fry experienced this. The ancient people could easily understand death or injury as a result of 

a stone, dart, or arrow wound; but they knew nothing of radiation, or rays, beams, or electro-magnetic energy. 

"In the third month, when the children of Israel were gone forth out of the land of Egypt, the same day came 

they into the wilderness of Sinai. For they were departed from Rephidim, and were come to the desert of 

Sinai, and had pitched in the wilderness; and there Israel camped before the mount. And Moses went up unto 

God, and the Lord called unto him out of the mountain, saying, Thus shalt thou say to the house of Jacob, and 

tell the children of Israel; Ye have seen what I did unto the Egyptians, and how I bare you on eagles' wings, 

and brought you unto myself." (Exodus 19:1-4). 

Now, only those verses which are pertinent to the subject will be quoted, since the intervening verses pertain 

to messages of instruction from the space beings (or the Lord, as the ancients believed) to the people, and the 

people's reply, with Moses acting as message bearer. 

"And the Lord said unto Moses, Lo, I come unto thee in a thick cloud, that the people may hear when I speak 

with thee, and believe thee forever. And Moses told the words of the people unto the Lord." (Exodus 19:9). 

"And be ready against the third day: for the third day the Lord will come down in the sight of all the people 

upon mount Sinai. And thou shalt set bounds unto the people round about, saying, Take heed to yourselves, 

_that ye go not up into the mount, or touch the border of it_: whosoever toucheth the mount shall be surely put 

to death: There shall not a hand touch it, but he shall surely be stoned, or shot through; whether it be beast or 

man, it shall not live: when the trumpet soundeth long, they shall come up to the mount." (Exodus 19:11-13). 

The space intelligences meant here that they would give a signal, a "trumpet" blast that "soundeth long", when 

it was safe for the people to come up to the mount. 

"And it came to pass on the third day in the morning, that there were thunders and lightning, and a thick cloud 

upon the mount, and the voice of the trumpet exceeding loud; so that all the people that were in the camp 

trembled." (Exodus 19:16). 

"And the Lord came down upon mount Sinai, on the top of the mount: and the Lord called Moses up to the top 

of the mount; and Moses went up." (Exodus 19:20). 

Then the Lord told Moses to go down and warn the people so that they wouldn't "break through unto the Lord 

to gaze, and many of them perish". 

"And God spake all these words, saying, I am the Lord thy God which have brought thee out of the land of 

Egypt, out of the house of bondage." (Exodus 20:1-2). 

Then follows the Decalogue or Ten Commandments: 

1. Thou shalt have no other Gods before me. 

2. Thou shall not make unto thee any graven images. 

3. Thou shalt not take the name of the Lord thy God in vain. 

4. Remember the sabbath day to keep it holy. 

5. Honor thy father and thy mother.


6. Thou shalt not kill. 

7. Thou shalt not commit adultery. 

8. Thou shalt not steal. 

9. Thou shalt not bear false witness. 

10. Thou shalt not covet. 

"And all the people saw the thunderings, and the lightnings, and the noise of the trumpet, and the mountain 

smoking." (Exodus 20:18). 

"When they had heard the king, they departed; and, lo, the star, which they saw in the east, _went before 

them, till it came and stood over where the young child was_. When they saw the star, they rejoiced with 

exceeding great joy." (St. Matthew 2:9-10). 

"And there were in the same country shepherds abiding in the field, keeping watch over their flock by night. 

And, lo, the angel of the Lord came upon them, and the _glory of the Lord shone round about them_: and they 

were sore afraid. And the angel said unto them, Fear not: for, behold, I bring you good tidings of great joy, 

which shall be to all people. For unto you is born this day in the city of David a Savior, which is Christ the 

Lord." (St. Luke 2:8-11). 

"And suddenly there was with the angel a multitude of heavenly host praising God, and saying, Glory to God 

in the highest, and on earth peace, good will toward men." (St. Luke 2:13-14). 

For many years astronomers have tried to justify the actions of the Star of Bethlehem. There are several 

theories, but no agreement has been reached as yet. The constellations and conjunctions back to that period 

have been checked and it is found that no such natural event took place. One well-known astronomer said: "In 

my opinion, the Star of Bethlehem was created especially for the event." 

What manner of "star" was it that "went before them", and then "stood over", or hovered over, "where the 

young child was"? Saucer sightings by the thousands have proven that in the night skies, they do, indeed, look 

like bright and shining "stars". The "Spacecraft of Bethlehem" must have been an enormous ship specially 

designed and constructed for the event. (Van Tassel and Pelley also hold to this opinion). 

Peace on earth, good will toward men, indeed! What have the people of Earth done with the great message of 

peace and good will which the Heavenly Host has brought them over the many centuries? And what are we 

doing with the messages they are still bringing to us? The answer is obvious: we have met peace and brotherly 

love with courts, prisons, want, firebombs and hellbombs, murders, lust, greed and fear. Oh, thou faithless 

generation! 

In II Corinthians 12:2-4, Paul tells of being "caught up to the third heaven", and "caught up into paradise", 

where he "heard unspeakable words, which it is not lawful (possible) for a man to utter". Paul's visions were 

his apostolic credentials. 

St. John was an apostle, but he was also a prophet. The Revelation of St. John the Divine again brings in the 

Four Beasts and Saucers. Therefore, from Genesis to Revelation we have numerous accounts of space 

intelligences contacting, conversing with, and sometimes taking away, men of Earth. 

Read the entire Chapter Four of Revelation. John says that a trumpet talked with him--he was "in the 

spirit"--"a throne was set in heaven".


"And he that sat was to look upon like a jasper and a sardine stone: and there was a rainbow round about the 

throne, in sight like unto an emerald." (Revelation 4:3). 

In Ezekiel 1:16 the beryl was referred to! in Ezekiel 1:26, the sapphire was mentioned. Now, St. John had an 

experience almost identical with Ezekiel's, except the Jasper, the Sardine (Sardius), and the Emerald are used 

to describe the scene. All five of these stones, however, were included in the High Priest's breastplate. (See 

Exodus 28:17-20). A Sard or Sardine is a deep orange-red variety of chalcedony. The Sardius is either a ruby 

or a sard. Therefore, the color represented by these stones is red. The Jasper of the Bible was a dark-green or 

opalescent milky iridescence stone. Here is the green again! And the Emerald, of course, is green as everyone 

knows. Remember Orfeo said there was a glowing red orb, followed by two green discs? Remember Oskar 

Linke said that, "The color at first seemed green, then changed to _red_"? The rainbow is again mentioned as 

it was in Ezekiel 1:28. 

Then St. John tells us that "round about the throne were four and twenty seats", and upon the seats he saw 

"four and twenty elders". 

These twenty-four representatives could possibly constitute the Saturn Tribunal, with two members for each 

of the twelve planets. 

John, now acting as a prophet, said: "Out of the throne proceeded lightnings and thunderings and voices . . . 

and there were seven lamps of fire burning before the throne . . . there was a sea of glass like unto crystal . . . 

round about the throne were four beasts full of eyes before and behind." 

The seven lamps represent the Council of Seven Lights as mentioned previously. Once again, the Saucers are 

described. 

"And the first beast was like a lion, and the second beast like a calf, and the third beast had a face as a man, 

and the fourth beast was like a flying eagle." (Revelation 4:7). 

It should be mentioned here that the Constellation Scorpio is now thought of as a scorpion. However, from 

Abraham's time on up to more recent time, Scorpio was known as the "flying eagle". 

When Ezekiel first mentioned the Four Beasts, the ancient Jewish initiates accused him of exposing to the 

profane the profundities of the secret doctrine. The cherubim constitute the mystical symbol of the fullness of 

wisdom and these creatures are the spiritual guardians of the four rivers of life flowing from the effulgency of 

the Creator. When the twelve tribes of Israel encamped in the wilderness, the banners of Reuben (the man), 

Judah (the lion), Ephrain (the bull), and Dan (the eagle) were placed at the four corners. In the Oedipus 

Judaicus, Sir W. Drummond reproduces a figure from Kircher which reveals the encampment of Israel to have 

been symbolic of the order of the universe. And, according to Iranous, there must be four Gospels of the New 

Testament just as there are four quarters of the world and four general winds. The church is supposed to have 

four pillars like the cherubim, from the midst of which the Word goes forth. The creatures of the lower senses 

are the four animal natures to be first overcome by man before he can enter into the sphere of light. In the 

Kabbalah, Adolph Franck writes: "All human faces may be traced, finally, to four primary types, to which 

they either draw near or from which they recede according to the rank held by the souls in their intellectual 

and moral order." In the Zohar it is written that the celestial throne of Ezekiel's vision signifies the traditional 

law, and the appearance of a man sitting upon the throne represents the written law. (Again, see Plate XVII p. 

253). 

There is no record today, or in Biblical times, where Saucers or Saucer beings ever deliberately injured 

anyone. Some people may say that the reference to "smote them with blindness" in II Kings 6:18, already 

referred to, means that harm or injury resulted from contact with space intelligences. However, if we read on 

we find that Elisha said: "Lord, open the eyes of these men, that they may see. And the Lord opened their


eyes, and they saw." (II Kings 6:20). 

"And the king of Israel said unto Elisha, when he saw them, My father, shall I smite them? shall I smite them? 

And he answered, Thou shalt not smite them. Set bread and water before them, that they may eat and drink, 

and go to their master." (II Kings 6:21-22). 

Therefore, the "blindness" was only temporary, for the men not only regained their sight, but they were well 

fed and sent on their way home. 

The heavens are still full of "horses and chariots of fire"; they are here as it was promised. They are here to 

protect us, to guide us, to encourage us, to make us triumphant over life's circumstances on Earth. Let us be 

assured that we are part of a living Universe, not a dead universe. Beyond our sight there are other worlds 

more real than the one in which we live, worlds of Light and power. In those worlds God is King. Fear not, for 

they that are with us are more than they which are with the persons and things that oppose us. 

And you who would tell the world of new things, do not be concerned whether that world hears or not, "for 

they are a rebellious house, yet they shall know that there hash been a prophet among them". 


THE HARVESTERS 

"In my Father's house are many mansions: if it were not so, I would have told you. I go to prepare a place for 

you." (St. John 14:2). 

Jesus spoke of the "many mansions" or planets of the Father's Creation. Some say that the Bible never speaks 

of more worlds than the Earth, but it certainly does, for in Hebrews we read: "God, who at sundry times and in 

divers manners spake in time past unto the fathers by the prophets, Hath in these last days spoken unto us by 

his Son, whom he hath appointed heir of all things, by whom also he made the worlds." (Hebrews 1:1-2). 

"Through faith we understand that the worlds were framed by the word of God, so that things which are seen 

were not made of things which do appear." (Hebrew 11:3). 

Since "worlds" is used in the plural sense, we can readily see that the Infinite Father created and established 

all planets and celestial bodies by His Word. He used the Four Great Primary Forces, for "things which are 

seen' are "not made of things which do appear". 

The Harvesters, are the occupants of the Flying Saucers and spacecraft coming to Earth at this time. Space 

visitors have always been with us! Since Miocene times, inhabitants of outer space have been surveying our 

Earth; they have watched its progression over thousands and even millions of years. At times, they have 

contacted various individuals who were dedicated souls, willing to serve God and fellow man. The reason 

they made themselves known generally over the world in 1947, is because this is the time for the Great 

Harvest. 

The Four Gospels speak of this period: 

"Then saith he unto his disciples, The harvest truly is plenteous, but the laborers are few; Pray ye therefore the 

Lord of the harvest, that he will send forth laborers into his harvest." (St. Matthew 9:37-38). 

"But when the fruit is brought forth (ripe), immediately he putteth in the sickle, because the harvest is come." 

(St. Mark 4:29).


"Therefore said he unto them, The harvest truly is great, but the laborers are few: pray ye therefore the Lord of 

the harvest, that he would send forth laborers into his harvest." (St. Luke 10:2). 

"Say not ye, There are yet four months, and then cometh harvest? behold, I say unto you, Lift up your eyes, 

and look on the fields; for they are White already to harvest." (St. John 4:35). 

If space visitors have indeed been with us always, we expect to find mention of them in ancient records. The 

study of these ancient manuscripts and documents will show anyone that "Flying Wheels", "Fire-Circles", and 

"Flying Boats", have been around for a long, long time. It doesn't matter what they are called, they are always 

described in the same way; even as they are today. Saucers were not _first_Â 

seen in the 1800's, and this period didn't see the first large public demonstration in history. What actually took 

place toward the close of the Nineteenth Century was the _first public demonstration of the modern, industrial 

age_. 

Mass appearances of Saucers in the past have been rare, but they have taken place. For example, the great 

Khmer race of the Middle Ages completely disappeared from the face of the Earth almost overnight! The 

Khmers had developed a great Hindu and Buddhistic civilization and were a native race of Cambodia in 

Indo-China, but they were of undetermined origin. Information from present space visitors indicates that great 

space ships removed the entire race of Khmers from Indo-China leaving their great capitol of Angkor Vat 

deserted and barren. 

Portuguese diaries of the 1700's describe ancient, massive ruins in the interior of the Matto Grosso in Brazil. 

There are indications on every hand that great numbers of people were suddenly removed from these vast, 

Grecian-like cities, and transported elsewhere. Since they didn't just walk away (for their trail would be 

picked up) they must have gone off in spacecraft like the Khmers. There are many other historical accounts 

that readily fall into this same category. 

Egyptian hieroglyphics have been translated by Borris de Rachewiltz which show the existence of Flying 

Saucers in ancient Egyptian times during the XVIIIth. Dynasty. The transcription is a part of the Royal Annals 

of the period of Thuthmosis (Thotmes) III, circa 1504-1450 B.C. The original manuscript is in very poor 

condition, however, part of the translation is as follows: 

"In the year 2, third month of winter, sixth hour of the day, the scribes of the House of Life found that a circle 

of fire was coming in the sky. They thought it had no head, and the breath of the mouth had a foul odor. Its 

body was one 'rod' long and one 'rod' large. It had no voice. Their hearts became confused through it and they 

laid themselves on their bellies. 

"Now after some days had passed over, Lo! those things were more numerous than anything. They were 

shining in the sky more than the sun to the limits of the four supports of heaven. Powerful was the position of 

the fire circles. The army of the king looked on and His Majesty was in the midst of it." 

In the Fourth Dynasty, the dynasty of Cheops, who reigned as its second king about 2750 B. C., Solar Boats 

reached their peak of magnificence. The solar boat was constructed to carry the dead Pharaoh on his journey 

to "heaven". These boats were at least equal to tombs in importance in ancient Egyptian religion, if not more 

important. They were the one ritual object that remained constant, although other things changed and 

disappeared. Models of solar boats were found in the tomb of Tutankhamen, the boy king. The solar boats 

didn't vanish from the Egyptian scene until the invasion by Alexander the Great in 332 B.C. 

Was the solar boat the Egyptian representation of the space visitor's vehicle? The ancients said that the 

immortals went in solar boats of the night for the terrifying nocturnal trip through the Under-world. The boats 

had to pass twelve gates. The "fire circles" became incorporated into the Egyptian religion as solar boats just


as we have already seen that Osiris and Apollo were in reality space visitors. 

Early European and American cave drawings possibly depict space craft by the concentric circle drawings that 

exist by the thousands. These are thought to be only Sun symbols; but why the concentric circles that appear 

as "wheels within wheels"? These, of course, are far older than the Tetramorph symbol. 

Wherever there is recorded history there is mention of spacecraft. And if we knew the unwritten record of 

prehistory we would undoubtedly find more evidence of space visitation. 

These visitors or Harvesters from other worlds are very much like we are; some may be thousands of years 

ahead of us in progression, but they are still not perfect. In _The Saucers Speak!_ they said: "We have 

marriage mates from birth." This indicates that they must be united with their soul mates in marriage and the 

male and female must come into physical life at about the same time so they can grow up together. 

They claim they are not all vegetarians; some do eat meat. The question of eating is an individual matter as it 

is on Earth. They say that human sex-life is misunderstood on Earth. The main purpose of mating is not to 

have biological offspring alone, but to put the negative (female) and positive (male) elements back into 

balance. Man, by himself, is not complete--he must have his other half in order to be a total creative unit and 

be in balance. They tell us that many of the things we call sins are not sins at all in the Universal sense. They 

are sins on Earth because social custom dictates it so. 

One of the most startling phenomena connected with the coming of the Saucers, is the appearance from time 

to time of the "fireballs". In _The Saucers Speak!_ space friends said: "You would be astonished if you knew 

what these 'fireballs' really were. They are not the same as your remote-controlled devices." Another time they 

said: "It was a ball-globe being on its duty." And again: "Crystals are valuable to us. With a crystal miracles 

can be performed." 

Since December of 1948 countless "fireballs" have bathed the hills of the American Southwest with their 

strange, blue-green glare. They have also been seen in Pennsylvania, Maryland, Puerto Rico, Arizona, 

California, Washington, Denmark, and other places throughout the world. The chief Air Intelligence officer 

for the Albuquerque district saw one. Col. Joseph D. Caldara, USAF, attached to the Joint Chiefs of Staff, saw 

one in Virginia. Hundreds of pilots, weather observers and atomic scientists have observed these "fireballs". 

Reports came so rapidly during 1948 that in 1949 the Air Force established "Project Twinkle" to investigate 

them. This Project established a triple photo-theodolite post at Vaughn, New Mexico to obtain scientific data 

on the "fireballs". Day and night, week in, week out, for three months, a crew kept watch of the skies. 

Ironically, while "fireballs" continued flashing everywhere else in the South-west, they saw nothing until the 

Project was transferred to the Holloman Air Force Base at Alamogordo, New Mexico. 

During the next three months they saw a few but were unable to make satisfactory computations because of 

the "fireballs'" great speed. Search parties have had no better luck. They have combed in vain the countryside 

beneath the point of disappearance; not a trace of telltale substance has been found on the ground! 

Theoreticians in the Air Force believe the "fireballs" are not natural phenomena but propelled objects. They 

bear similarity to the balls of fire, called "fireball fighters" or "foo fighters" which flew wing on Allied aircraft 

over Germany and Japan during 1944-45 and which have never been satisfactorily explained. Many of these 

"fireballs" are balls of kelly-green fire, blazing brightly, and race across the sky straight as bullets, parallel to 

the ground. Then they explode in a frightful paroxysm of light--_without making a sound!_Â 

In the Southwest, the popular belief has been that a strange meteor shower is underway. However, Dr. Lincoln 

La Paz, mathematician, astronomer and director of the Institute of Meteoritics at the University of New 

Mexico, has pointed out that normal fireballs do not appear green, they fall in the trajectory forced on them by


gravity, are generally noisy as a freight train and leave meteorites where they hit. The green "fireball" does 

_none of these things!_Â 

The "fireballs" do not appear to be electro-static phenomena because they move too regularly and too fast. 

They are not the product of a U. S. weapons project and they are not self-destroying Russian reconnaissance 

devices. These "fireballs" are propelled, artificial objects. Their color is close to 5,200 angstroms on a 

spectrum chart--close to the green of burning copper. Copper is almost never found in meteorites; the friction 

of the air oxidizes it shortly after the meteor enters the upper atmosphere. However, a curious fact has been 

recorded by aerologists. Concentrations of copper particles are now present in the air of Arizona and New 

Mexico, particularly in "fireball" areas. These were not encountered in air samples made before 1948! 

These "fireballs" are always silent, and upon exploding, light-up the ground directly beneath them. They are 

not always green or blue-green in color; they can be nearly white, also. Of course, they are intelligently 

controlled devices, but they are not manned with "little men" only inches tall. They are similar to our own 

remote-controlled devices, however, on a much more highly advanced scale. They are sent down from the 

large space-laboratories that are daily checking our Earth for important scientific data. Undoubtedly, Lt. 

Gorman encountered such a device when he chased the "flying light" over Fargo, North Dakota, October 1, 

1948. 

It appears that the "fireballs" fall into three general classes: 1. Those which leave copper particles in the 

atmosphere after silently exploding and leave no residue on the ground such as meteors do. 2. Those that were 

called "foo fighters" and known by other names which draw near our aircraft and other earthly objects to 

obtain information to be relayed directly to the space-lab. These objects are mainly crystalline in structure and 

are really sentient beings. They possess the powers of sense or sense-perception and have actual experience of 

sensation and feeling as they "televise" their gathered data back to the hovering laboratory. This idea is 

difficult for the people of Earth to accept, and indeed, even to understand. The idea of a _crystal that thinks!_ 

3. There is a third class of "fireballs" that do not explode. In fact, after they are constructed in great scientific 

laboratories their power is immutable! There are very strange records in history of the activities of this type of 

"fireball". Their power is similar to the power of the robot "Gort" in "_The Day The Earth Stood Still_" a 

science-fiction movie. However, the space people do not have robots in the form of "mechanical-men". 

In his book, The Ether Ship Mystery And Its Solution, Meade Layne says: "The balls or discs of light, 

sometimes only a few inches in diameter, consist of 99% aluminum, with 1% of copper in very ionized form. 

These are used as a rule as photo plates, that televise their pictures back to the mother ship that gave them 

birth, and are later destroyed or disintegrated. The large green 'fireballs' are ionized copper, and are exploded 

in your atmosphere to absorb the radiations created by your atomic bombs. These radiations drift toward the 

north magnetic pole, and most of the green 'fireballs' originate in the northern skies." 

Similar information has been received by other research groups. Type 1 is exploded to nullify adverse 

conditions arising from atomic explosions. These "fireballs" are usually observed shortly after atomic tests 

have taken place. Type 2 is a remote-controlled device that televises information back to the space-lab. Their 

nature should not be too astounding to us. J. R. Anderson of the Bell Telephone Laboratories now claims that 

barium titanate crystals apparently can store as many as two-thousand five-hundred items of information 

within a crystal of one square inch surface and a few thousandths of an inch thickness. The crystal stores 

electronic impulses for a long time. The pulses may be less than one-millionth second long. The crystal 

consumes no power while storing the information, and is able to operate on low-voltage circuits. We know 

that tiny crystals serve as transistors, and can do many of the jobs that vacuum tubes once did. Other crystals 

experimented with are rochelle salts, potassium niobate, and potassium dihydrogen phosphate. 

Scientists say that some of man's most difficult problems may be solved by crystals. Therefore, if we are now 

about to have crystal recording devices on Earth, it is easy to understand how our space friends have such 

advanced methods.


In his book, Flying Saucers From Outer Space, Maj. Keyhoe comes to the conclusion that the "fireballs" may 

be guided missiles of an invading interplanetary force! At the same time, however, he tells us that this may 

not be the case that the "fireballs" may have another purpose entirely. In other words, the Major is 

speculating, and lets you draw your own conclusions. Many people, however, have definitely come to believe 

that our world is about to be invaded by monstrous creatures from the blackness of space. 

First of all, if the Saucers have been looking us over for centuries, why have they waited until we developed 

atomic weapons to attack us? Why didn't they invade when the job was relatively simple and all they had to 

deal with was clubs, bows and arrows? Maj. Keyhoe tells us that the first "fireballs" seen may have been 

testing devices or "duds", and that later we can expect the actual guided missile attack! _If that were true, why 

have they waited so long to get at the invasion?_Â 

There is absolutely nothing to fear from the "fireballs", whether they be white, green, or blue-green; silent or 

otherwise. Space friends are here with only love in their hearts--if they conquer us it will be with that love. If 

it were not for their "fireballs" our own childish playing with atomic energy would bounce back on us. 

Through the use of the photographic type "fireball" they have surveyed every square mile of our planet. They 

constantly patrol the major fault lines of Earth to discover where overwhelming catastrophe may begin. In 

such an event, they might evacuate certain persons. After the "fireball" relays vital information on the 

condition of the faults it explodes to be used no more. (See Plate II). 

Welcome the "fireballs" as the instruments of a friendly race, and say a prayer in your heart for those who are 

here only in love. 

The Type 3 "fireball" is little known and practically nothing has been gathered on its operation. Remember the 

strange case of "spontaneous human combustion", in St. Petersburg, Florida in 1951? Mrs. Mary H. Reeser, 

67, was discovered in her apartment where she was almost completely destroyed by fire. Yet, the apartment 

itself wasn't damaged and newspapers near the chair in which she was cremated weren't even scorched! 

Scientists said it would take unbelievable temperatures to destroy her body so completely, and the fact that 

nothing else was damaged in the room didn't make sense at all. One authority said that some kind of 

"lightning unknown to man at the present time" had to cause the disaster. 

Mrs. Reeser was by no means the first to suffer such a fate. The writer Dickens wrote a story about a man who 

in real life actually perished as Mrs. Reeser did. These mysterious cremations display a definite pattern and a 

basic similarity. In _The Scientific Classbook or, A Familiar Introduction to the Principles of Physical 

Science_, printed in 1836 in Philadelphia, Walter R. Johnson, M.A., cites the then well-known cremation 

mystery involving the Countess Cornelia Zangari of Cesena. Although parts of her body remained intact, she 

was almost reduced to a heap of ashes. The air of her apartment was reported to be filled with a fine soot 

which had an unpleasant smell. The blaze was confined entirely to the countess' body; the floor and furniture 

were undamaged. 

Dr. Wilmer, a Coventry, England surgeon reported the cremation of Mary Clues, 50, in March, 1773. She was 

reduced to whitish ashes, but the bed-clothes were undamaged. The walls and furnishings of the room were 

blackened and the air was filled with a sickening smell. Only the body was burned. 

An 18th Century German journal records the flaming death of Don G. Maria Bertholi, a friar who lived at 

Mount Volere. 

About 1845, _Chambers' Edinburgh Journal_, reported that Anne Nelis, wife of a Dublin merchant was 

cremated in her chair. The back and seat of the chair were undamaged and the room was filled with a pungent 

unpleasant smell. 

Also about 1845, in Limerick, a Mrs. Peacock was discovered on the floor of the room under her own and her


body was burning and "red as copper". In the ceiling of the room a large hole the size of the body had been 

burned through the boards. Her body had dropped through this hole from her room above. Her room wasn't 

damaged in any way. 

One morning in 1808 an Irish woman named Mrs. Stout, 60, was found burned to a cinder on the floor of her 

bedroom. When the body was moved it crumbled into ashes, but her nightcap had not been burned! 

Another Irish woman of 60, from the county of Doun, was found burning "with an internal fire". Her body 

was black as charcoal and smoke issued from every part of it. There was a foul-smelling odor throughout the 

house and the woman's daughter who had been sleeping next to her in the same bed had not been burned; in 

fact, the bed and bed-clothes were untouched. 

In recent years the mysterious and recurring phenomenon has happened more frequently. Mrs. Cecil Rogers of 

Pleasantville, Ohio died this way, as did a man who tried to take his own life with a knife before the cremation 

took place. Everyone of the victims so far has always been a degraded human being and water cannot put out 

the fire; it only adds to its intensity. 

The Type 3 "fireball" has a special mission in that it is magnetically attracted to certain individuals. As soon 

as a person takes up a certain evil path, one of the "fireballs" starts on its journey toward that person. You ask: 

"Do the space people destroy us with these monstrous 'fireballs' they construct in their laboratories? The 

answer is that the space people destroy _nothing!_ The victims destroy themselves by their own deeds and 

actions; they are free at any time to change their ways and the "fireball" will reverse direction. 

A wonderful example is found in A Dweller On Two Planets by Phylos. Mainin called upon Incal (Creator) to 

punish him for his crimes and evil deeds if He (Incal) really existed. Then a voice said to him: "I shall not, O 

Mainin, enumerate thy crimes, thou knowest them every one: I knew thy way; I knew its evil, yet interfered 

not, for thou art thine own master, even as all men are self-masters; few, alas, are faithful! But thine altitude of 

wisdom, prostituted to selfishness, to sin, to crime, more utterly than any other man hath dared, is thy 

destruction. Thy name meaneth 'Light', and great hath thy brilliancy been; but thou hast been as a light adrift 

on the seas, a lure to death of all them that follow thee, and these have been myriad. Thou hast blasphemed 

God, and jeered in thy soul, saying, 'Punish!' But thine is one out of a myriad of cases, more heinous because 

thou art wise, not ignorant. I will cut thee off for a season, for thou shalt neither destroy more of my sheep, 

nor be let to leave unexpiated the evil thou hast done. It were better for thee couldst thou cease to exist. But 

this may not be of an ego. I can but suspend thee as a human entity and cast thee into the outer darkness to 

serve as one of the powers of nature. Get thee behind me!" 

Phylos goes on: "Now, however, as the Son of Light ceased to speak, Mainin uttered a howl of mingled terror 

and defiance. Instantly Mainin was surrounded with a glowing flame which, on disappearing, revealed also the 

disappearance of the Demon Priest. Thus had Mainin sinned, perverting his noble wisdom to evil and to 

sowing the seeds of sin, on and in the hearts of unsuspecting weaklings of humanity. For this sowing he was 

blasted from the Book of Life." The voice said: "Such is the fate of the wholly selfish man." 

Another example is found in Mystic Magazine for October, 1954. In Orfeo Angelucci's article, My Awakening 

On Another Planet, he says: 

"The scene was focusing upon an unfamiliar part of the heavens. A sun and a number of encircling planets 

were in view. Then the scene centered upon a single planet in this unknown solar system. It was a smug, sleek 

planet; but it was exceedingly dark in tone and surrounded with concentric waves of darkness. A tangible 

vibration or emanation came from it, evil, unpleasant and utterly without inspiration or hope. Approaching 

this world I saw a glowing red dot with a long, misty tail. The fiery dot seemed irresistibly attracted to the 

dark world. The two collided in a spectacular fiery display. I felt Lyra's hand upon mine as she whispered, It is 

an immutable Law of the Cosmos that too great a preponderance of evil inevitably brings about


self-destruction.'" 

Therefore, victims of the mysterious cremation cases are destroyed by the great "preponderance of evil" 

existing within their own souls! This Type 3 "fireball" that is "irresistibly attracted" to such persons is never 

destroyed; it will exist forever once it is created. Not even its creators can revoke its power! When it finally 

connects with the object of its magnetic attraction, it does not "explode" in the usual sense. Now that we are 

going deeper into new areas of Cosmos we are encountering strange things; things which manifested centuries 

ago, but which are now increasing at a rapid rate. 

The question arises: "Why is the Type 2 "fireball" copper and crystalline in construction?" First of all, copper 

has the strange capacity to record and retain. Copper can be compared to the soul in that it is receptive and 

also it can recall once accepted impact. It can be said that copper never forgets; it does not lose impressions. 

Copper is a stratified attention crystallized consciousness. It could be developed and actually experimentally 

ascertained that copper radiation has a dimensional multiplicity which no other metal has. Gold or any other 

metal cannot step out of the three dimensional world in its effects. Copper can be the bridge between time and 

timelessness. That is its occult feature! 

An electron shows itself as a particle in an electrical or magnetic field. But if a crystal diffracts it, it becomes a 

wave; thus the wavicular form is generated by specific conditioning of diffraction by crystal. Transpose this 

situation from the world of physics to the world of consciousness. Imagine consciousness to be equivalent to a 

particle and three dimensional stimulation equivalent to a crystal. Consciousness itself assumes a wavicular 

form when influenced, or diffracted, by the "crystal" of three dimensional stimulation. 

The Type 2 "fireball' is undoubtedly composed of crystalline copper instead of being copper and crystal 

separately used. The crystalline copper "fireball" actually lives and has conscious thought. Space intelligences 

have said that with crystals "miracles can be performed", and that "crystals can think". This is true because of 

the qualities of consciousness that copper possesses. 

Now it is easy to understand what space friends meant when they said we would be "astonished" if we knew 

what the "fireballs" really were. They said that "fireballs" were not the same as our remote-controlled devices; 

they are ball-globe beings performing their duties. These "fireballs" of the Type 2 class can be instructed to go 

to a certain location by telepathy or by verbal command. Once in the designated area they will record required 

information through the unusual properties of copper and this information is evaluated and separated by the 

qualities of crystal before wavicular form relays it to the hovering laboratory. Just as a crystal separates light 

into a spectrum, so the Type 2 "fireball" separates the items it records. Remember, this type of "fireball" has 

intelligence within it, not just behind it. The "flying light" observed by Lt. Gorman operated intelligently 

because of its own inherent abilities, not because it was "guided" entirely by direction from a nearby mother 

ship or laboratory. 

"Light hath more properties than even man hath dreamt of: it hath vibration so fine in ether that incandescence 

cometh, it reacheth men's eyes in aspect of waves; I say it doeth more, it hath more than incandescence, it 

performeth a greater wonder than that men may see in darkness: it cometh to man sustaining his spirit, it 

maketh miracles to happen." (G. S. 30:15-16). 

When we use the term Light in the broader sense, it includes not only incandescent light but also light of 

shorter and longer wavelengths which cannot be picked up by the human eye. Examples would be Infrared, 

Radio or Hertzian waves; Ultraviolet, X-Rays, Gamma Rays, and Secondary Cosmic Rays. 

"Light is the word of the Father, saying, Be . . . lo, matter, is!" (G. S. 30:21). 

Since Light is Matter either one can be received and transmitted by the Type 2 "fireball". And further, since 

Light is the essence of all life and Light is a wave phenomenon, the diffraction of Light by the crystalline


copper gives this "fireball" the qualities of conscious thought. Therefore, there must be a combination of 

copper, crystal, and Light properties in order to have a sentient "fireball". (See Plate XVIII, p. 302). 

In reading the Chart on A Conception of Matter, read horizontally from left to right. The column on the 

extreme right indicates a return to the Particle Phase. Although the return is to the same phase, it is necessarily 

an advanced or progressed development of that phase. This is a continuous, spiraling process. The vertical 

columns show analogy. All analogy is basically a revealment of some measure of identity. The items in the 

vertical columns may be more closely related than is suspected at this time. 

"In Light have I manifested: in Light do I manifest: I give Light commandments: I have made it Motive 

Servant." (G. S. 30.40). 

"Light waves are Thought Incarnate manifesting on and in substance; I have answered the mystery. Thus 

Light hath performance." (G. S. 30:42). 

The Elder Brother or Christ says He "manifests in Light", and He gives "Light commandments". Therefore, 

Light entering the crystalline copper "fireball" imparts "commandments" to the device, and it is truly an 

instrument of the Father's Will through Christ and thereby through the space intelligences themselves. 

Christ is One with the Father--and the Father is Thought Incarnate, therefore "Light waves are Thought 

Incarnate manifesting on and in substance". Remember Christ said: "I am the Light of the world!" 

In recent years, Lapis Lingua (Na4-5Al3Si3O12S), has been used to stimulate subjects in telepathic 

experiments. In the Edgar Cayce readings on gems and stones, Lapis Lingua, a corrosive product of copper in 

its natural state, was often mentioned as 

A CONCEPTION OF MATTER: 

TYPE OF FIELD: PHASES OF MATTER:Â * Â Particle Phase is Timeless (positive) _and At Rest_:Â ** 

_Means of Activation of Particle Phase_: Wave Phase which is Temporal and _In Motion_:Â ** Particle 

Phase again manifests when Wave becomes of stationary character. Electro-Magnetic Electron Crystal Wave 

Standing wave rendered in terms of vibrations is picked out as a photon (energy quantum of light). 

Multi-dimensional Self-complete state of consciousnessÂ *** Super-consciousness (knowledge). "Crystal" of 

three-dimensional experience. Wave phase of consciousness. Attention consciousness. (sense data or art of 

knowing). Return to Particle Phase. Conscious commands, emanations or vibrations to be recorded. 

Crystalline copper "Fireball."Â **** Wave motion relays itemized information. Return to Particle Phase. God 

the Father Desire Thought SoulsÂ ***** Soul (self-awareness) Frame of reference Spirit (soul in action) 

Godhood with creative thought) Â ***** 

Â 

a type of stone which may stimulate the endocrine centers. They revert to the vibratory theory that all matter 

has its own vibration. Lapis Lingua, it seems, may stimulate, raise the vibratory rate of the gland centers, if 

taped over them. This would be similar to giving more electrical power to a sending and receiving radio 

station. 

The following are excerpts from the readings: "Lapis is of particular value to those who are interested in 

things psychic. Outside influences may be induced to aid an individual in contacts with the higher sources of 

activity. Lapis is not considered a high quality gem; rather a very low form, but for that indicated in the 

character of the stone itself, it would be most helpful in creating that vibration which will make for the 

developments of certain characters of demonstrations with any psychic forces or psychic individuals."


There is a definite increase in telepathic powers when the Lapis stone is used. In experiments, it has been 

taped over four gland centers of the sender: Pituitary, Pineal, Thyroids, and Thymus. 

Again the Cayce readings say: "It has been given that the Lapis Lingua is the name which was applied to 

touchstones, or those used by initiates in their various ceremonial activities. (Hence the stones acquired power 

through thought projections about them.) Those that are of a psychic turn may hear the emanations as retained 

or thrown off by influence about such stones; the Lapis Lingua would bring much that will act as a protective 

influence. This is the green stone, you see, the crystallization of copper and those influences that are creative 

within themselves. For, as indicated from the influence of the Lapis Lingua, there is the need for not only the 

copper ore, that is a part of man's own development in many fields, but the need for the very combination of 

its elements as protection to not only the material benefits but the bodily forces necessary for the transmission 

of benefits through its own physical being. Wearing of the Lapis Lingua will make the body more sensitive to 

the higher vibrations. The wearing of the Lapis stone would be an aid in the entity's periods of meditation, and 

would become a helpful influence. Not as a 'lucky' charm, but rather as a helpful influence toward making for 

the ability to make decisions in dealing with mental attributes; the emanations from Lapis Lingua are very 

strong. As to stone, have near yourself, worn preferably upon the body, about the neck, the Lapis; this 

preferably encased in crystal." 

The Cayce readings advised the use of both Lapis Lingua and Lapis Lazuli. The latter was a favorite stone of 

the ancient Egyptians. Lapis is probably the sapphire of the old testament and of the ancient writers. Both 

Pliny and the Holy Bible make allusions to sapphires as stones sprinkled with gold. 

"The stones of it are the place of sapphires: and it hath dust of gold." (Job 28:6). 

In certain drawings, ancient personages are shown with a slender band around their head in the center of 

which appears a gem or stone of some kind. It is believed that this stone was the Lapis Lingua, and that it is 

used not merely for ornamentation but to stimulate the pineal gland near the center of the forehead. 

All of the foregoing reference to the Lapis Lingua only shows more clearly the unusual qualities of copper and 

why it is used in crystalline form in the construction of the "fireballs". 

Copper is the only metal which occurs native abundantly in large masses and copper is supreme among the 

common metals in its everlasting qualities. The following are two slightly different forms in which the ancient 

alchemists of the Middle Ages employed the "ankh", the symbol of enduring life, 

to designate copper. These alchemists always represented copper by the astrological sign for Venus. this circle 

with cross attached below was the Egyptian symbol for everlasting or enduring life. 

The "ankh" or Crux Ansata symbolized life itself, therefore it was a fitting symbol to be used for copper 

which can be the bridge between time and timelessness! Both the cross and the circle were phallic symbols, 

for the ancient world venerated the generative powers of Nature as being expressive of the creative attributes 

of the Deity. The Crux Ansata, by combining the masculine Tau with the feminine oval, exemplified the 

principles of generation. The generative powers which the "ankh" symbolized were also representative of life, 

since without these powers no man would be born on Earth. 

In Asia, copper was the metal of the Queen of Heaven (Astarte, etc.). As stated before, astrologers and 

alchemists assigned it to Venus; it was sacred to the Fire God and the Seven Gods of Babylonia and Assyria; 

North Pacific Coast Indians and several other groups assigned it to the Sun; in India it was a sacred metal; the 

Indians of the Lake Superior region regarded the lumps of copper they found as divinities. 

In some places there is a custom of placing copper on a corpse. This is because copper was symbolic of life. 

Pliny mentions that in Arcadia the yew tree is fatal to anyone sleeping under it unless a copper nail is driven


into the tree. Again we see the unusual power of this metal. As late as the middle of the eighteenth century the 

Spaniards believed that copper grew in the ground, and that if a mine was left alone, it would become 

productive again! All of this goes to illustrate the fact that the ancients knew about the hidden qualities of 

copper. The Spaniards suspected the everlasting and timeless qualities of the metal when they thought it "grew 

in the ground". 

In the Bible in Exodus 38:8, and in II Kings 25:13, the Hebrew word Nechosheth, should be translated copper 

and not brass. Many sacred objects were fashioned of copper. In Ezra 8:27 we read: "Two vessels of fine 

copper, precious (desirable) as gold." Copper was known as yellow, or shining brass, and the ancients knew 

its great occult features because they said it was as "precious as gold". 

Certain investigations have shown that life or death rays are emitted from metal discs. Ziegler, one of the 

investigators of metal rays found during his experiments that copper discs emit _life-rays_. Zinc plates emit 

hindrance or life-antagonistic rays. Platinum, as well as copper plates send out life or vitalizing rays according 

to the investigations of Korschelt, and the former can be used to heal ulcers, etc. 

Copper radiates green, and this color is neutral, at the fulcrum of the solar spectrum, the balancing point. The 

space intelligences have said: "Blue of sky, gold of sun!" And green is poised between the Gold of Wisdom 

and the Blue of Heaven on the spectrum. 

The crystal ball among the ancients had a three-fold meaning: (1) It signified the crystalline Universal Egg in 

whose transparent depths creation exists; (2) It was a proper figure of Deity previous to Its immersion in 

matter; (3) It signified the aetheric sphere of the world in whose translucent essences is impressed and 

preserved the perfect image of all terrestrial activity. 

In recent years the crystal ball has been misunderstood and misused. Nostradamus possessed one of the few 

remaining crystal balls originally brought here by space visitors and left in temples in ancient Egypt. Several 

of these balls were unearthed near the Great Pyramid but they were done away with because they were 

thought to be of modern date and worthless! The great predictions of Nostradamus came about through his use 

of a crystal ball from outer space! 

Prof. Reichenbach found that crystals radiate yellow light rays at the base while the top of the crystals radiate 

blue light rays. The blue or green light rays are life or vital rays, while the yellow light rays are hindrance 

rays. Dr. Heermann's research has proved that plants as well as trees radiate so-called life rays at the top while 

the roots emit the hindrance rays. If it were possible to determine the colors of the rays emanating from the 

branches of a tree we should most likely find that they radiate green and blue while the roots radiate yellow 

similar to the radiation of crystals. 

The human being is very similar since we radiate yellow on one side, blue on the other side. Therefore, we 

radiate positive as well as negative magnetic currents. Rays from our Solar System produce life or vitality 

currents in our body and these rays are of an electromagnetic nature. 

Plants, animals, minerals and man--they are all similar. It is easy to understand why crystal qualities are 

incorporated into the Type 2 "fireball". This device also radiates positive as well as negative magnetic 

currents and operates in its own Resonating Electro-Magnetic Field. Rays from our Solar System, and, of 

course, other systems, produce life or vitality currents in the crystalline "fireball" also; and again, these rays 

are of an electromagnetic nature. 

Newton discovered the definite relationship between tones and colors. Every tone and every color has a 

distinct frequency of vibration, and because of this relationship, the "fireball" receives and transmits 

everything in full color and full tonal quality, exactly as a living being would react to vibrational stimuli.


The quotation from The Ether Ship Mystery And Its Solution, by Meade Layne was given to show that he 

accepts the Type 1 and Type 2 "fireball". His statement that the latter consists of 99% aluminum seems 

contradictory to the information in this book. However, aluminum radiates green the same as copper. We must 

keep in mind also that the space visitors are coming from many areas of the Universe and from many levels of 

progression. Actually, there may be other "fireballs" of varying construction in use. 

All spacecraft, including Saucers, operate in a Resonating Electro-Magnetic Field. This RMF is the Fourth 

Great Primary Force that Earth scientists do not understand. Certain scientists of the past came dangerously 

close to discovering it. It is dangerous because it is at the same time of a positive and negative nature. If its 

great force is reversed it becomes a deadly death ray. 

This terrible sidereal Force was called Mash-Mak by the ancient Atlanteans. The Aryan Rishis speak of it in 

their Ashtar Vidya and this same Force is called vril by Sir E. Bulwer-Lytton, in his Coming Race. It is 

believed that this author coined this name from the word virile. The antediluvians called it the "Water of 

Phtha;" their descendants named it the Anima Mundi, the soul of the Universe. Later the mediaeval hermetists 

termed it "sidereal light", or the "Milk of the Celestial Virgin", the "Magnes", and many other names. 

The name vril may be a fiction, but the Force itself exists. It is mentioned in all the ancient secret works of 

Earth. In the Ashtar Vidya, we discover that this vibratory Force was aimed at an army from an Agni Rath 

fixed on a flying vessel and it reduced to ashes one-hundred thousand men and elephants. It is allegorised in 

the Vishnu Purana, in the Ramayana and other works. In the fable about the sage Kapila we discover that his 

glance made a mountain of ashes of King Sagara's sixty-thousand sons. This Force is often referred to as the 

Kapilaksha--"Kapila's Eye". 

Many years ago Faraday, the great scientist, said: 

"The various forms under which the forces of matter are made manifest, have one common origin. They are so 

directly related and naturally dependent, that they are convertible, as it were, into one another, and possess 

equivalents of power in their action." 

The Vril, the Primal Force of Faraday, and the Kabalistic Astral Light are one and the same thing. In ancient 

times the Vril Stick was a slender "glass" rod, some thirty inches long and hollow in the center. At the top end 

there was a strange handle, or rather it was capped by a six-inch length of "glass" affixed in oblique slant 

somewhat in the shape of a cross-bar made by Spencerian penmen when they write a capital letter "T". Inside 

of this tube the Vril Ray was confined, and in this case it was a death ray. How it was evolved, or how it could 

be confined in a slender tube pertains to the lost arts of antiquity. 

The Vril Stick was used in Atlantis and later in Egypt. A recovered stick now rests in the British Museum in a 

specially sealed glass case. No one handles it anymore and no one is allowed even to view it! The ancient 

gods and goddesses are sometimes depicted holding Vril Sticks, and great rulers had them in their possession. 

This was the origin of the king's sceptre. The sceptre signifies the union of the forces that create life, and thus 

from the most ancient days, a symbol of highest power given only to rulers and gods of life. The Vril Stick 

was indeed a "sceptre endowed with marvelous power". And any potentate possessing it carried the decree of 

life or death in his hand. The "ankh" closely resembles this stick as to form and to symbolic meaning. There 

are countless legends of fairy wands, and magical rods that have been derived from stories about the Vril 

Stick. 

This stick of amazing power was constructed of "glass". Remember, the ancients prized diamonds and other 

gems because they were pure forms of carbon. They used carbon and magnets together to perform certain 

beneficial cures on the human body, and the gods are sometimes shown holding rods of carbon in their hands 

about six inches long. Today gems are prized for their monetary worth or for their value in giving one social 

prestige; but the ancients prized them for their vibrational qualities. That is why so much gold was used and


worn by the Aztecs, Mayas, Incas, etc. Gold and diamonds both raise the vibrations of a human being. Other 

stones and metals can lower the vibrations. 

All of the foregoing is important when considering the fact that the Saucers operate in a Resonating 

Electro-Magnetic Field and are said to be "Crystal Bells!". Many reports state that the Saucers appeared to be 

made of crystal and were translucent; they must utilize the same power once known on Earth and found in the 

Vril Stick. This stick held some sort of resonating magnetic current operating fatally in reverse. The ancients 

were familiar with such principles of magnetism because several ancient civilizations on Earth possessed 

"flying ships" not very much different from our present day Saucers. A few years ago, a Saucer landed in 

Alaska that was mainly composed of glass. Later, a model was made of that Saucer and used in the movie, 

The Day The Earth Stood Still. Scientists claim glass would withstand high speeds better than any known 

metal. Of course, Saucers don't have to worry about the effects of "high speeds". 

The Vril Ray force known as the Fourth Great Force relates to the other Three Great Forces, and all belong to 

the One Primal Force of the Omniverse. This One Force is symbolized by the swastika, for the wheel is the 

emblem of creative motion--manifesting force is rotary, being, in fact, the "Wheel of the spirit of life" 

involving the whole system of the Universe. 

Many people, including the "prophets of gloom", throughout the world are saying we will be totally destroyed 

in a terrible atomic war. In meditating upon these grim forecasts for our immediate future we can't help but 

remember other dire warnings that have come our way over the decades. Some "prophet" or other is always 

setting an exact date for the "end of the world". The planet Earth is now in a state of transition toward a 

greater enfoldment of man's progression; the world is not going to end! 

Space friends are here to help build a bigger and better Earth where all men may live together as true brothers 

should. Everyone will be "his brother's keeper". The Great Avatar never said: 'Till the end of the world", as so 

many theologians would have us believe. Actually, He said: "Till the end of the age." Immediately we see that 

He was referring to the end of the Piscean Age, not the cataclysmic so-called "end" of the literal ground 

beneath our feet. Further, Christ never spoke in negative terms for His was a ministry of positive thought in 

contrast with the "thou shalt nots" of the old Mosaic Law. 

Space craft occupants have said that man on Earth worships the Creator; but he worships in word, not deed. If 

we believe in Him, and have faith in Him, we cannot believe that He will rain down death, destruction, and 

horror on us. Over and over again, with much repetition, the "men of God" in the pulpits today tell us that our 

God is "all loving and kind". With the next breath they contradict themselves by telling us that at times He 

"gives us up". And they paint a picture of "sweet angels" casting poor "sinners" into lakes of fire and 

brimstone to endure eternal torment! 

Information coming from the highest authority among the space people tell us that our world is to become a 

place of tranquil peace and plenty for all. Only the good and the beautiful is to be inherited by man on Earth! 

Many individuals to-day point to the strange changes in our weather, the many earthquakes, tornados, 

tidal-waves, floods, and so forth and tell us that these are certainly "signs of doom". Changes have been going 

on for thousands of years on Earth, but the old world is still keeping its orbit around its Sun. However, many 

great changes never before experienced are taking place and will continue to do so. These changes are on the 

physical, mental and spiritual planes of Earth. 

In 1953 there were many outstanding catastrophic events. On February 2nd hurricane floods on south-eastern 

British, Dutch, and Belgian coasts killed one-thousand nine-hundred forty-one persons. On February 12th 

there was a violent quake at Torroud, Iran which killed five-hundred thirty-one persons. March 19th saw the 

Turkish quakes that killed two-hundred forty-six people. On April 30th tornados killed nineteen in central 

Georgia and caused wide-spread damage. In May, on the 11th, Waco and San Angelo, Texas were smashed 

by tornados causing sixty million dollars in damage and killing one-hundred twenty-four persons.


June 9th tornados killed one-hundred thirty-nine in Michigan and Ohio. The following day, on the 10th, 

tornados killed eighty-six in Massachusetts. On June 26th Japan's worst flood in modern history killed 

seven-hundred two with one-thousand four-hundred thirty-three missing. July 12th seven-hundred died in the 

Greek Ionian Island earthquakes. Later in the year on November 9th two-thousand died in the Indochina 

typhoon. And on December 5th many people died in a tornado disaster that caused twenty-five million dollars 

in damage at Vicksburg, Mississippi. 

There were many, many more reports of disasters of all kinds. Scientists agree that something mighty strange 

is going on. These changes are to be expected as our entire Solar System moves into a new area of the 

Universe! Meteorologists are concerned over the unusual weather conditions, but statements are never made 

to the public. The facts of 1953 speak for themselves; the evidence is more than substantial. 

Climatologists, meteorologists, and physicists, are not the only ones worried about strange weather 

phenomena; plain citizens are alarmed and can observe that the climate of the world is getting warmer at an 

unprecedented rate. The question is seriously asked: "Do the atomic explosions produce mysterious changes 

in the atmosphere at high altitudes--perhaps in the ionized layers of the atmosphere?" 

Atomic explosions are not the cause of the weather changes, but they are weakening an already unstable 

condition. The vibrations of the new area of the Universe are responsible for the physical, mental, and 

spiritual changes on Earth. Men's minds and conceptions are changing as well as the geographical features and 

climate of the world. Our government picked an area of small population to test its atomic devices, but it also 

tested these devices over major fault lines in New Mexico and Nevada. This further weakened these fault lines 

and accentuated the change already under way because of different vibratory rate. 

Astronomers know that gigantic sun spots appear on our Sun after atomic explosions. If the Sun can be 

affected ninety-three millions of millions of miles away, it certainly stands to reason that vast changes will 

take place on the originating planet also. Even though the world isn't going to end, nevertheless, there will be 

great catastrophes locally throughout the world in years to come. In _The Saucers Speak!_ the statement was 

made that disasters would increase--and increase they have! 

Here are some of the mysterious climatological facts: The world's heat belt is on the move. It is progressing 

northward as well as eastward. William J. Baxter, in his book, _Today's Revolution In Weather_, says animals 

are already reacting to the northward advance of the heat belt. The possum is now common as far north as 

Boston, where fifty years ago, he was seldom seen north of the Mason-Dixon line. Deer, badgers, moose, and 

raccoons are pushing in the direction of the North Pole. The cardinal, the mocking bird, the tufted titmouse 

and the hooded warbler, always considered southern birds, are moving into New England. Birds that once 

flew South every winter are now staying in the North all year round. 

The southern parts of the United States will be like the tropics, and New York and New England will be the 

Florida of the future. Abnormally high temperatures have been recorded along the entire East Coast and in 

most of the Central and Southern States. Overall snowfall has been much less than average. The same 

phenomenon has been noted up and down the West Coast, with abnormally high temperatures combined with 

scanty precipitations of snow recorded. 

A tribe of Indians in Maine has observed that the ice in the Penobscot River has been breaking up much 

earlier since 1948. The break-up has been occurring frequently following an "unseasonal and abnormal" 

January thaw--something previously unheard of. In earlier years, the river was seldom free of ice until late 

March or early April. 

On the West and East Coasts and across the Southern States, semi-tropical vegetation is appearing. 

Throughout the entire crop season, fruits and vegetables that require considerable warmth have been attaining 

larger size more rapidly. Pines and spruces are growing nearer and nearer the North Pole. Cereal crops are


flourishing in places where twenty years ago there were ice fields! 

Dr. George H. T. Kimble, director of the American Geographical Society, says it is altogether possible that 

Canadians in Northern Ontario will grow corn and New Yorkers will become cotton planters. He points out 

that temperatures have been rising in winter in the last thirty to forty years. In Upper Canada, he relates, the 

forest is migrating into hitherto barren tundra. 

Arnold Court of the University of California says we can expect temperatures over one-hundred seven degrees 

in the summers of the future. Scientists probing glaciers throughout the world, including the great Baffin 

Island glacier, have discovered these glaciers are steadily shrinking. 

Dr. John W. Aldrich, of the U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, says that fish are moving northward. Cod, once 

unknown in Greenland, is now a steady Eskimo dish. Whiting, halibut, king mackerel and haddock are found 

farther and farther north in the Atlantic. New Jersey has sighted tropical flying fish! The tropical-fish hunting 

grounds of the future will be along the New Jersey and Maryland coasts instead of Florida and the Bahamas, 

as at present. For some years now, deep sea pleasure fisherman have been taking tuna off the Long Island 

Coast and even further to the North. It was not so long ago that tuna were seldom observed further North than 

Georgia waters. 

The tremendous warming-up is also observable north of the United States--Canada, Alaska, and Greenland. 

The size and extent of glaciers in all these areas have been decreasing at an unprecedented rate, exposing vast 

areas for potential cultivation. In Alaska, Muir Glacier has been shrinking in length at a rate of about half a 

mile a year, while Guyot Glacier has been losing thickness at about thirty feet a year. Alaskan farmers are 

now growing crops in areas that only a few years ago were snow-covered. Along the Alaskan Arctic Coast, 

much of the ground is bare of snow through many months each summer, while temperate-zone trees and 

shrubs are appearing further to the North and higher on the mountainsides. Alaskan forests are "advancing", 

according to authority Dr. Robert E. Griggs. Along the entire roof of the North American continent, the Arctic 

Ice is receding rapidly. It used to contact the coast solidly and be many feet thick in winter. Now there are 

often open patches of water extending fifty or more miles offshore, while the thickness of the ice has greatly 

decreased. 

Ships are now frequently able to put in at Greenland ports in mid-winter. Fresh land is steadily being bared by 

the receding icecaps, and vegetation and birds that formerly shunned Greenland are appearing. The great strait 

between Greenland and Canada that used to be ice-locked the year around is now frequently open to ships. In 

the United States the climate will be like that of present day Mexico. Canada's climate will resemble that of 

the United States today. Greenland's climate will resemble that of Canada now. However, if the trend does not 

slow down, the entire equatorial belt will become unfit for human habitation--the temperate zones will 

become largely scorching deserts, while only the polar regions will be comfortably habitable. 

In the United States, "dust bowl" areas are increasing. In Africa, the Sahara Desert is advancing Southward at 

a rate of three miles a year. The Middle East is steadily declining in water supply, while much of India and 

China, once fertile agricultural land, is now semi-desert or actual desert without vegetation of any sort. In 

Central Africa, the lakes are becoming smaller and the jungles less lush. This is also true of South America, 

where the Amazon River Basin and jungle areas are shrinking rapidly, with grasslands developing around the 

periphery. Lake Victoria in Africa is dropping at the rate of almost a foot a year while the amount of water 

flowing over Victoria Falls has declined greatly. 

Great Salt Lake in America has shrunk by half in less than fifty years, and the waterpower production of 

Niagara is declining. In one-hundred years the temperature of England has risen by three degrees. Similar 

rises have been noted in other countries where accurate weather records have been kept. It has been estimated 

that a rise in average temperature of only six degrees would melt all the glaciers and polar icecaps in the world 

in a few decades. The sea-level of all the oceans is rising at a rapid rate.


Oceanographers calculate that if all the ice now existent on Earth was melted and returned to the oceans, the 

sea-level would rise by approximately five-hundred to one-thousand feet, reducing the total land area of the 

Earth by many millions of square miles. England and most of Central Europe will be submerged, as would the 

entire Mississippi River Basin! 

There are many good reasons why we cannot attribute the rising temperatures to atomic causes. For one thing, 

the temperature rise has been going on for many years, and was first noticed long before we even suspected an 

atomic bomb could be made. It has been increasing at an accelerating pace, however, which is why an 

apparent connection with atomic bombs has been suggested. 

It is well-known that the entire history of the Earth has been marked by a succession of "cold" and "warm" 

periods--some of thousands of years duration, others of only a few centuries. Meteorologists say, therefore, 

that it is not unusual because the Earth is experiencing a climate change, but it is unusual because instead of 

going into a colder cycle which it should be doing, it's going into a still warmer cycle! 

Astronomers know that our entire Solar System is moving rapidly into an area of greater warmth--the Sun and 

its family of twelve planets is moving into a region of space where cosmic ray bombardment and intense 

vibrational frequency will cause many drastic changes. Proof of the fact of a climate warm-up the world over 

are the many European avalanches during the past few years, and absence of the ice floes that usually 

prevented ships from entering Northern European harbors. The government is well-aware of the mysterious 

change and has secret projects at the North Pole investigating all evidence. 

These changes are to be expected as our Earth enters the new section of Creation. Several Saucer researchers 

received information several years ago that our Earth was being bombarded with cosmic rays that would 

change man as well as the terrain! Recently, Prof. Kurt Sitte of Syracuse University said: "Too many electrons 

are showering down on us. At least, there are too many of these tiny units of electrical charge to be explained 

by present theories, which hold that electrons are produced by cosmic rays smashing into the atmosphere high 

above the Earth. Unknown particles or processes must be involved!" Dr. Sitte's conclusions were based on 

studies made in the Summer of 1953 at altitudes of ten-thousand to fourteen-thousand feet in Colorado. Dr. 

Sitte is now a visiting professor at the University of Sao Paulo in Brazil. He has been investigating at 

Chacaltaya, Brazil, eighteen-thousand feet above sea level. He hopes to discover what processes or particles 

produce the electrons that _cannot be accounted for by present theories!_Â 

Science is now discovering and proving what space intelligences said months ago. There is intensive 

bombardment going on, and the changes are taking place daily! Space friends also said: "Look to nature for 

signs of the New Age presently to come to Earth." When we "look to nature", we see proof on every hand. 

From space craft occupants we understand that the new influential vibrations, now being felt, are coming from 

outside our own Solar System. Many times, science later confirms with actual discovery the statements made 

by the extraterrestrial visitors. Dr. Marcel Schein of the University of Chicago says that part, if not all, of the 

cosmic radiation continuously bombarding the Earth comes from outside of the Solar System. 

Dr. Schein's conclusion is based on the extremely high energy of the onrushing particles as they have been 

caught in photographic emulsions sent many miles above the Earth's surface. "It would be most unlikely," Dr. 

Schein says, "that the Sun's magnetic field could accelerate the charged particles to such very high energies, 

greater than ten-trillion electron volts. The theory of extra-solar origin is also supported by some new 

experiments at the University of Chicago. By using two photographic plates sliding slowly past each other, 

cosmic radiation scientists are, for the first time, able to pin down the time at which the particle left its track. 

With this new method, Dr. Schein and his associates have found that the variation between the numbers of 

tracks of heavy charged particles during the day and at night is not very great. "This," he said, "argues for a 

cosmic ray source outside our own Solar System."


Dr. Armin J. Deutsch of Mount Wilson and Palomar Observatories believes that the cosmic rays coming to 

Earth may be material thrown off from rotating stars with strong magnetic fields. Dr. Deutsch's findings tend 

to prove that many of these rays are extra-solar in origin. 

Dr. Schein believes that maybe all of the cosmic radiation bombarding the Earth comes from outside of our 

Solar System. However, it appears that nearly all cosmic rays come from our own Sun--the only rays coming 

from outside of our System are possibly those consisting of high energy particles. The fact that too many 

electrons are showering down on us and present theories won't account for them and the fact that certain 

cosmic rays bombard the Earth from outside our own Solar System tends to support the idea that our entire 

Solar System is entering a new possibility area of the Universe. Every phase of Earth life will be greatly 

influenced--Economics, Religion, Education, Politics, Science, Social life, Medicine, Eating habits, etc. 

Virtually everything will change, and for the better! 

If we are truly entering a New Age, then we should certainly see effects of it on the physical plane. No one 

can deny the fact that "strange" things are going on. Look at your newspaper, your magazines; turn on your 

radio or television set; go outside and observe the weather and you might even listen to the unusual movement 

of the "creeping" things. The lowly worm knows more about what's happening than the crowning achievement 

on Earth--Man! 

Prof. Albert Einstein's new unified field theory entered the picture at just the right moment. In brief, it tells us 

that gravity, electricity, and magnetism are all one and the same thing. As the Nineteenth Century drew to a 

close, scientists felt that they had built a perfect picture of the Universe on the basis of Sir Isaac Newton's law 

of gravitation. This was a mechanistic universe, set in a framework of absolute space and absolute time, in 

which the law of cause and effect operated without exception. 

Our scientific view is widening at an alarming rate. If you carefully scan your newspaper you will notice a 

great deal of talk going on about magnetics; electronic experiments; new sources of power, such as the 

harnessing of sun's rays; and so on, ad infinitum. Steam as a source of power is fast being replaced. All the 

great discoveries of the Water Age are being supplanted by new Air Age discoveries. In that older age, 

Columbus crossed the Atlantic and our livelihood centered on things of the watery seas. Now man has his 

eyes and his heart on the stars out in space! 

The happenings of today remind us of the time when Jesus was in a small boat on turbulent waters. Those 

with Him were very much afraid and awakened Him to tell Him of the disaster that surely would befall them. 

Do you remember His words to them? He said, "O ye of little faith!" That very same thing is taking place 

today. Men of "little faith" are preaching "doomsday". Violence is around us, indeed, just as the turbulent 

waters were around the little boat. But, remember, He calmed the waters. No matter what takes place on 

Earth, He will guide us, for He has promised, "Lo I am with you always!" 

Religionists of today preach eternal life, but they certainly don't act as if they believed it. If life is eternal what 

is there to fear? Take the great events of our time as signs of the approaching Golden Dawn on Earth, with 

your very soul say: "Thy will be done, in and through me, thy servant." 

At the present time, a rather new theory as to the origin of the Flying Saucers is gaining wide acceptance. This 

theory explains the spacecraft away as "the spirits of demons, monsters and devils". Certain hell-fire and 

brimstone evangelists tell their listeners the country over that Satan himself is the leader of the Saucer 

armada! 

We should not be surprised at this kind of thinking, for it is characteristic of the planet Earth. So-called "men 

of God" interpret everything in the Holy Book according to what they personally believe--they are presenting 

"the doctrines of men to be the commandments of God".


Very few ministers are telling their congregations that the Saucers may have a connection with the "signs in 

the skies" that the prophets of old spoke of. Some theologians, however, believe that the coming of the 

Saucers heralds the coming of the Elder Brother himself. Remember, Jesus was called a "devil" so why 

shouldn't we expect His Host also to be referred to in the same manner? 

There are powerful forces in this country and throughout the world today who want the people to believe that 

the authority behind the Saucers is of the Evil One! Through ignorance and superstition they hope to control 

this situation as they have in the past. Dr. Vannevar Bush, president of Carnegie Institute in Washington, 

recently said that discoveries in the atomic field are only a small segment of the advances being made in other 

fields of scientific research. He declared that "the dam is about to break" in the whole field of biological 

science. The trend is not so evident as it now is in the atomic field, but he described it as a "great blossoming". 

He said there is the possibility that the emotional reactions of a whole nation might be controlled through a 

chemical placed in the food they consume! They could be made docile or irrational, lazy and unimaginative or 

energetic and constructive. 

Already, world food products are contaminated by chemical poisonings in the guise of "preservatives", 

"enriching ingredients", "bleaching", and "synthetic vitamins". Now the prospect looms that in the near future 

the very emotions of people are to be controlled by substances placed in their daily rations. Shortly, biological 

science will experience the "shaking up" given physics a few years ago when the Atomic Age suddenly came 

upon man. But many of the so-called "advances" are of a destructive and negative nature as are the ideas that 

atomic power can be used for peaceful pursuits. 

The people of the world can be deceived by those who put "darkness for light". The real advances will be the 

total elimination of food-tampering, food contamination, and chemical fertilization. True advance will not be 

the complete control of world population by having power over every thought, action and deed of man 

through his food consumption. Man will not only be released from dogmas, doctrines, false theories, 

pseudo-authorities, war mongers, spiritual conceit, and other centuries-old "chains that bind", but he will take 

his true place in Cosmos as a Son of God and a potential god himself! 

In _The Saucers Speak!_ mention was made of a Wyoming evangelist who claims he has had contact with 

Saucers for many years. He says they land near him, give off horrible stenches of burning sulphur, and the 

occupants are hideous, beastly devils with swishing forked tails and large horns. He says he could write a 

book that would put all Saucer research done so far "in the shade". He names this theory for world salvation 

after himself, of course. This man is not preaching love, brotherhood of man, and the imminent return of the 

Elder Brother. Instead, he warns people to beware of the "devils" and "imps" in the Saucers! 

"Doomsday is here; disaster is upon us; we shall all surely die", cry those of "little faith". The Holy Book and 

the Golden Scripts are full of the Elder Brother's promises. He will "make our foreheads like flint", "nothing 

at all shall hurt us", "He is with us till the end". The evidence is abundant on every hand that the children of 

God have nothing to fear. Nowhere does Jesus speak of death and destruction as man's heritage in the New 

Age! 

"For God hath not given us the spirit of fear; but of power, and of love, and of a sound mind." (II Timothy 

1:7). 

One of the unusual types of sightings connected with occupants of Saucers is the "mask sightings". In the 

early part of 1954, several young people were passing March Field, California in an automobile. Glancing 

onto the Air Force Field, they observed a shiny-looking Saucer resting on the ground. They stopped their car 

and got out in order to get a better look. After observing the craft at closer range, they noticed it was quite 

smooth and apparently no one was around. Still curious, they decided to get an even closer look. As they 

neared the object, a man suddenly stepped in front of them. He raised his arm and threw a "fireball" at them. It 

passed by them and struck their car. They immediately turned and fled, driving into the nearest Sheriff's office


in a hurry. 

The young observers said that the man wore some sort of a half mask on his face that appeared to be metallic 

in nature. This incident is very similar to the Italian sightings of 1953, where a man saw two occupants of a 

Saucer with metallic half-masks on their faces. 

The "fireball" had dented the side of their car and the painted surface was burned and black. Needless to say, 

no harm was intended as far as the young people are concerned. The only reason the Saucer pilot threw this 

object is because he wanted to keep the curious observers from getting too near the Resonating 

Electro-Magnetic Force Field around the Saucer. What better way could he have gotten them to leave? And he 

didn't have to say a word! The "ball of fire" that came at the Florida Scoutmaster served the same purpose. If 

Saucer intelligences really wanted to harm someone they could do a much better job of it! 

A reputable production engineer in South Pasadena, California says that while he was working cutting wood 

in his yard, a Saucer hovered nearby about twenty feet from the ground. By means of a ladder, three men 

descended and although they didn't speak English, he says he exchanged some ideas by means of sign 

language. He says the three men didn't even have _mouths!_ These men might have been wearing masks, or 

they might be from worlds where only telepathy is used and where food intake is not necessary or the same as 

our own. At any rate, they could not speak. 

"Earths In The Universe," by Emanuel Swedenborg, was first published in Latin in London, 1758. In the 

section on the planet Mars, he says: "There was presented before me an inhabitant of that earth (Mars). His 

face was like that of the inhabitants of our earth, but the lower region of the face was black, not from a beard, 

for he had none, but from blackness in place of it. This blackness extended on both sides as far as the ears. 

The upper part of the face was like the face of the inhabitants of our earth." 

Swedenborg may have observed _half-masks_ that appeared black. At any rate, there have been enough 

reports on "masks" to make it a vital part of Saucer investigation. 

Space intelligences many times said: "We cannot stand by and see another waste of Creation." Because of this 

they survey our planet checking on dangerous fault zones and other weakened and unbalanced conditions. 

Before the Ionian Island earthquake disaster, great exploding flashes of light were observed in various parts of 

Europe. The night before the big New England hurricane of 1954 there was a terrific explosion in Melrose, 

Massachusetts--cause unknown. Enormous exploding lights have been observed in the sky all over the world 

just _before_Â disaster strikes on the ground. 

A mysterious explosion rocked the port of Dieppe, France. The explosion was preceded by a flash in the sky. 

A railwayman at Orchies, near the Belgian border, said he saw a fiery disc in the sky moving at great speed at 

the time of the Dieppe explosion. Similar happenings have been observed along the Western Coast of the 

United States from San Diego to Seattle. San Diego and Los Angeles have both experienced strange 

exploding lights overhead, usually followed by a mysterious explosion. 

The Coast Guard pressed its investigation of wide-spread reports along the Oregon coast of a brilliant flash of 

light observed offshore by many people. Reports of the phenomenon came from points as widely separated as 

Empire and Newport, as well as several communities in between. Persons reporting the flash to the Coast 

Guard and the Portland air defense filter center said they saw a bright, multi-colored burst of light which 

suddenly disappeared as though some flaming object had dropped into the sea. They agreed that a vapor trail 

had lingered over the water for several minutes after the lights disappeared. In addition the reports came from 

Coos Bay, Beverly Beach and Depoe Bay. The Coast Guard at Newport and at Thirteenth Naval District 

Headquarters in Seattle said no planes had been flying over the area and discounted the possibility the light 

had been a meteor because of the object's trajectory. Officer's declined to speculate about what might have


caused the strange flash. 

Seattle, Washington experienced a mysterious exploding light that startled hundreds of people. This city is in 

a very vital area because it is situated over the place where three of the world's major fault lines converge. The 

same situation that exists for the Ionian Islands and the Azores, exists for Seattle! These same exploding lights 

have been observed in the Japanese Islands and in other parts of the world where fault lines exist. 

Sometimes these "lights" explode silently and at other times, because of certain conditions, they cause a 

violent shock-blast. They are only relaying vital information back to the space laboratories hovering high 

above. On September 9, 1954, a violent earthquake shattered the old Roman town of Orleansville, Algeria. 

Surrounding villages were also hard hit and buildings crumbled killing twelve-hundred fear-stricken 

inhabitants. Witnesses reported that a great ball of fire appeared in the sky just before the shock crumbled the 

city of nearly fifty-thousand population. 

Space intelligences have been closely watching the Mediterranean area. There have been more violent 

earthquakes in that area in the last two years than in the rest of the world combined. Italy has had severe 

shocks and Mr. Vesuvius has been on the rampage. This volcano is situated on Italy's great fault line. Greece 

has suffered terribly from earthquakes recently and hundreds died in Turkey only recently. Cyprus has also 

been hit by severe earth tremors. Two major fault lines join west of the Cape Verde Islands and shocks have 

been recorded in that area of the Atlantic. 

Other reports have come in from the Caucasus Mountain area and from several places in Iran. There have 

been many earthquakes in the Mediterranean area and there will be vast geographical changes there. The great 

"shaking-up" of the entire African, Grecian and Italian countrysides is a prelude to this. 

If the "great ball of fire" observed over Orleansville had relayed information that a major catastrophe was due 

because of weakened fault lines, the Saucers would undoubtedly have staged an evacuation operation. Space 

intelligences say they will assist in the event of major disaster. How much longer the Mediterranean area can 

stand stress and strain on the fault zones is not known, but the Saucers are keeping a sharp lookout. (See Plate 

II). 

On May 31, 1954, the Combat Operations Center at McChord Air Force Base, Washington, received eight 

reports of unidentified objects sighted over various sections of the Pacific Northwest. The objects were 

reported over Spokane, Pasco, Ellensburg, Yakima and several Oregon cities, including Redmond and 

Portland. 

Fred Blackstone, a commercial pilot, reported at Moses Lake the object he sighted was absolutely silent and 

had a stream of reddish fire spouting from its end. The control tower at Yakima County Airport described the 

object it saw in a similar fashion, as did Justin Cerley of Spokane, an Air Force veteran of the Korean War 

who sighted another object just east of Spokane. He said the object glowed like a light bulb. Sgt. George Berg, 

of the Spokane Police Department, said he and his wife saw a globe of light with brilliant red sparks shooting 

from the back. It was not going fast and made no sound. Other reports said that people had observed "bluish 

blinking lights", "flying white globes of light", "white balls making terrific speed", "silent spheres of light", 

etc. The Air Force Combat Center at McChord said there was no attempt at interception and declined to 

speculate on the nature of the objects. 

On June 1, 1954, The State Patrol in the Ellensburg area reported "flying globes" and several calls were 

received at Radio Station KLXE. Reports were now coming in from all over Washington, Oregon, parts of 

Canada, and even from Alaska. Willard Renfro, of Ellensburg, along with his wife and mother, observed a 

circular object with a "dome-shaped" top. He observed it for forty-five minutes through binoculars. Many 

observers said they saw "flat objects" flying in a northerly direction on a line parallel to the ground.


On June 5, 1954, six mysterious flying objects were sighted over Port Townsend. The Air Force dispatched an 

F-86 all-weather jet interceptor plane, fully armed, to Port Townsend from Paine Air Force Base. The 

interceptor made no contact with the strange objects, however, and a negative report on the flight was filed. 

Jefferson County Sheriff Peter J. Naughton said he saw six yellowish objects "flying in echelon formation 

spaced about two-hundred feet apart". He estimated they were at an altitude of four-thousand to five-thousand 

feet and traveling at two-hundred fifty to three-hundred miles per hour. Naughton said he reported the objects 

to Indian Island, a Naval Base near Port Townsend. He said he watched the Saucers zoom through the skies 

for about twelve minutes before he went to the telephone. A short time later he received a telephone call from 

Seattle requesting him to go to the Port Townsend Airport and ground planes because "interceptors were 

coming in with live ammunition". 

The Flying Saucers returned on June 8, 1954 to amaze Seattle citizens. They appeared over many sections of 

the city about seven in the evening. Dozens of residents called the _Post-Intelligencer_ and the Police 

Department to report the objects. Fire-men stationed at the Fire Station at E. 45th St. and Brooklyn Ave. 

spotted about six of the shiny discs and promptly used binoculars to get a closer look. A Queen Anne resident, 

Mrs. Sylvia Knight, told police she and a "lot of other people" saw Saucers moving "very high in the sky and 

shining like silver". 

Sumner and Puyallup, Washington are three miles from each other and this area is eight miles southeast of 

Tacoma. Tacoma is thirty miles south of Seattle, Washington. Sumner and Puyallup are located on the middle 

fault line of the three major fault lines that converge at Seattle. Because of this fact, many strange and 

unbelievable things have been going on in this area, and they are still happening. 

David D. Bunker of Sumner, his brother Allen, his fiancee, his younger brother Steve, fellow workers from 

Boeing Aircraft Co., other relatives and friends have observed orange, red and green blinking lights in this 

same general area. Many of these lights are known to have come toward the State of Washington from the 

Pacific Ocean area. 

Some people have seen fast moving orange-red lights or "white globes", and others, such as David Bunker, 

have observed white or red lights that move slower and seem to be surveying in a particular area close to the 

ground. These lights blink, stop, then seem to flare up brightly at times. The May-June Washington sightings 

were concerned with actual Saucers, but some of the phenomena are connected with Type 2 "fireballs" and 

"projected intelligence" from highly advanced solar systems. 

On September 12, 1952, the following information was relayed to George Van Tassel at Giant Rock, 

California. "I am Ashtar. Our Center has requested that I advance to you mortal beings of Shan (Earth) the 

following information. Over your past several months our ventlas have discharged several thousand light 

beings in certain remote areas upon your planet. These individuals, serving the cause of Universal Law, are 

recording numerous occurrences taking place within the civilization of the people of Shan. It would be 

advisable to instruct any mortal being who by chance should approach any of our light intelligences to do so 

with a thought projection of peace, 'I am friendly'. Any approach in any other frame of thought will meet with 

instant defensive conditions. It is not our desire to injure anyone. Only under individual protective measures 

shall we do anything other than retreat. In the records obtained by these beings . . . we shall determine what 

action to take in the very near future. My love remains with you. I am Ashtar." 

This communication to Van Tassel shows the nature and purpose of the Washington "lights". Surveys are 

made constantly in remote areas of the Pacific Northwest because of the unstable and dangerous condition of 

the fault lines there. 

Many pilots from the Seattle-Tacoma Civilian Airport and pilots from McChord Air Force Base have reported 

strange UFO's. These objects have also appeared on radar in this area. The Derringer Power Plant in Summer 

has had a great deal of difficulty with its power operation, and employees from the plant have observed


strange flying lights while they have been working there. Saucers usually land in areas where interference 

with city electrical systems will be negligible. Because of their intensive study of this fault zone area, power 

systems are affected. 

In the Fall of 1953, David Bunker was awakened by the neighborhood dogs barking. Once awake, he saw that 

his entire room was filled with a strange, brilliant orange glow . . . it covered everything. He called his sister 

Lois and his brother Steve who also observed this phenomenon. David went downstairs and discovered that 

the whole house was filled with the glow. When he went out onto the front porch he noticed that this orange 

glow engulfed his house only. A neighbor looked out of his window and the light faded away. However, both 

David and the neighbor heard a humming sound similar to a sixty-cycle hum. 

On Sunday night, March 28, 1954, David, Steve, Lois, David's fiancee, and Lois' girl friend, were in David's 

car. They drove to a lonely uninhabited area off the road by the Puget Sound power line. David turned out the 

car lights and immediately saw a white glowing ball with a clearly defined edge about a mile and a half ahead 

of the car. It glided down, wobbling as it went, and apparently went into a group of trees. Then this light came 

from the tree area, traveled up through the valley, and approached the car. After several minutes, Steve said: 

"Who's that?" David and his fiancee saw the white globe in front of the car and to the left. When David turned 

on the car lights the globe disappeared. Later, Steve asked: "Did you see the man standing in front of the car?" 

Steve had seen a tall, well-built, broad-shouldered man standing exactly in the spot where David and his 

fiancee saw the white globe. Steve said the man had a glowing light all around him. 

On Saturday, July 3, 1954, at Midnight, David and his fiancee were out driving when they saw a white light 

drop out of the sky and go into some bushes next to the road. After the light entered the bushes it turned green 

and could be observed twinkling through the brush. David turned out the car lights, and shortly thereafter they 

saw a solid red ball of light come from the left and drop onto the ground about twenty feet in front of the car. 

David turned on the lights and a man was standing where the red light had hit the ground. The man was 

standing directly in front of the car and looked over his right shoulder. He was about six feet tall, wore a 

tight-fitting white shirt and some sort of a vest. He appeared to be about twenty-seven years old. He looked 

through the car, not at it! When David turned on the car motor, the man vanished. One moment he was there 

and the next moment he was gone. The green light in the brush had remained there, twinkling, as the red ball 

of light came down. 

On Monday, July 19, 1954, David was in his car and saw a white light moving in the sky. It came closer, got 

bigger, then seemed to fade out of sight. About five miles further down the road David noticed a terrible odor 

that filled the air around him. It was suffocating. It smelled like metal burning in acid and hydrogen sulfide. 

All of the foregoing is related to show that there is an intensive survey now being conducted in the State of 

Washington by the Confederation of Space Intelligences here in the name of the Infinite Father. And 

remember, Mount Rainier is only a short distance from Sumner and Puyallup--Mount Rainier, where Kenneth 

Arnold saw the nine Saucers on Tuesday, June 24, 1947. 

There have been sightings near Lancaster, New York that are identical with the strange happenings in 

Washington. Mr. and Mrs. Gerhard Koblich owned a fine farm near Lancaster, and several months ago 

unusual phenomena began to take place. They both saw many "flying lights", "white globes", "flying red 

stars", etc. Then, one night, as they were watching television in their living-room, a foggy-white beam of light 

shot through one of the windows. And looking in the window was the face of a man who appeared to be of a 

dark complexion. He couldn't have been over four or four and a half feet tall, because nothing could be 

observed but his neck and head. The face seemed to be in or with the beam. When they walked toward the 

window to get a better look, the face disappeared. Later, it would appear again. This happened many times, 

but they never saw footprints outside and no one was ever discovered on the farm although they searched 

everywhere.


One time, Mrs. Koblich was outside in her yard feeding her cats when a beam came from above and caught 

her in its three-foot wide path. There was nothing in the sky at the time--nothing but the beam of white light. 

This is another case of "projection" and since this area is close to two major fault lines a survey is being 

conducted there, also. 

Warren, Ohio is also in the area of two major fault lines and many unexplained things have been going on 

there. Many Saucers have been observed in the general area and have been reported by civilian and Air Force 

pilots. Saucers have landed and their occupants observed by several individuals. 

Many months ago, information was received that Martian scientists were planning to improve the condition of 

Earth's soil by impregnating it with certain highly-concentrated, organic material. When this program would 

be put into effect, and how, no one knew. 

February, 1954, saw the actual beginning of the new project. On February 4th, Mayor Ray Logan of Galena, 

Illinois said he was flooded with calls from persons who claimed they saw a long, brilliant red "telephone 

pole" fly over Galena a few nights before. The Mayor said it was only a typical Saturday night in Galena, 

meaning that the revelry wasn't so great that people were seeing things. 

The report in this Northern Illinois town near the Wisconsin border coincided with observations of a brilliant 

blue flash (also observed by Ray Palmer, of the Amherst Press, publishers of this book), believed caused by a 

meteor, over central Wisconsin. Witnesses said the pole was shaped something like a baseball bat and glided 

noiselessly along, not very high and not very fast. 

Mayor Logan said that very reputable and responsible persons first called him about the object, and that 

afterward, he received numerous reports from others in Galena and in communities to the north. "The 

descriptions given me were pretty much the same," Logan said. "I'm still getting calls." 

The police department said that a half dozen motorists reported that they nearly had accidents when they saw 

the pole pass low overhead. Mouths agape, they jammed on brakes. One motorist said he almost piled into a 

big truck when the driver abruptly stopped. Virginia Beadle, the local telephone operator, said she saw the 

object while on her way to work and it nearly frightened her to death. 

Later reports said the pole was green in color as it sailed northward, and Logan said he received re-ports from 

the north that it was blue over Wisconsin. It was undetermined, however, whether Wisconsin residents saw 

the pole or the blue flash of light reported by others. Dr. Bengt Stromgren, director of Yerkes Observatory at 

Williams Bay, Wisconsin, said he received a dozen reports of the flash from throughout central Wisconsin, 

but from all of information it appeared that the "flying phone pole" had merely been a _fireball!_ But it may 

be very significant that in both 1955 and 1956 Wisconsin led the nation in corn production per acre, although 

it is not a part of the famed "corn belt". 

The 'Red Spray Cases" mentioned by Maj Keyhoe are believed to be early experiments on the part of space 

intelligences to determine the best method of soil rejuvenation on our world. These cases happened back in 

the 1940's--the things came down to two-hundred feet and exploded. The green "fireballs" never came as 

close as these devices. The government listed this strange phenomena in its 1949 summaries as Case #225. 

One night, back in 1949, a strange reddish light was sighted at Albuquerque, New Mexico where they had 

been seeing the green "fireballs." The object came in at about five-hundred feet, then it suddenly dropped 

down to two-hundred feet and exploded in a red spray. A few people were frightened, but it wasn't directly 

over the city--it had exploded out of town toward the airport. This same thing happened on three other 

nights--the same place, and the same hour! 

Maj. Keyhoe believes the red spray devices were ranging bombs under remote control and is convinced that


the green "fireballs" are guided missiles. However, he says: "The tests began over four years ago; if an attack 

was all they had in mind, they'd have hit us long before this." That is true--this phenomena is of a more 

constructive nature. The nature and purpose of the green "fireballs" has already been given in this book, and 

the "Red Spray Bombs" were an early form of the "Red Flying Poles"--and both serve the purpose of soil 

rejuvenation. 

Because of the cosmic eruptions through which we are passing, the world's available humus supply is 

shrinking and there will be serious difficulties in growing enough food to prevent large-scale famines. This 

fact was stated recently by Prof. Vaino Auer of Finland's Helsinki University, one of the world's leading 

geographers. He also said that these eruptions (of which there have been six since 12,000 B.C.) take place at 

two-thousand year intervals and are marked by drastic changes in plant and animal life, long periods of 

drought, the rising of sea level, and the receding of forests, supplanted by desert or shrub. At present we are 

experiencing all of these phenomena. 

What is most alarming is the disappearance of bacteria, which is causing the recession of forests, death of 

plants, and the erosion of humus. Prof. Auer has warned of the dangers of extensive agriculture, noting that it 

takes nine-thousand years, more or less, for humus to be formed. It can be destroyed in a year or two! 

Space friends knew the Earth would be bombarded more and more with cosmic rays, and they knew this 

would begin to destroy humus-forming bacteria. Our government has now set up a Division of Radiation and 

Organisms to handle this growing problem. Since information on humus destruction is "Top Secret" no news 

is given out to the press or the public. The Division investigating the phenomena attributes the causes to 

"conventional" factors when questioned. Evidently they don't agree with Prof. Auer. They say: "Bacteria will 

grow anywhere where there is a suitable environment involving water, mineral nutrients, suitable organic 

matter and the proper temperature." This is true, but they don't mention the fact that increased cosmic ray 

bombardment is destroying the bacteria! 

The bacterial population of any region fluctuates greatly depending upon changes in the various factors listed 

above. And changes there are! The Division admits that in certain regions great changes are taking place, but 

they will not admit that there is a worldwide trend in regard to a disappearing bacterial population. They say 

the changes can be readily explained upon the basis of known physiological and agriculture phenomena. If 

this is true, why are scientists like Dr. Sitte and Prof. Auer so concerned? 

The Division further says that the principal factors causing the recession of forests are fire, the lumbering 

industries and the demand for increased agricultural lands. They say that this is a serious problem, but 

primarily a socio-economic one. There have been forest fires for thousands of years, and man has been 

extending his agricultural areas for hundreds of years and the lumbering industry isn't a particular threat to 

forests now. Authorities don't want information on increased cosmic ray activity to become generally known, 

so they "explain it away" as a socio-economic problem! 

The Space Confederation decided to do something about our depleted Earth and this is what they have said: 

"You have been hearing about strange 'Flying Telephone Poles' that are observed to come very close to your 

Earth. These strike the earth and will take care of a large area. They go into the ground and dissolve in the soil 

in about one hour. They do not look like shooting stars when they fall, but appear as a blue streak to the naked 

eye. Your beneficial bacteria are dying and these 'flying poles' are sent out by the scientific space laboratories 

to take care of you Western Hemisphere. In this area of your planet you will find that certain farmers are 

puzzled as to how the soil became so rich and at times there is evidence of a red dust. Many of these 'poles' 

are tube-like, pointed at both ends and usually six feet long by twelve inches in diameter, although they can be 

much larger. The tubes contain rich, concentrated organic soil material from our own gardens and canals on 

Mars. They are full of vital, healthy, organic elements that will correct your increasing problem of humus 

destruction. The soil will be supplied with nitrogen. Look on some of your land; it will take on a reddish color 

in the sunlight--remember, Mars is known as the Red Planet!"


Certain bacteria produce enzymes which accelerate the decomposition of organic wastes such as proteins and 

certain other nitrogenous compounds producing nitrogen compounds in a form that can be used by plants. 

Nitrogen is one of the constituents of protein and thus a requirement of all plants and animals. 

Certain bacteria take free nitrogen from the atmosphere and convert it by various methods to nitrogen 

compounds that are in such form that plants and animals can use it. Atmospheric nitrogen, however, is not 

available to plant and animal life--so without the services of bacteria in decomposition of organic wastes via 

the enzymes they produce, or conversion of free atmospheric nitrogen to nitrogenous compounds available to 

plants, there can be no life and the partially decomposed organic material known as humus that we already 

have is left to erosion for lack of plant life to hold it in place! 

The early "spray" devices did not prove effective, so the "pole" or "tube" devices were designed which would 

enter the soil directly instead of just being sprayed over the surface. The many cases of "red snow" or "red 

dust" reported in Europe and the United States are due to the rejuvenation experiments by space intelligences. 

"Red snow" spread dust over the Minneapolis area so thickly that many tons were dropped upon each square 

mile of territory. A minimum of seventy-five tons of red dust fell on the basic Twin City area of one-thousand 

five-hundred square miles. One sample collected on the University of Minnesota campus showed the 

equivalent of 128.8 tons per square mile. 

Several farmers have been interviewed who say that something is happening to the soil that they cannot 

explain. In certain areas its richness has increased unbelievably. 

So bacteria are now dying at a rapid rate because of cosmic eruptions. Because of this vital nitrogen 

compounds are not produced and the nitrogen cycle essential to all life is violently disturbed. Space scientists 

are correcting that condition on Earth by sending highly concentrated organic material impregnated with the 

necessary bacteria, and this will replenish the depleted Earth supply. They say they are doing this in the 

Western Hemisphere because the land of the New Age is in the West. 

Remote control bombs? Guided missiles? A thousand times no! Friends from outer space are saving our food 

supply by soil rejuvenation and thereby they save a race! 

In _The Saucers Speak!_ space visitors spoke of a "dark moon", or "second moon" of Earth. They called this 

second satellite "Fowser". Now scientists claim they believe our planet may indeed have an extra moon, in 

fact, there may be several moons that are unknown at present. The government has known about the existence 

of extra satellites for some time but they are now breaking the news "gently" to the public. Many new 

discoveries are not being revealed as yet. For instance, the speed record in aircraft is far in excess of what they 

claim--and what about experiments on magnetic flight or the space station? Is an artificial earth satellite now 

being constructed at a base in California? 

In July, 1954, .the planet Mars came closer to Earth than it had in fifteen years. It was forty-million miles 

away, and scientists had another look. 

During the early part of 1954, the "Mars Committee" representing leading observatories and universities met 

in Washington. Although Venus is closer to Earth than Mars, the latter is more easily observed. Most 

astronomers agree that there is something extraordinary on the surface of Mars. Dr. H. Percy Wilkins, fellow 

Royal Astronomical Society and world authority on the Moon, recently announced that the Martian "canals" 

have been seen by astronomers this year and that he, himself, saw the "canals" distinctly when he used the 

sixty-inch reflector at Mt. Wilson. 

The "Mars Committee" may be used by the government to announce to the world that there really is life on 

Mars! Once people get over the shock that they are not alone in the Universe perhaps they can take the bigger 

announcement of the nature of the Saucers.


Astronomer Clyde Tombaugh, who discovered the planet Pluto in 1930, has been looking for nearer and more 

elusive objects. Extra Earth satellites. Dr. Tombaugh has refused to give many details and refers questioners 

to Army Ordnance in Washington. He says the fact that other Earth moons have not been discovered yet does 

not mean that they do not exist. Remember From The Earth To The Moon, by Jules Verne? In this book a 

small satellite of the Earth disturbed the course of the space ship and almost kept it from returning to Earth. 

A small satellite close to the Earth would be hard to spot. It might circle near the equator, invisible to most of 

the world's observatories. In any case, it would spend nearly half its time in the shadow of the Earth, where it 

would be invisible. Most of the rest of the time it would be passing over the sunlit Earth, and would look no 

brighter at best than a tiny fragment of the Moon as seen by day. The best time to look for a small satellite 

would be at dawn or dusk, when it would be shining brightly above the dim-lit Earth. 

A satellite near the Earth would have to move very fast to keep itself out of the clutches of Earth's gravitation, 

and its speed would make it doubly hard to spot. Thousands of small areas in the sky must be examined and 

completion of such a search could take years. Dr. Tombaugh is now trying to discover what space 

intelligences said was true many long months ago! 

Nothing "official" has been released announcing discovery of the "dark moon" of Earth, but other information 

equally, if not more important has been reported. Nearly two years ago, Frank Edwards, radio commentator, 

first reported Mt. Palo-mar's discovery of "two unknown objects of unique character". Sir Edward Appleton, 

famous British radio-physicist said: "These two unknown objects are discoveries of great astronomical 

interest." 

On March 12, 1954, Frank Edwards again revealed official concern over the two "objects" which lie in the 

orbit between Earth and Mars. These objects recently confirmed by radio-telescope were not seen prior to 

1877. Scientists at White Sands, New Mexico are examining the evidence. 

On August 22, 1952 our research group in Northern Arizona was informed by space friends that Lowell 

Observatory was conducting highly secret investigation with the aid of new electronic devices. We knew that 

expensive equipment had been installed on Mars Hill near Flagstaff, Arizona and the building housing the 

equipment was surrounded by a high fence and was guarded by large dogs. The Santa Fe Railroad was 

informed that if its radio equipment in the vicinity interfered with the electronic investigation some changes 

would have to be made. The two artificial satellites, or space stations, were tracked by the new equipment at 

Lowell. 

In August, 1954, Aviation Week magazine reported that the two objects were meteors, and insisted that Dr. 

Lincoln La Paz helped identify them as natural rather than man-made. Dr. La Paz attacked the magazine's 

reference to him, but acknowledged the search for nearby satellites. He also said: "The report is false in every 

particular insofar as reference to me is concerned." 

Two artificial objects are known to be circling the Earth at four-hundred and six-hundred miles out in space. 

The Russians haven't beaten the United States to space operations and the objects aren't natural meteors. Van 

Tassel and others reported their existence several years ago. 

For years, astronomers have observed fantastic sights on our Moon. Dr. F. B. Harris on January 27, 1912 saw 

what he reported as an "intensely black object" whose size he estimated at fifty by two-hundred fifty miles. 

Almost two-hundred years ago Sir John Herschel reported a dozen or more very bright lights on the Moon 

during eclipses. He thought they were active volcanoes, but he was very puzzled by some that appeared to be 

above the Moon. 

A bright light in the Crater Aristarchus and one at the eastern base of the lunar Alps have been seen frequently 

for more than one hundred years. The whole plain of Mare Crisium puts on a spectacle of dots and streaks of


light once in awhile. Messier blazes up with two bright lines separated by a very dark band dotted with 

luminous points. Exodus and Aristarchus have displayed long lines of light "like luminous cable or shining 

wall" and moving lights have been frequently seen. 

Strings of moving lights have been observed in Plato and in 1869 thirty bright lights appeared on the crater 

floor all at once. They rapidly sorted themselves into groups--some would blaze simultaneously, at the same 

moment other groups faded to a dull glow. This continued in a symphony of lights, as if they were all 

manipulated from a master keyboard. This was so sensational that the Royal Society instituted a group 

observation. The display died out in April, 1871 and the group had recorded one-thousand six-hundred 

observations and drew thirty-seven graphs of the light fluctuations. 

Lights around the Moon's rim are often seen during eclipses, as are squadrons of bright and dark bodies 

maneuvering in the lunar sky. During the eclipse of November 16, 1910, a bright light shone on the Moon and 

observatories at two widely-separated points saw a ball of light shoot out from the disc. C. Stanley Ogilvy of 

Trinity College admits that lights have been seen around the Moon. Recently, Mount Piton, in the northern 

section of Mare Imbrium has sent out beacon-like beams of light--some mighty strange things are happening 

on Luna. 

Van Tassel says the Crater Tycho is the location of one of the largest underground cities on the Moon. The 

population of Tycho numbers several hundred thousand and the city is built on many levels or stories. The 

bright spot in the Crater Aristarchus is the lens which provides power, light and other utilities for the oldest 

lunar underground city. 

Karl G. Jansky of Bell Telephone Laboratories, was the first man to detect radio signals originating from the 

Moon. Whereas radio signals originating from the Earth would be detected as coming from above the Earth's 

surface, the Moon signals have been detected as originating from beneath the surface of the Moon. This 

confirms the statement of Van Tassel that inhabitants of the Moon live underground in craters. 

Many thousands of years ago, the Moon had an indigenous population. Then there were long periods when 

our satellite was nearly lifeless. Several hundred years ago, intelligences from outer space migrated to Luna 

and are the "little people" mentioned in Behind The Flying Saucers, by Frank Scully. There was a suggestion 

in his book that the "little men" might come from Venus, but their home base is the Moon. Also, the small 

occupants of the Saucer that landed on Helgoland Island in the North Sea off the German coast originated 

from our satellite. These "little people" are similar to the Martian in advancement, being twenty-five or thirty 

thousand years ahead of us at the present time. 

The Harvesters have their own system of color identification. The code consists of various geometric shapes 

and certain colors; the meaning of each follows: 

_FORM_: _COLOR_: _INTERPRETATION_: Square White Spiritually perfect man. Â Â Â " Yellow 

Protect man. Â Â Â " Orange Serve man. Â Â Â " Red Strengthen man. Â Â Â " Violet Understand and teach 

man. Â Â Â " Blue You are of Man, Nature of Being. Â Â Â " Green Be at peace with man. Â Â Â " Brown 

Comfort man. Â Â Â " Gray Do not afflict man. Â Â Â " Black Do not destroy man. Circle White Spiritually 

perfect the body. Â Â Â " Yellow Protect the body. Â Â Â " Orange Serve the body. Â Â Â " Red Strengthen 

the body. Â Â Â " Violet Understand and teach the body. Â Â Â " Blue You are of Christ--The Being. 

Â Â Â " Green Be at peace with the body. Â Â Â " Brown Comfort the body. Â Â Â " Gray Do not afflict the 

body. Â Â Â " Black Do not destroy the body. Star (Five Points) White Spiritually perfect the mind. Â Â Â " 

Yellow Protect the mind. Â Â Â " Orange Serve the mind. Â Â Â " Red Strengthen the mind. Â Â Â " Violet 

Understand and teach the mind. Â Â Â " Blue You are of the Holy Ghost--Understanding of Being. Â Â Â " 

Green Be at peace with the mind. Â Â Â " Brown Comfort the mind. Â Â Â " Gray Do not afflict the mind. 

Â Â Â " Black Do not destroy the mind. Triangle White Spiritually perfect the soul. Â Â Â " Yellow Protect 

the soul. Â Â Â " Orange Serve the soul. Â Â Â " Red Strengthen the soul. Â Â Â " Violet Understand the


soul. Â Â Â " Blue You are of God--Spirit of Being. Â Â Â " Green Be at peace with the soul. Â Â Â " 

Brown Comfort the soul. Â Â Â " Gray Do not afflict the soul. Â Â Â " Black Do not destroy the soul. 

The above information was received from a research group in a large city in the midwest. Color is used 

extensively by space visitors for identification and communication purposes. The "lamps" mentioned by 

Ezekiel and by Herr Linke in Germany are used so that when the occupants of a Saucer are separated from 

each other after leaving their craft, they can immediately look at the color flashing from the other man's 

"lamp" on his chest and know at once what he is thinking. This is telepathy helped along by mechanical 

ingenuity. Their mental vibrations or emanations show up as various colors in the "lamp". 

Two Soviet astronomers recently announced that the Earth has a fiery tail! Nature, official journal of the 

British Association for the Advancement of Science points out that the scientists are thoroughly reliable and 

have had exceptional opportunities for observation from the central Asian desert. The two astronomers, 

Fesenkov and Astapovich, were making a study of the "Gegenschein," a glow seen occasionally in the sky just 

opposite the Sun two or three hours before sunrise or after sunset. They concluded that this glow is a tenuous 

film of gas in the form of a hollow sleeve pulled off from the extreme upper atmosphere on the twilight side 

of Earth--much the same phenomenon as the tail of a comet. 

They have now observed a broad pyramid of fainter luminescence connecting the "Gegenschein" with the 

horizon, and confined to the western side of the night sky. Before, this luminosity was believed to be a 

concentration of gas particles moving around the Sun like a minor planet. But now the Russians have 

discovered it is not beyond the atmosphere but continuous with it. Thus it makes a tail extending outward into 

space for about one-hundred sixty-thousand miles! 

The "Gegenschein," or counterglow was first recorded in 1855 and seems to be associated in origin with the 

zodiacal light. In the tropics this zodiacal light is visible throughout the year, both morning and evening, and 

in especially clear skies it has been traced as a narrow zodiacal band completely around the ecliptic. 

Van Tassel at Giant Rock received the following: "There are many things going on unknown and unseen by 

you. One of these conditions is the condensation of a ring around Earth at the equator line. This ring has 

always been there unknown to your men of science. It is similar to the visible rings of the planet Saturn. In our 

terms, this is known as the "Arch of the Firmament". 

Therefore, the Earth doesn't have a tail, but it has _rings!_ From various locations on the surface of Earth the 

ring or arch system would appear as a tail for only part of the equatorial arch could be viewed at any one time. 

This is why the zodiacal light is visible throughout the year in the tropics. 

Again, Van Tassel's communication says: "As this ring will soon be discovered by your science, they will 

then comprehend more about light energy. This ring maintains balanced interchange of power through the 

crust and atmosphere of Earth, and all planets that revolve. It is the prime cause of vortices turning clockwise 

in the northern hemisphere and counter-clockwise in the southern hemisphere. You will discover that vines 

climb in spirals in the same direction or rotation, opposite to each other in the different hemispheres. The 

condensation of the ring will bring about stabilization of Earth and cause the end of your seasons. Scientists 

will register this as a natural occurrence but let me inform you, that many thousands of beings trained in the 

control of vortice condensation are working diligently on a long, hard assignment to bring this condition 

about. A thousand years from now, one may look at the Earth from other planets and see rings similar to those 

surrounding Saturn." 

Of course, this ring was discovered when Fesenkov and Astapovich observed a broad pyramid of fainter 

luminescence connecting the "Gegenschein" with the horizon. It will become more visible to the unaided eye 

as time goes on. Needless to say, the rings of Saturn are not "moonlets" or "swarms of meteors". The 

Resonating Electro-Magnetic Field of Saturn is very intense. This is evidenced by the fact that Saturn has the


greatest oblateness (flattened at the poles) among the planets in our Solar System. Because of the considerable 

oblateness of the planet, the cleavage layer of its magnetic field shows up as three concentric rings in the 

plane of its equator. The inner parts of the rings revolve faster than the outer parts. This tends to prove the fact 

that Saturn is operating in a vortex. The outer parts of the ring system move westward across the Saturnian 

sky; but a considerable part of the bright ring, and all of the crape ring rise in the west and set in the east as 

seen from the surface of Saturn, duplicating the behavior of Phobos in the Martian sky. The rings are 

designated by name and letter as follows: the outer rings (A), the bright ring (B), and the "crape" ring (C). The 

rings A and C are transparent. Observers have watched the rings pass over stars without entirely hiding them. 

The ring system of Saturn is similar to the "rings" mentioned by George Adamski in Flying Saucers Have 

Landed. "As the ship started moving, I (Adamski) noticed two rings under the flange and a third around the 

centre disk. This inner ring and the outer one appeared to be revolving clockwise, while the ring between 

these two moved in a counter clockwise motion." 

Some people wonder if our government is attempting contact with Saucers. They have already had contact, 

but they are still working at it as evidenced by the fact that at Edwards Air Base in California there is a highly 

secret operation known as Project NQ-707. This project and its personnel is concerned with nothing but 

radio-telegraphic contact with Saucers. They have been successful in their work and have attempted to get the 

Saucers to land at a rendezvous point near Salton Sea in Southern California. Warner Peak, of volcanic origin, 

is very close to this area and because of a deep crater would be excellent for Saucer landings. In fact, it is 

reliably reported that many such craft have used this extinct crater in recent months. It was near Desert Center, 

California that contact was made with a Venusian on November 20, 1952, and this area is also near the Salton 

Sea rendezvous point. 

Many people are "fed-up" with the numerous space stories found in comic books, pocket books and pulp 

magazines--heard over the radio, seen on television and in the movies. But this is all part of the plan on the 

part of the Confederation. That's why science fiction has gained in popularity in the past few years. Why did 

the younger generation suddenly drop "cowboys and injuns" and turn to "spacemen and Saucers"? The answer 

is obvious--The Wanderers have infiltrated the writing profession! 

Some sincere individuals say: "But those awful space programs are ruining our children!" On the contrary, 

"those awful space programs" are indoctrinating the children for the biggest event in history. People object 

because the space heroes invariably carry "ray pistols" or "disintegrating guns" and wear the familiar 

"inverted fishbowl" or "space helmet". 

The guns and the helmet are absolutely necessary, for without these symbols the TV spaceman would be as 

undressed as "Hoppy" without his trusty pistol and his western boots. Another example is that all children 

today are crazy about "space suits" which can be purchased quite reasonably or even improvised--which 

reminds me of a boy belonging to a friend of mine . . . this potential "spaceman" stole the plastic cover off the 

toaster and calmly put it over his head. He wasn't going to be outdone by the neighbor kids; not by a long 

shot! 

One excellent space program on television in Los Angeles, California, starts its daily excitement by first 

showing a Flying Saucer going through black, interstellar space pinpointed with a million stars--and a voice 

says: "Commander Comet--the first man to come from another planet to prove to Earth-men that brotherhood 

is found throughout the Universe!" Did you notice that the voice said MAN? Because of this program, 

children are being shown that ordinary men occupy the Saucers, not jelly monsters or vegetable 

Frankensteins! Furthermore, they are shown that the guy in the Saucer is their friend, he hasn't come to invade 

the Earth, but upon his arrival he organizes a bunch of kids into "Space Scouts" and they assist him as he takes 

on the role of "Superman" and cleans up the Earth making it a fit place for decent people to live in. Do you 

still say these programs are "awful"?


When the Saucers land by the thousands, the children will be knocking at the Saucer pilot's "door" saying: 

"Let me in--I'm a Space Scout!" Children are very receptive to indoctrination by space visitors. Take the case 

of ten year old Jamie who looked up at his grandmother and said, "Tell you what, Gram: You help me with 

my arithmetic and I'll explain to you all about the sound barrier and space people." 

In _The Saucers Speak!_ Ponnar said: "There are now many young people in your world who understand our 

message. They will accept it quickly for they are of the New Age. The Great Awakening is here." 

Recently a serial story appeared in a leading magazine for boys and girls. It was called, Jonny And The Boy 

From Space. John Jenks was the nine-year old son of a scientist who lived on a farm in the northern part of 

New Jersey. Jonny had the amazing experience of talking with a man who came to Earth in a Flying Saucer 

space ship. The man from space Jonny called "the man from Out There" and this man had left a space-o-tron 

with Jonny. Possession of this scientific toy enabled the boy to communicate with the space man by means of 

thought waves. The spaceman finally brought his young son to Earth to be Jonny's playmate for awhile. 

The space-o-tron was a little marsquartz ball that responded to telepathic commands! This object is very 

similar, indeed, to the Type 2 "fireball". 

"The marsquartz ball moved through the air like a gleam of light. It tapped gently against the sleeve of Mr. 

Murphy's sport shirt and then followed Jonny's mental command back to its place under the pillow." 

There is always enough truth in these stories so that they can be detected as being inspired by the space 

intelligences. Children learn that there are human beings on other worlds and that an Earth boy or a boy from 

Out There are just about the same--a boy is a boy no matter where you find him. 

Some day, when Saucers land, and adults are afraid to venture too close, thousands of children will be the first 

officially to welcome space visitors to Earth, for "a little child shall lead them". 

In Gnani Yoga, by Yogi Ramacharaka, we read: "The Universe contains many worlds for the Soul to inhabit, 

and then after it has passed on to other Universes, there will still be Infinitude before it. There are now in 

existence, on planes infinitely higher than your own, intelligences of transcendent glory and magnificence, but 

they were once Men even as you are today." 

There is no limit to Man's progression toward All Perfection! "The Yogi Philosophy teaches that Man will 

live forever, ascending from higher to higher planes, and then on and on and on. As we progress on to higher 

planes of life, we shall incarnate in bodies far more ethereal than those now used by us, just as in the past we 

used bodies almost incredibly grosser and coarser than those we call our own to-day." 

Saucer intelligences are human beings, only they have progressed to other "grandeurs", and they still have a 

long way to go as we do. These intelligences tell us we are all "Sons of God" and that planets were created to 

be the abode of Man--the human form and the human race is Universal! These wonderful brothers and sisters 

tell us what we have hoped was true before the dawn of history, that life is eternal. We are all immortal 

beings. What could be more significant? 

These space people are offering their brothers of Earth wonderful, eternal gifts of great value. Let us in all 

humbleness accept what they have to offer, and thank our Infinite Father for sending them to us at this time. 

The time is short; we have but a little while to choose them, for it is written: "The harvest shall be removed in 

the day of inheritance, and there shall be deadly sorrow." (Isaiah 17:11). 

To sum up just what Flying Saucers are, we would say that they are mechanical devices intelligently 

controlled by men like ourselves. These men originate from many planets and planes and although they are 

different from one another in spiritual evolvement, they are banded together in an Interplanetary Brotherhood


or Confederation of Solar Systems in this area of the Universe. The purpose of this organization is to aid their 

brother-man on the planet Earth as the New Age dawns. The Saucers constitute the "Host" which is the 

forerunner of the promised "Second Coming" of the Elder Brother. The ORIGIN of the Saucers, however, is 

not the important consideration--but their MISSION is! 

Man on Earth is still a child that wants to tear everything apart to see "what makes it tick". Since the 

appearance of Saucers his interest in the dissection or microscopic investigation of a beetle or a leaf has 

violently swung to the examination of the heavens and he is aflame with desire to know what the Saucers and 

their occupants are made of (if anything). Only recently has there been evidenced a great interest in the 

purpose or mission of the space visitors. 

People are saying: "It's nice to meet a Venusian on the desert, and it's thrilling to speak to Saucers via 

shortwave--but now that the contact novelty has worn off what does it all add up to? The people of Earth are 

starving for Truth and if our brothers coming here in space ships can supply us with Truth we want to know 

about it. How can those of us desiring the Light help?" 

Needless to say, scientific facts are not going to satisfy Man's deeper longings. The important message that 

should be heralded from the housetops is: This is the hour of crisis on the planet Earth, and HELP HAS 

COME FROM OUTER SPACE to usher man into a millennium of peace, health, and abundant joy. Let's not 

worry about the atomic structure of these people bringing the help, but let's realize that they are here and they 

are not going away. 

At the present time it is urgent to "feed the sheep in the Master's flock for the night cometh". Truth-hungry 

souls want knowledge that will enable them to have the courage and faith to endure the coming world 

changes. Details of Saucer construction or the analysis of sedimentary rock from Pluto will not give spiritual 

nourishment that is vital during this stage of transition into a totally new era. 

Recorded history proves that we go through stages of spiritual advancement and then scientific or technical 

advancement. Unfortunately, the technical side of the matter has far outstripped the spiritual side. The result is 

our present state of affairs. Now man on Earth must balance the unstable condition and his spiritual 

evolvement must "catch up" so to speak with his ability in mechanics and technology. When a balance is 

reached, Earthmen can again settle down to the analysis of the Universe--this time in the light of great 

revelations brought to us by our space friends. 

The Harvesters are to be The reapers in the time of harvest. "Let both grow together until the harvest: and in 

the time of harvest I will say to the reapers, Gather ye together first the tares, and bind them in bundles to burn 

them: but gather the wheat into my barn." (St. Matthew 13:30). 

The tares will be those individuals who don't survive to live in the New Age on Earth. The wheat that is 

gathered is The Remnant that is spoken of at the end of this book. 

Christ said: "He that soweth the good seed is the Son of man; The field is the world; the good seed are the 

children of the kingdom; but the tares are the children of the wicked one; The enemy that sowed them is the 

devil; the harvest is the end of the world; and the reapers are the angels. As therefore the tares are gathered 

and burned in the fire; so shall it be in the end of this world. The Son of man shall send forth his angels, and 

they shall gather out of his kingdom all things that offend, and them which do iniquity; and shall cast them 

into a furnace of fire: there shall be wailing and gnashing of teeth. Then shall the righteous shine forth as the 

sun in the kingdom of their Father. Who hath ears to hear, let him hear." (St. Matthew 13:37-43). 

Space intelligences have said that a separation was now in progress: "the black from the white (not referring 

to races)" and the "sheep from the goats".


In The Impending Golden Age, published by Sanctilean University, we read: "The physical humanity of Earth 

at this time is almost unconsciously in the process of segregation into two groups. These are the Slow 

Incubatives and Advanced Incubatives. The segregation is in terms of purity of living, chastity, nonresistance 

to evil, and conformity with the verities, principles and laws of cosmic actuality." 

"And I looked, and behold a white cloud, and upon the cloud one sat like unto the Son of man, having on his 

head a golden crown, and in his hand a sharp sickle. And another angel came out of the temple, crying with a 

loud voice to him that sat on the cloud, Thrust in thy sickle, and reap; for the harvest of the earth is ripe. And 

he that sat on the cloud thrust in his sickle on the earth; and the earth was reaped." (Revelation 14:14-16). 

The Harvesters will soon thrust in their sickles and the earth shall be reaped as it is written. 

In the Golden Scripts, The Harvesters are called the Sons of Light. "The Sons of Light array themselves at my 

bidding: they go forth in the world and make it beautiful: They are a goodly company indeed, but not the 

Goodly Company that findeth me through suffering. The Sons of Light are of the Host; they are a creation of 

the Father for a purpose; men call them angels." (G. S. 209:1-3). 

This means that the Goodly Company is composed of those who have incarnated on Earth over and over 

again--in other words, The Wanderers. The Saucer intelligences or the Sons of Light are a goodly company, 

but they have not performed their duties through suffering on the Earth planet as the Knights of the Solar 

Cross or Wanderers have done. These latter servants are also Harvesters in that they aid the space visitors in 

the "reaping of the harvest". 

The Elder Brother says: "They (Sons of Light) are endowed with infallible powers in Matter, in that Matter 

obeyeth them; Matter is their servant: they have dominion over it. They know neither time nor space but 

transfer themselves from planet unto planet in the twinkling of an eye. They come and go upon the Father's 

business: great is their joy therein: they are pure in heart and beauteous of mien. They seek to do the Father's 

will, and in that they seek, they do find life wondrous." (G. S. 209:6-9). 

"He that gathereth in summer is a wise son: but he that sleepeth in harvest is a son that causeth shame." 

(Proverbs 10:5). 

"The harvest is past, the summer is ended, and we are not saved." (Jeremiah 8:20). 

No man on Earth will want to be "he that sleepeth" during the harvest when The Remnant shall be saved. Who 

on Earth thinks he will be among those to say: "The harvest is past, and I am not saved?" 

But all men will not be saved, for only a few shall remain. Where there are now thousands there will only be 

tens. Heed The Harvesters as they raise their voices in unison saying: "Go, and tell this people, Hear ye 

indeed, but understand not; and see ye indeed, but perceive not." (Isaiah 6:9). 

People of Earth! "See with thine eyes, hear with thine ears, and understand with thy heart." 

Footnotes 

302:* The matter itself is above, beyond, and beneath both the wavicular and corpuscular (particle) forms. 

302:** Wavicular means Temporal: for the moment; and particle (corpuscular) means the Timeless because it 

deposits, and because the corpuscular content is positive . . . it doesn't move. 

302:*** This spotlight of consciousness is a sunlight by itself.


302:**** The copper results are related to the field of the multiple dimension. 

302:***** Ideas incorporated from Beyond Grandeur. 


THE AGENTS 

Will everyone be contacted by space visitors? This question is often asked, as well as: "Why are some people 

contacted by the Saucer occupants and others not?" 

These are good questions and deserve serious attention. Certain individuals are acting as Agents for space 

visitors, and may well have volunteered for this duty before taking up their present incarnation! 

However, these Agents are not Wanderers. The latter belong to other worlds, whereas the Agents belong to 

Earth. The Wanderers bring the message of their people--the space people; the Agents carry the message of 

their people--the Earth people. 

People of other worlds live among us and work among us unknown, but certain inhabitants of Earth are being 

contacted by Saucers--therefore, what is their mission? I remember what a radio operator who made contact 

via radiotelegraphy said: "Why should spacemen be interested in me; I'm a nobody, why don't they contact 

our great scientists and government heads?" I answered him by saying: "How do you know the so-called great 

haven't been contacted?" 

This radio operator forgets that the space intelligences know more about him than he knows about himself. 

They have access to his complete record. And that means they know his attainments, his failures, his desires, 

his love and hate, his tenderness and cruelty. They know what they can and cannot expect of him. The 

individuals we call "great" in our present civilization may not be "great" at all in the light of their eternal 

record. 

Space friends have said that high military rank; material wealth; talent; good-looks; social prestige, etc. are 

not prerequisites to being contacted by them. Some individuals who are considered by society to be "sinners" 

are not seen in that light at all by space visitors. "Sins" are offenses of social dictation and what may be a "sin" 

today may not be considered a "sin" tomorrow. If space visitors were here to contact only those who were 

"pure of heart" or those who diligently went to vespers or followed one-hundred percent the dictates of the 

church, they wouldn't find many people ready! 

They say that the important thing is that we desire Light itself; and as we stand in that Light, drawing it to us, 

we attract these space friends. They will contact those who choose them only; and The Agents will be used to 

bridge the gap between the two divisions of outer space and the Earth. If one is more desirous of helping 

suffering humanity than of worldly fame or gain, then one is a good candidate for space intelligence contact. 

It matters not if a man gets up from the lowest depths of human degradation and decides to follow the Great 

Path to Truth. He may not be as advanced as other souls, but that first step is the important step! He has 

decided to put on the Mantle of Seeking, and although he will suffer and die many times for the lesson, he 

does not hesitate in his decision--he has made that first step! 

The space people who represent a higher authority have very well made plans and eventually every man, 

woman and child will have an opportunity to meet the visitors.


If we went to another planet we would first monitor the radio broadcasts if the people had advanced that far, 

and we would learn the language and code systems. Later, if we deemed it wise, we would contact individuals 

of that planet who were concerned with communications. A close friend of mine who is in the field of radio 

broadcasting, and at the present time employed by a well-known western radio station, wrote to me recently. 

Here is a significant part of his letter: 

"I am doing a shift Saturday afternoons and nights, and Sunday mornings. I naturally open up and I am alone 

in the studio until about eleven in the morning. Well, last Sunday, I signed on at eight o'clock. After 

identification, with good mornings, etc., I logged a program called "Music For Sunday" from 8:05 a.m. After 

my opening theme on a 78 RPM disk, a short introduction, I faded out the theme and on another turn-table 

faded in a 12â€ 33â…“ RPM of Mantovani's Victor Herbert Concert. I still had my head-phones on because I 

was busy logging meter readings, etc. 

"At about 8:15 a.m., over the music, faintly, I heard the following: 'All is well, all is well, all is well . . . soon, 

soon, soon, brother, brother . . . all is well, all is well.' Needless to say, I was at first startled. I left the control 

room and started searching the entire studio to see if there was an open mike or if there was somebody around, 

checked to see if one of the several radios around the station was feeding back some other program, even went 

to the door to see if my car radio was playing. Everything checked out, and I returned to the control room and 

listened to the head-phones and again, faintly, I heard: "All is well . . . brother, brother, soon.' 

"I thought maybe I was crazy, so I called several friends on the phone that I knew were listening to their 

radios and asked them if they had heard anything unusual along with the music. They all said, 'No!' Then I 

quickly grabbed the tape recorder and set it up in another studio, checked to make sure I had it hooked up 

O.K., and recorded the following: 'I am ------ ----------, today is Sunday, January 24, 1954, I am at the studio 

on duty, Radio Station ----------. During the program (see our log) I heard a voice over my head-phone-set at 

approximately 8:15 a.m. and again at 8:21 a.m. It did not go over the air to other listeners. I checked all 

possible sources for feed backs and there were none; no other person within one-half mile of me. I will 

attempt to record the voice I just heard after station break and the start of the next, a recorded, 

"I then went back to the control room and made the station break, introduced and announced a fifteen-minute 

newscast, and at 8:45 a.m. started another fifteen-minute transcription which was a musical program. With an 

extension running from the control board, I took the head-phones to the other studio where I had the recorder 

set up. Then I listened to the program with the head-phones. At 8:50 a.m. I could hear the voice very faintly 

again and I brought the head-phones directly to the mike on the recorder and kept it there until 8:57 a.m. 

"The rest of the morning I heard no more voices over the head-set. At my first opportunity, I played back the 

tape that I had made--and I got the whole thing! But, a half hour later when I went to play it again--only my 

voice was heard! The other voice simply didn't come through; and get this: _Neither did the music!_Â 

"Now . . . before I left the studio at 1:30 p.m., I made a tape of commentary on world events to be played over 

the air at 3:00 p.m. the same day. It's a fifteen-minute commentary, mostly features that come over the AP 

teletype, which I edit and announce. On this tape, I talked for about five minutes on world affairs and then I 

related my experiences of that morning with the voices; this took up the next three minutes. Then I finished if 

off with Washington news. 

"After making this tape, I took it to our auditioning studio and played it back for a check--and it was all there. 

However, and get this, when the tape came on the air at 3:00 p.m., my glorious voice came out with the world 

affairs, then there was about three minutes of absolute silence, followed by my Washington news! The rest of 

the gang saved that tape for me and I played it again the next morning. It was complete excepting my full 

account of Sunday morning's experience with the voices. Three minutes and twenty seconds of total silence in 

the middle of that tape!


"At first, I thought it might be some electronic error, that I was maybe picking up some 'ham' or something 

else; but after that series of strange happenings, I am of the firm belief that it was no 'ham' nor was it 

coincidence! What do you think?" 

This young man is very interested in the Saucer phenomena. He and his good wife, only a few months ago, 

were "social climbers"; they thought the main goal in life was to own a "Cad", a diamond as big as an 

ice-cube, and eat caviar and hob-nob with the "best people". Lately, they have changed their minds. They 

realize that to help their fellowman means more than those material items. They have earnestly desired to have 

contact in some way with space intelligences. The answer to my friend's question, "What do you think?" is 

obvious. 

The Agents are found in all walks of life and in all age groups. Sometimes they can be detected by the strange, 

far-away, glassy look in their eyes. Sometimes a muscle in their neck "throbs" or "jumps" spasmodically. This 

indicates that the individual is 

"under control" by space intelligences and at that time will be issued telepathic instructions. Some may say 

that this "control" takes away the free will of a man. However, this is not the case, since The Agents had free 

will before they volunteered for this duty. Once having volunteered, they set the course of their future; they 

were willing to be used as an instrument, and used they are. It is their duty to introduce certain people to each 

other, to be at certain lectures or meetings, to ask leading questions, to gather small groups around them, to 

give needed addresses, books, reports, etc. to those requiring them, etc. 

The Agents are contacted through car radios, FM-radio, "ham" sets, AM-radio, portable radios, and, of course, 

by telepathy. And some are contacted by visual observation of spacecraft. Space friends have said: "Show us 

when you are ready to venture." An Agent merely has to show his desire to venture daringly into the New 

Order of things and his duties will begin at once! 

Sanctilean University is speaking of Agents in The Impending Golden Age, when it says: "Many persons who 

regret the evil conditions now prevailing throughout the world, and their inability to do anything about them, 

have been placed in physical embodiment at this time as selected Students of Life." 

The Agents serve the needy when they cry out; the poor also; and those who have no helper. They serve, for 

they are the helpers of the fatherless. Their prayer is: "Let us therefore come boldly unto the throne of grace, 

that we may obtain mercy, and find grace to help in time of need." (Hebrews 4:16). 

The prayer of the people of Earth should be that of David the Psalmist: "I will lift up mine eyes unto the hills, 

from whence cometh my help." The help is from the sky and from the Earth. 


THE INTRUDERS 

One of the enigmas of _The Saucers Speak!_ was found in the following statement made by space visitors: 

"Evil planetary men, who abound, will attempt contact with evil men of Saras for destruction! The good men 

of Saras must unite with the good men of the Universe." Again, they said: "We must tell you about Orion. 

Many there wish to conquer the Universe. We are here to warn you of this also. The Orion solar systems are 

much like Saras. The principles of good (positive) and evil (negative) are Universal. We must tell you that 

Orion is coming soon to Saras in a square star body. Orion systems want to destroy--remember, Orion is evil 

(negative)."


To discover what space intelligences meant by use of the word "Orion" we must go to the Bible and to ancient 

records. In Job 38: 31-32, we read: "Canst thou bind the sweet influences of Pleiades (Cimah, or the seven 

stars), or loose the bands of Orion (Kesil)? Canst thou bring forth Mazzaroth (the twelve signs) in his season? 

or canst thou guide Arcturus with his sons?" 

Here is the implication that the Pleiades sends forth vibrations of peace and love, and that Orion, because of 

opposite or negative vibrations has been bound. Chapter 38 of Job came to Job through the "Voice from the 

Whirlwind". 

"Which maketh Arcturus, Orion, and Pleiades, and the chambers of the south." (Job 9:9). There is an 

interesting cross-reference here to Genesis 1:16: "And God made two great lights; the greater light to rule the 

day, and the lesser light to rule the night: he made the stars also." The lesser light was for the rule of night or 

darkness, and the greater light was for the rule of the day or light. 

"Seek him that maketh the seven stars and Orion, and turneth the shadow of death into the morning, and 

maketh the day dark with night: that calleth for the waters of the sea, and poureth them out upon the face of 

the earth: The Lord is his name: That strengtheneth the spoiled against the strong, so that the spoiled shall 

come against the fortress." (Amos 5:8-9). 

In Amos, the same implication is found. At some time in the past Orion attempted to interfere with the Seven 

Stars (Pleiades) and was bound--but is now attempting to interfere on Earth. It appears that Orion tried to 

destroy the Pleiades at one time; they were in the "shadow of death" and Universal Law bound Orion. But 

Orion was only forbidden access to the Seven Stars of the Pleiades; his evil influence could still emanate to 

other sections of the Universe. 

"The spoiled (Pleiades) were strengthened against the strong (Orion)". Orion in Hebrew is Kesil and means 

"strong." Then the spoiled (Pleiades) came against the fortress of the strong (Orion). 

Another interpretation of Job 38:31 is: "Canst thou bind the sweet influences of Pleiades, or loose the bands 

(drawing together) of Orion?" Moshekoth, translated as "bands" means "drawings together". This refers to 

Orion's "drawing together" other planets into its own Confederation of Evil. 

The constellation Orion takes its name from a giant hunter of Greek mythology. His sword hangs from his 

belt, and it is the middle star of the three in line in Orion's sword which appears a little too large and hazy to 

be simply a star--it is a nebula. 

To understand the nature of the Orion nebula, the following general information is given: 

Nebulae, as distinguished from ordinary star clusters, fall into two classes having entirely different 

characteristics, namely, the galactic nebulae and the extragalactic nebulae. Galactic nebulae are found within 

the galactic system and also in the exterior systems. Two types of nebulosity are found in the galactic system, 

the diffuse nebulae and the planetary nebulae. 

Diffuse nebulae are of irregular form, and often of large angular dimensions. Some of them, like the Great 

Nebula in Orion, are faintly luminous. This great nebula is the brightest of the bright diffuse nebulae. The 

galactic nebulae are concentrated toward our own Milky Way Galaxy, unless they are members of other 

systems; they are clouds of gas and dust in the star fields. 

Extragalactic nebulae are systems exterior to our own. These nebulae seem to avoid the region of the Milky 

Way, because they are generally obscured in these directions by the dark nebulae of our system, which 

congregate there.


The Great Nebula in Andromeda is an extragalactic spiral galaxy, whereas the Great Nebula in Orion is a vast, 

gaseous, galactic nebula--greenish and of irregular form. 

Therefore, the nebula of Orion is within our own Galaxy and is a diffuse nebula. Since it is younger than 

Andromeda it is still in a gaseous state, whereas the latter is a spiral nebula. The fact that the planet Hatonn 

belongs to one of the star-suns of the galactic system of Andromeda indicates the greater age of this galaxy. 

The Universal Temple of Records is also located on Hatonn and only a world of great spiritual advancement 

could be so honored. 

The negative space intelligences from Orion are not coming directly from the nebula itself, but are coming 

from planets of star-suns in the vicinity of Orion. The word "Orion" is used by space visitors to indicate the 

general area from which the evil influences originate. 

Further confirmation of the Bible interpretation is found in mythology. Orion is the Mighty Hunter, the strong 

one. His aspect is so imposing in the sky, that in all peoples' legends he represents something great or giant. 

In Greek mythology it was the vainglorious giant hunter Orion who boasted that no animal could be his 

match. His bragging excited the ire of Juno, who sent a scorpion to sting him mortally on his foot. In the sky, 

Orion is supposed to counter the attack of Taurus, the Bull (Venus). Also, according to the Greeks, the 

Pleiades were the Seven Daughters of the titan Atlas who were changed to doves when pursued by the giant 

Orion and finally were placed in the heavens. Before him (Orion) flee the Pleiades or the Singing Stars. 

To the ancient Egyptians in the V Dynasty, the constellation of Orion was Sahu, hunting through the heavens 

for gods and men to rip apart and boil for food. The Hebrews knew it as Kesil, the Foolish or Self-Confident, 

or as Gibbor, the Giant, identified with Nimrod and tied to the heavens for impiety. 

In the modern Arabic Orion is al-Babadur, the Strong, and al-Shuja, the Snake. In China the constellation is 

now Shen, to mix. Among the Buriats of Siberia Orion represents three wapiti being chased by the 

demon-hunter, Erlik-Khan, overlord of the underworld, and his three dogs. One of the wapiti has been 

wounded and is bleeding (red Betelgeuse). When the hunt ends, the world will cease to be. 

A Peruvian story says this constellation is a criminal held in the heavens by two condors. In North Africa, the 

stars in Orion emerge from a muddy well, and Rigel, the last star to rise above the horizon, is the foot in the 

mud. To the Greeks, in addition to being the Mighty Hunter, Orion was called the Giant, the Warrior, the 

Cock's Foot, and the Double Ax. 

From the time of Ovid and Hyginus, we have the story of how Orion was named. Hyrieus, Orion's father, had 

been childless, but he was a good man. One day he was visited by three strangers who were Zeus, Poseidon, 

and Hermes, in disguise, and he showed them unstinting hospitality. Granted a boon, he asked for a son, 

whereupon the three gods took an ox-hide and urinated on it. Hyrieus buried the hide according to instructions 

and, at the end of ten lunar months, Orion, or Urion after the fluid that made him, was born from the Earth. 

The stranger-gods, the hero born of the liquid of the gods, the supernatural birth from the Earth: these are 

more serious matters than this almost flippant Roman myth makes them. Zeus was the sky god and could be 

symbolic of many planets in space, including the Earth. Poseidon was the god of the sea and is symbolic of 

Atlantis (Poseid) and Lemuria (Pan). Hermes was the winged god and messenger of other gods. The fact that 

the gods urinated in order to create Urion (later called Orion) shows that the waste of Earth and other planets 

(Zeus), and of Atlantis and Lemuria (Poseidon), and of angelic orders (Hermes), was used to populate 

originally the Orion worlds. 

The "waste" were those souls who no longer could advance in these other areas. Remember, space friends 

have said: "To the slop we throw out we never return." The "slop" or "waste" was discharged or secreted into


the Orion area--and the arriving souls had to begin the lessons of life over again. Only through countless 

experiences under the Orion vibrations could they discover the Great Path. It is these souls we are dealing 

with when we speak of The Intruders. 

The hide with the urine on it was buried in the ground. This means that the "waste" representing souls of the 

cast out ones was placed on Orion worlds--from this "waste" came forth the inhabited planets of the star-suns 

in the vicinity of the Orion nebula. These souls migrated to Orion, but in contrast with The Migrants who 

arrived on Earth, their abomination period was before the migration, and not after it. 

In other versions of the Orion story, he is a son of Poseidon. This would indicate also that individuals from 

Atlantis (Poseid) migrated to Orion. It is believed that the good people escaped from Atlantis by spacecraft 

and went to the planet Mars while the evil destroyers lost their physical equipment in the sinking of the Lost 

Continent and migrated to Orion in spiritual form. 

Myths of Orion's death vary. Does his death signify his being "bound"? He was bold enough to challenge 

Artemis to a contest in throwing the discus; or he tried to rape one of her maidens and so was slain by an 

arrow of the goddess. Or, she caused a scorpion to sting him, which is why Orion's constellation sets as 

Scorpio rises into the sky. 

Since Artemis, in Greek religion, was known as a virgin goddess of nature, does this mean that Orion 

challenged nature? It is possible, for the discus is an ancient symbol of interplanetary Saucers. Perhaps Orion, 

like the doomed Lucifer, tried to exalt his throne above all others. Instead of hydrogen power utilized by 

Lucifer, Orion tried to subdue the Universe with spacecraft (discus), but in this contest nature (Artemis) won 

out. Or he tried to subdue (rape) one of nature's attributes (Artemis' maiden) and so was bound (slain) by a 

power or active (arrow) of nature (Artemis). Does this mean that Orion also tried to be the all-powerful one 

through the mastery of the "terrible wind"? 

Scorpio is the Flying Eagle, and as already shown, is connected with Ezekiel's vision, St. John's Revelation, 

and the Tracks On The Desert. Is it any wonder that Orion sets as Scorpio rises into the sky? 

Still another myth says that Artemis loved him so that she forgot her duties. Once, as Orion was swimming or 

wading far out in the sea, Apollo shone so strongly about him that he was a dark blur on the water. Then 

Apollo challenged Artemis to hit the vague mark. The unerring huntress immediately slew, unwittingly, the 

giant. 

Does this mean that because of the experimentation of the Orion peoples, nature was perverted or "forgot her 

duties"? Apollo, symbolic of spacemen of the positive forces, "shone so strongly" about Orion that he was a 

"dark blur". Did the good forces (Apollo) gain complete control over the misused natural forces and thereby 

cause Orion to be slain (bound)? 

The ancient inhabitants of Mesopotamia and India knew that Orion's early rising portended storms. Even 

today, this section of Creation is a stormy section--one that seeks to conquer, to subdue. 

The Babylonian Talmud states: "If it were not for the heat of Orion the world could not exist because of the 

cold of the Pleiades; and if it were not for the cold of the Pleiades the world could not exist because of the 

heat of Orion." 

This means that without positive and negative polarity there could be no creation. Without the evil (negative) 

Orion, the good (positive) Pleiades, would have no incentive to progress. 'The negative forces keep the 

positive forces in continuous spiral movement, otherwise there would be no advancement in the Cosmos. In 

fact, there would be no Cosmos!


Space intelligences have said: "Orion is the Great Hunter of the Universe. It is gorgeous in the skies and men 

of Venus know it very, very well. It is somewhat erratic, and like a Great Hunter it is always after its 

prey--especially Taurus the Bull. Orion is surrounded by small round ball bodies (Type 2 "fireballs"?); these 

are always in action between the Sun of our Solar System and Orion. No one on Earth has seen them yet. 

There are fighting worlds in Orion. They are always ready for action and looking for trouble. Orion disturbs 

other planets and keeps them from operating in the correct manner. Also, Orion is not too highly evolved 

scientifically because they use the old-style craft. However, they are masters at projection. Orion interferes 

and holds back. People of Orion are not our kind of people, they do not belong to our Confederation. They 

interrupt and are unruly. At present time there is a small group of people on Earth working for Orion. These 

people are sometimes small in stature with strange, oriental type eyes. Their faces are thin and they possess 

weak bodies. They come among you to disperse all things not in keeping with their own ideas; they upset our 

plans. They run amuck and we avoid them. They prey on the unsuspecting; they are talkative; they astound 

intellects with their words of magnificence. While their wisdom may have merit, it is materialistic, and not of 

pure aspiration toward the Father. We have our own men who watch over these pirates of Creation. They have 

their own Council and the Orion Confederation; but they know little through their own ingenuity for they are 

the Universal parasites! Disturbers, negative elements; soon they will be eradicated. Watch out for controlled 

persons in your midst. Our men will spot them and you will be informed of them. They come often in 

disguise, but men of the Confederation are never deceived. We know them! The Orion people are The 

Intruders in your world and they come from planets belonging to countless star-suns engulfed by the nebula 

of Orion. If the Orion men fail in their mission of disturbance, they return not to Orion, but to Sirius. This is 

their cycle of return. They must learn the Great Path--they will learn, but in the meantime, we will not have 

them disturb our preparations and plans for the Earth planet. We try to help them and suggest work to aid 

them, but they are a stubborn race. They cannot enter your atmosphere usually by spacecraft, but they can and 

do reach the Earth world by projecting their intelligence into weak Earthly bodies which they completely 

control for short periods of time in order to perform their disturbances. Watch for them; their numbers 

increase as the "sorrows" of Earth increase. They will persist, but they will not succeed--but we will succeed, 

for our mission is of the Father's authority and His will shall prevail. Worry not about these Orion influences; 

they cannot harm those who serve the Infinite Father. Pity them, love them, pray for them, for they know not 

what they do!" 

The strange disappearance of two men on November 11, 1953, once again touched off the controversial issue 

of whether or not human beings are being snatched off the Earth by weird interplanetary flying machines. 

Many feared that the inexplicable levitations into the sky by invisible and unknown forces, sometimes 

accompanied by electrical or magnetic phenomena which science is powerless to explain, were caused by the 

visiting Flying Saucers. 

Space friends are true friends! They are not subjecting captured men to vivisection or horrible death in 

monstrous spacecraft chambers of horror. With the power at their command they wouldn't be wasting their 

time with a mere handful of earthians. What then, are they doing? Certain people are disappearing; of that 

there is no doubt. Some are levitated into the sky, even in the presence of witnesses. Others never return from 

plane rides, and the wreckage is never found. Commercial and military planes crash and no bodies are 

discovered. What happens to the missing occupants? 

On November 18, 1953, the Los Angeles Mirror reported that two missing electricians may have been 

kidnapped by interplanetary invaders in a Flying Saucer. The two Saucer enthusiasts were Karl Hunrath and 

Wilbur J. Wilkinson. They had taken off in a rented airplane from Gardena Airport on November 11th with a 

three-hour gas supply. Despite widespread search, no trace of the plane or its occupants has been seen. The 

rumor that the plane was found dismantled on the top of a California mountain with no sign of the two men is 

unfounded. Officials claim that nothing has turned up in the case as yet. 

Wilkinson's wife told reporters that Karl Hunrath was an avid believer in Flying Saucers. She also told them 

that the two men believed the end of the world was nearing and that strange little men from the planet Mars or


"Masar" were ready to invade us. Mrs. Wilkinson evidently misunderstood much of what Hunrath and her 

husband were doing and saying. First of all, the world is not going to end, and the "little men" are not from 

Mars or "Masar" but are from our own satellite, the Moon. The space visitors have proven this already by 

their actions. 

Hunrath claimed to know the whereabouts of a Flying Saucer that had recently landed. Wilkinson's den was 

lined with Flying Saucer pictures, weird signs and formulas, which Mrs. Wilkinson said were supposed to be 

the new interplanetary language. "Of course, I don't quite go for all the Flying Saucer talk, but Karl convinced 

Wilbur they actually existed," said Mrs. Wilkinson. She then said, "Karl had tape recordings of conversations 

with men from other planets who landed here in Saucers." She showed reporters messages tacked on the wall 

of the den which were supposedly received by radio from the interplanetary visitors. One was from Regga of 

the planet Masar." 

Karl Hunrath called up several of his acquaintances in Los Angeles the day before his disappearance. He 

informed them that he was going to take a trip. He said: "Others have left the Earth to go to other planets, so 

do not be surprised if I leave soon." The Flying Saucer pictures in the den had been taken by George 

Adamski, and the "weird signs and formulas" were received by our group working in Northern Arizona, 

starting in early August, 1952. The tape recordings that Hunrath had were taken during receptions of the 

Arizona research group. 

In _Clips, Quotes and Comments_, B-10, May 15, 1954, a bi-weekly release of the Borderland Sciences 

Research Associates, correspondence of Mr. Harold T. Wilkins is quoted. Mr. Wilkins wrote: "It happens that 

I have spent years of research into petroglyphs and prehistoric symbols, in Central, South, and North America, 

and my tentative conclusions were that some of the Wilkinson glyphs suggested or resembled, not Maya or 

Aztec symbols, but forms found in the North Brazilian jungles, the Matto Grosso, and one in the unknown 

prehistoric civilization in La Plata Island, off Ecuador; another in California; and the ancient water sign of 

cataclysm. Also, another recalled the Mu-an sign of coition or the double uterus. How can the question be 

resolved when even the Los Angeles postal authorities do not know where Hunrath's family has gone? I know 

not how came Karl Hunrath or Wilbur Wilkinson to have all this very peculiar and recondite knowledge 

which cannot be picked up in a day, or even in a year . . ." 

The symbols are not reworked Aztec figures, and Hunrath received them from our group for study purposes. 

That is why they were found in his and Wilkinson's den. These symbols are given in this book under _The 

Solex-Mal_, in the section called: Other Tongues. Much of this symbolism is characteristic of the ancient 

scroll writing of the Atlanteans and of the ancient pictographic writing of Lemuria. Atlantis and Mu used 

modified forms of the original Solex-Mal. Symbols of this type exist in South America, especially in the 

Matto Grosso because the ruins of great antiquity there were originally colonies of the Lost Continents. 

Colonel Fawcett, the famous English explorer died while attempting to locate these fabulous lost cities of the 

ancient "white" Indians of Brazil. 

The Wilkinsons have three children and moved to Los Angeles from Racine, Wisconsin on June 28, 1953. 

Hunrath had been in correspondence with Wilbur and convinced him that he should come to the west coast 

because of important Saucer developments. Wilkinson was then employed by Hoffman Radio Corp., where he 

was quickly promoted to head of the inspection department. 

Wilbur, who was thirty-eight, had his den and home full of all sorts of electronic equipment, radios, 

turn-tables, and tape recorders. Mrs. Wilkinson told reporters that her husband wasn't too interested in Saucers 

except when Hunrath was around. She said, "Karl was the one who talked us into coming to California 

because he said he could actually show a Saucer to Wilbur." She later told them: "I just can't help but think 

that Flying Saucers really had something to do with their disappearance." 

I knew Karl Hunrath personally, but I never met Wilkinson. It was in the Winter of 1952 that I first met Karl


at George Adamski's on Mt. Palomar. He claimed he had just arrived from the east where he had been 

working at Oster Mfg. Co. in Wisconsin. During the next few months he visited many Saucer researchers 

including: Frank Scully, Gene Dorsey, George Van Tassel, Gerald Heard, Mr. "R" of radio contact fame, and 

he was my house guest in Prescott, Arizona for a week. It was during his stay in my home that I gave him 

copies of our findings. 

He was a strange man who would change his mind and ideas from one moment to the next. You couldn't help 

but like him, but at times a feeling would come over you that made you wish there were a million miles 

between yourself and Mr. Hunrath. Everyone who came in contact with him had the same experience. Was he 

controlled by Orion forces? 

He visited Saucer researchers as a friend, then systematically began to spread rumors about them and their 

work which had no basis in fact. He came to California unknown and soon was stirring up dissension 

wherever he went. Was it his purpose to cause trouble in the "hot-bed" of controversy existing among the 

California Saucer enthusiasts? Was it part of a plan formulated by negative forces? Why was Hunrath a 

brilliant scientist one moment and a not too bright electrician the next? 

Theories as to the present whereabouts of Hunrath and Wilkinson are plentiful. Some believe that he has gone 

to Mars or some other planetary "haven"--and there are many of Karl's "followers" in Los Angeles who will 

tell you that this is positively so! Several experienced pilots believe Karl cracked-up on the side of Big 

Bear--a rugged, mountainous area of California. The plane didn't carry much fuel, and Big Bear is deceiving 

to those who have not flown over it before. Hunrath hadn't flown in a long time, and he had never flown near 

Big Bear before. The down-draft and illusive qualities of the mountain could have doomed the small plane. 

However, the wreckage should have been discovered when the snow melted in the Summer of 1954. 

Some people think the two men went to Mexico, but they didn't have enough fuel for the trip. It has also been 

reported that Karl is in England and will reappear shortly, and also that he has been seen recently in Los 

Angeles with his hair dyed! He has been called a spaceman, a man possessed of evil spirits, an angel, a 

member of the F.B.I., and a Russian spy. What he really was no one knows--but we can guess. 

What really happened to the two missing then and where are they now? It is not believed that space visitors 

had anything to do with their disappearance. Karl and Wilbur are not on Mars or any other extraterrestrial 

body; they are on Earth whether dead or alive. Here is an ad that appeared in the personal section of the Los 

Angeles Times on April 13, 1954. "Worried telepathists: This does it for you. Please prove my well being by 

writing of contacts you may recall." Karl, Box R-240, L. A. Times. 

Biometrically, Hunrath does not show up as "unusual", but what samples were tested? Handwriting, etc. of 

Hunrath when he was himself, or when he was under control? This would make a vast difference in biometer 

results. 

Before Hunrath arrived in California he had become acquainted with another so-called "genius" from Ohio. 

This man called Karl one night saying he had just returned from Japan where he had been working with Dr. 

Nagata on electromagnetic experiments. He asked Karl if he could come up to see him since he had heard that 

Karl was interested in magnetic research. The man came and he stayed four days and nights! When he left, 

Karl had become an avid Saucer enthusiast. Karl said he thought the man was a "spaceman" because he 

answered his questions before they were asked and displayed telepathic powers. This man also is very brilliant 

at times, and then again, at other times, he apparently can't even add two and two! This same man had an 

article printed in an Ohio newspaper stating that the Saucers were from Saturn and were here to invade and 

conquer the Earth! This is the pattern of _The Intruder_--to disrupt, cause dissension, strife, trouble, interfere! 

In Florida there is a minister who claims the world is about to end, but he will sell any interested party a piece 

of land in the vicinity of Orion for a few dollars. How does he expect to get the buyers from the doomed Earth


to Orion? And if the Earth is going to end, why does he want to accumulate the ready cash? Again, the word 

"Orion" gives him away. He is under negative control! 

In _The Saucers Speak!_ a Wyoming evangelist is quoted as saying that God's throne and God, himself, are 

located in the Orion nebula. Once again, the word tells the story. He preaches that the Flying Saucers are 

piloted by fork-tailed devils--another _Intruder!_Â 

In Michigan a group of sincere researchers came in contact with a young man born in 1935 who claimed to be 

from another planet. He said he was born on Earth, but incarnated here from elsewhere. He was small in 

stature and possessed a weak, thin body. He drew intricate details of strange machines for scientists and 

claimed the information came from his mentor, a certain Kagmon from outer space. The machines utilized 

crystals, cosmic rays, and light was supposed to be changed into energy by the Kagmonian Process. 

This young man had a brilliant mind--a little too brilliant for one of his years. At other times he was moody, 

sullen, and crude. Once again, the pattern of The Intruders is revealed. An astrologer who read his chart, said: 

"He has a very remarkable pattern, I might even say more complex than any I have seen in quite some time." 

Biometrically, this subject's devices are shown to be incomplete, and there remains much to be worked out. 

This young man was in his glory when he could subjugate others to his whims and fancies. Once he said: "We 

have no emotion for earthlings." An intuitive psychic mentally received the word, "infringement" three times 

when she first met this man. This is only one of many cases of "Orion control" over Earth beings. 

The space friends have said that they would keep out all the negative forces, but they also said a "square 

star-body" was coming to Earth. As time goes on, the anti-Christ or negative forces will become more 

powerful. This is a sure sign of the Second Corning. At the present time, only projected intelligence into weak 

Earth minds is permitted. And even this would not be so if the victim refused to be used and put under 

"control". 

The "square star-body" has been observed in recent months! On November 7, 1953, a man in Ohio was out in 

his greenhouse when suddenly he heard a strange "whirling" sound. At the same time the greenhouse lights 

dimmed. He ran outside and saw a thirty-foot long barrel-shaped object rush overhead and apparently land in 

the woods back of his house. 

The man called for a state patrolman and they both saw the object through the trees as it had landed in a 

clearing. They went into the house to call for more help and when they returned, the strange craft was gone. 

Later, the man found that his wrist watch was magnetized and he had to replace all of the greenhouse lights. 

The next day he walked to the clearing where the craft had landed and discovered several small footprints in 

the Earth. Other witnesses, also saw the footprints. The unusual thing about them was the fact that the right 

footprint was longer than the left! 

Scientists from Washington, D. C. looked over the site shortly after the landing took place. The story was on 

radio, but minus the details, of course. Whether the object was barrel-shaped or not is not known, but it left a 

square impression on the ground! This same man claims he was taken to another world later in this craft, and 

his wife says he disappeared for a short while recently. He is a heavy drinker and, therefore, an excellent 

subject for Orion control. Maybe he did go to another planet--but which one? 

When this man says he wants nothing more to do with his space visitors, does it mean his rational mind at 

times fights the control? 

On Wednesday, May 5, 1954, at 9:30 p.m., Herbert Flick of Phoenix, Arizona saw what looked like a "flying 

boxcar" go over the valley. Flick said the object was square, with a light on each corner. "It went toward the


South Mountains at a high rate of speed," he said, "then abruptly turned, came back and passed over me." He 

estimated the object was a least at an altitude of two-thousand five-hundred feet. He watched it for about eight 

minutes, then it disappeared, heading east. At one time he noticed the square craft neared him, slowed down, 

and circled as if observing something. 

Mr. Flick says the object he saw was very large, it appeared to be piloted, and was black. It must have been 

traveling at about four-hundred fifty miles per hour. The object was not a radiosonde suspended from a 

balloon, nor was it an airplane or helicopter. 

On June 19, 1954, a weird light so bright it was difficult to look at, moved slowly across the sky over Port 

Huron, Michigan. Selfridge Air Force Base officials and police had no explanation for the glow, which 

witnesses said looked square, and sometimes, barrel-shaped. The object passed high in the sky and moved 

very slowly. It appeared at 5:00 a.m., and disappeared to the west at 6:30 a.m. The brightness of the light was 

compared by police to the glow of an acetylene torch. Hundreds of residents viewed the craft, and police 

phone lines were busy for hours handling calls from worried citizens. 

A man and his wife in Iowa saw a square, brilliant object pass overhead from west to east. They claim it was 

very high and was moving slowly. 

Oahspe speaks of "arrow ships" and "fire ships" and "crescent ships". It also mentions Orion ships in 49.18: 

"Thus Ahâ€shong, well skilled in the course and behavior of worlds, gathered together his millions of 

angels, trained in arduous enterprise and furtherance of Jehovih's will. Quickly they framed and equipped an 

Orian (Orion) port-au-gon, and illuminated it with fire-lights and bolts. A half a million miles, even on the 

outskirts of Anakaron, and they stood close above the earth, almost so near that the sweeping moon would 

touch the down-hanging curtains of etherean fire. And here they halted, that both mortals and angels 

belonging to the earth might behold and fear . . ." 

The "Serpent People" of ancient legend are believed to have been Orion intelligences projected earthward. Is 

the fabulous "Rainbow City" under the Antarctic regions a central location for such projections? "Serpent 

People", "Anti-Christs", or _Intruders_--they all represent the same thing: negative polarity. 

In ancient times man ran away from demons, devils, witches and monsters; today he still runs away from that 

which he calls the unknown. Many people remember the H. G. Wells' book, War Of The Worlds, or the 

masterpiece by another Welles named Orson about an invasion from Mars that frightened a good many radio 

listeners a little over a decade ago. However, there is no reason to be frightened about space "kidnapers", for 

the levitations are not always due to Saucer phenomena. Some of the disappearances have to do with other 

dimensions of time. When the Saucers pick up some-one from the Earth they are only picking up their own! 

Farmers have been working in their fields, when suddenly they start to go straight up into the air. The only 

thing ever seen in connection with such levitation is a blinding flash of light that appears directly overhead 

and moves away swiftly. 

On Glastenbury Mountain, near Bennington, Vermont, five persons vanished without a trace. Near 

Schaffausen, Germany, four men disappeared in a single day. Three of the levitations were witnessed by 

others, and all missing persons ascended straight up with great rapidity. 

At Pillitsfer, Livonia, there were eight human ascensions in two hours. Near Perhawar, India, there were six 

ascensions, all witnessed by large groups of people, over a period of six months. 

One of the most astounding levitations was that of the sixty-ton coastal schooner Maida in the Bay of Bengal 

several years ago. The ship was almost completely lifted out of the water, held there for a minute, and then 

allowed to fall back into the water with a great splash. There were many witnesses to this happening, and the


day was clear and calm. 

Every year there are literally thousands and thousands of human disappearances, and each year thousands 

remain unsolved. No trace of them is ever found. Many people who disappear, such as criminals, wanderers, 

dissatisfied husbands, etc., are recognized later even though they may be living under different names in 

far-away places. The bodies of murder victims are usually always found. So, thousands of human beings are 

going somewhere. 

Recently, someone said: "The purpose of the kidnapping is to obtain human specimens for laboratory 

experimentation; the final object being the conquest of the Earth and the subjugation or destruction of all 

humanity." 

If the Saucer people are intelligent enough to come to us across the great space frontier I doubt very much if it 

would take hundreds of years to make their surveys. Levitations have been going on for centuries. It has been 

argued that the kidnappings are necessary because conditions are quite different on other worlds and therefore 

space visitors must study our atmosphere, our germ life, and, of course, they must study us. 

It would not take very long to accomplish such a task, and besides, the Saucer intelligences have said that 

living conditions are not very much different on other worlds than on our own. True, there are differences, just 

as there are on our own Earth; but they are not as great as present-day science believes. When we think of 

laboratory analysis we think of our own standards according to our understanding at this time. Vivisection is 

not necessary for study according to space visitors. They have greater developments for the study of 

everything; they do not destroy the created beings of the Infinite Father. They never kill! Even the thought of 

killing is abhorrent to them. 

Therefore, the Orion forces are not kidnapping people from Earth. Their only power is through "projected 

intelligence" and their square star-bodies may be observed more and more in the future, but they can do no 

harm to those who refuse to be influenced by them. Levitations and other disappearances are due to time 

factors and space friends picking up their own people to take them home again. 

Recently, astronomers discovered that two stars were born in the Orion Nebula. These young stellar twins are 

symbolic omens of things to come from that section of Cosmos; but the Infinite Father is with us and Orion 

shall be "bound" again as he was in the past. 

We need not concern ourselves with The Intruders, "for they are the spirits of devils, working miracles, which 

go forth unto the kings of the earth and of the whole world, to gather them to the battle of that great day of 

God Almighty." (Revelation 16:14). 

Isaiah 41:29 says: "Behold, they are all vanity; their works are nothing: their molten images are wind and 

confusion." These are _The Intruders!_Â 


THE GUESSERS 

To give a numerical estimate I would say that rather more than a million stars in the Milky Way possess 

planets on which you might live without undue discomfort. If you were suddenly transported to one of them 

you would no doubt find many important changes, but the changes would not be as remarkable as the 

similarities. I think that all our present guesses are likely to prove but a very pale shadow of the real thing." 

From The Nature of the Universe, by Fred Hoyle, English astronomer.


Scientists of today claim that the Earth's neighborhood of nearby planets is rather slummy. Of course, they 

still like to think that the planet Earth is the center of the Universe: here the Creator placed his greatest 

creation, Man! The other worlds are "slummy", created only for man's amusement and entertainment. 

They are dreaming (and what dreams!) of a satellite space station that will dominate the world. Every two 

hours it would circle the Earth, and as the Earth turns below it, every part of its surface would come into view. 

This station would be useful for launching atom-armed guided missiles. Once a great supply of such missiles 

had been put on the station, potential aggressors below would be forced to keep the global peace. However, it 

doesn't seem likely that the first government placing a space station in our skies will be working for "global 

peace". It will control the entire world for its own benefit. Besides, "peace is not for the strong"; we will never 

have peace through "force". 

The space station would have little military value, say some scientists like Dr. Milton Rosen of the Naval 

Research Laboratory in Washington, D. C. Equipping it to make observations would be exceedingly difficult, 

and any missiles it might drop would be lucky to hit the right country. Space travel will have to wait until the 

scientists have made some basic discovery equal in novelty to Faraday's discovery of electro-magnetism. They 

say a beam of high speed particles pushed at close to the so-called speed of light by nuclear energy might do 

the trick. No one yet has the foggiest idea about how to do it. Men like Dr. Rosen realize what is necessary 

before space travel is a reality on Earth. "A basic discovery equal in novelty to Faraday's discovery of 

electro-magnetism" would be the utilization of the Fourth Great Primary Force, or the RMF. The Earth is 

under what we might call a "Divine Quarantine". A rocket or nuclear driven space ship will go from the Earth 

to the Moon, but it will never go through the cleavage layer of the Earth's Resonating Electro-Magnetic Field. 

This cleavage layer is called "chinvat" in Oahspe. It divides the Earth's rotating field (which contains the 

Earth and the Moon) from the ether, or outer spaces. We will not be able to leave the RMF of the Earth until 

we have discovered the secret of magnetic propulsion, and we aren't going to discover that until we accept 

higher metaphysical principles. In other words, man on Earth simply can't go to other worlds until he 

advances spiritually--his own ignorance of the eternal verities has him "quarantined". 

Dr. Wehrner von Braun, Germany's rocket expert in World War II, says: "What the United States needs is a 

daring, inspiring program (probably the same thing he told Hitler) that has a real chance of controlling the 

world. Atom bombs carried by air-planes are nearly worn out as war preventers. Guided missiles are 

important weapons, but the Russians are working on them too. A satellite station would put the U. S. far ahead 

in the race for power. Even a small satellite could be made to shine at dusk. It could inflate a plastic balloon 

which would gleam as brightly in the sunlight as a first-magnitude star. This 'American Star', rising in the 

west, should make a powerful impression on the peoples of Asia. A special commission should be set up to 

study the whole matter, of course. The public will not be told the decision of such a commission. To announce 

even its yes or no would reveal the summation of many military secrets. If the decision is yes, the first news 

for the public may be an 'American Star', rising in the west and sweeping swiftly across the sky." 

This happened before when the first news the American public had regarding Atomic Bombs was after the 

first one had been exploded over Japan, ushering in the "Atomic Age" that was born in New Mexico. The 

people were not consulted on this matter, either. There was a chance that a chain reaction might have been set 

off and the entire world destroyed. The chance was a slim one, but nevertheless, a definite chance. Should so 

much power and authority to decide these grave matters rest in the hands of a few? Who is making these 

decisions? Are the same "black magicians" who destroyed other great civilizations back in life today? Are 

they the "mad scientists" of our time? 

Men steeped in militarism, dedicated to war and its results, are the men who control atomic power! Few 

military men can be "Doves of Peace" when their very occupation depends on war. Without war there is no 

longer any need for the military, the manufacturer of ammunition, tanks, weapons, guided missiles, aircraft, 

etc. War certainly is not the joy of grieving mothers, widowed wives, or orphaned children. Every nation on 

Earth is controlled by men who are lovers of themselves only, full of vanity and pride, seekers of material


wealth and glory, not performing their duties in a humble fashion as servants of the people, but indulging in 

madness that would bring complete destruction to all civilization on Earth. But this will not be allowed to 

happen! 

Benjamin Franklin once said: "Gentlemen, we give you a Republic; now try and keep it." The question is: 

Have we kept it? 

The militarists and the international bankers cry out: "Peace is for the strong! Unite, build bigger bombs, 

better missiles, make monsters of hate out of the young men, kill and destroy . . ." The voice from the pulpit 

cries out: "To live by the sword is to die by the sword!" The measure to use in determining whether any nation 

is truly Christian or not is whether that nation follows the Christ. 

"But I say unto you, That ye resist not evil: but whosoever shall smite thee on thy right cheek, turn to him the 

other also." (St. Matthew 5:39). 

"He that killeth with the sword must be killed with the sword." (Revelation 13:10). 

Did America "turn the other cheek"? We rained terror and desolation upon the heads of our enemies resulting 

in the worst holocaust in the history of mankind. The strong will not rule in the New Age. 

"Blessed are the meek: for they shall inherit the earth." (St. Matthew 5:5). 

History proves that every nation and empire that ever existed fell when it thought it would surely be eternal 

because of its particular brand of strength. The Third Reich was to last one-thousand years--it lasted less than 

two decades. People of the world must open their blinded eyes: we are not on the road to peace! Those who 

wish to enslave us belong to the "hidden empire" and control us without our knowledge. They give us 

"darkness for light". Theirs is the path of destruction and annihilation. 

America does not need a space station and she does not need to control the world. America needs God! The 

impression we need to make on the peoples of Asia is the impression of brotherly love, not that we possess 

bigger and better weapons! 

Why haven't the "powers that be" announced what they know about the Flying Saucers? If they acknowledge 

extraterrestrial origin, it would mean that they must acknowledge extraterrestrial allegiance as well. There 

would be extraterrestrial interference with established government, and no world power would welcome such 

a situation. If Universal truth came to the people of Earth, their schemes and plans for mankind would 

crumble. No longer could they exploit the masses. They would be caught "with their pants down"; their veil of 

"security" would be lifted and the picture would not be a pretty one that appeared to the eyes of the people. 

Who among us likes to feed the pigs? Or give to selfish people representing powerful selfish interests, even 

though their representatives come riding in Cadillacs and dressed in striped pants with top hat and carnation? 

Space intelligences see through all selfishness; smell it as we smell intoxication corning down the street. They 

prefer to deal with men who have a bare minimum of previous obligation to this or that cause and a maximum 

of obligation to all the Universe. Who will fulfill these obligations faithfully and efficiently? 

Firecrackers are appropriate for children; revolvers and machineguns for so-called responsible men; but 

atomic powers require atomic men for their good and long continued use. New and greater powers generate 

new and greater responsibilities which require wisdom, intelligence, and character commensurate with them. 

There is a "_race for power_"--who will get to the moon first? What half of the world will enslave man's 

thoughts in the future? Does it matter to the people whether they are dominated from the Earth or the Moon? 

The fact remains that they are not given information; they are not consulted on important issues that might


mean life or death; and they are led to war like steers to slaughter. Does America wish to be a "Columbus" to 

the unknown worlds? To lead peoples to their conquest? To add another name to those of the forty-eight states 

that comprise the Union? Take possession of the other worlds in the name of the United States? To colonize 

them? To cultivate them? To people them? To transport thither all the prodigies of art, of science, and 

industry; and to constitute them a republic, if they are not already one? I fear for the natives of these unknown 

worlds considering our own history. The so-called "primitive people" of our own planet have undergone 

brutality at the hands of their earthly brothers. Their lands have been stolen outright; their ways of life 

destroyed. Would people of other planets be treated even as kindly? Man's inhumanity to man--when will it 

cease? 

The idea of extending our own violence into outer space is at this moment circulating all over the planet Earth. 

The same pulp magazines that are influenced by creative space intelligences print monstrous tales inspired by 

the opposite, or negative forces. Scientific articles published in leading journals add to the power of 

confusion. If man on Earth can conquer space, then he will extend his miseries to the Universe. Humanity, 

now having sufficiently corrupted this planet wishes to spread its poisons to larger areas. The vast 

astronomical distances which are God's "quarantine" regulations must somehow be overcome. 

A wild dream that planet after planet, system after system, and in the end, galaxy after galaxy can be forced to 

come under the dominion of the planet Earth. The destruction or enslavement of other men in the Universe: 

this is the "noble" goal. First they say other worlds are uninhabited "balls of gas"; yet, they plan to travel to 

such "worthless" worlds. What good would it do to go there in the first place if this were true? 

If men on Earth make it to Mars, there will undoubtedly be a West Mars and an East Mars. The American and 

British Zones and the Russian Sector, of course! What a dither the United Nations would be in! Who is going 

to own which planet? Will Russia try to take Jupiter by force? 

In _Collier's_ magazine for March 22, 1953, there was an article called: _Who Owns The Universe?_ by 

Oscar Schachter, Deputy Director, Legal Department, United Nations. He said: "Now that scientists have 

shown that man can conquer space and that new worlds lie within his reach, the question of 'owning' the moon 

and the planets no longer seems to be so much of a joke. Today, the question is not at all far-fetched and, in 

fact, it may well have important consequences for all of us. 

"Will governments claim 'ownership' (or, more correctly sovereignty) of the moon and other celestial bodies, 

just as claims today are being made to the barren wastes of the Antarctic? Will there be national rivalry to 

plant the 'Stars and Stripes', the 'Union Jack' and the 'Hammer and Sickle' far off in space, so that the 

governments can then assert exclusive control and keep others away? A conflict may arise when the first 

rocket ships reach the moon and other celestial bodies. The old story of territorial rivalry; but this time 

extended into the heavens themselves. 

"Although we have been talking about outer space, we have said nothing about where outer space begins; or 

to put it in another way, how far up does the territory of a country extend? Whenever a country could prevent 

or interfere with the movement of a rocket ship or space station it would have the legal right to do so. Would 

this not, in effect, simply be a rule that 'might makes right'? And would it not place rocket ships and space 

stations at the mercy of those national states which would be able to interfere with their free passage? Beyond 

the airspace we would have to apply a system similar to that followed on the high seas." 

The above quotation is ludicrous in the extreme! In answer to the question: "To what tribunal would questions 

of space law be referred?" Mr. Schachter says: "A dispute in space that involved two or more governments 

could be submitted to the International Court of Justice at the Hague, just as international disputes are today." 

What a surprise is in store for those who would put their "brand" on the Universe--a much higher authority 

exists in outer space!


On Sunday, September 27, 1953, the Los Angeles Examiner ran an article called: _Mars . . . Target For 

Tomorrow_. It said, in part: "Man is almost ready to leave his home of a million years . . . the Earth . . . and 

venture restlessly to other worlds . . . into space, to the Moon . . . and then to Mars." 

First of all, the Earth hasn't been "home" to man for a short million years--millions would be more like it. 

More guessing without a shred of evidence to back it up. Yes, man "ventures restlessly" to conquer all space, 

to spread his disease, his war, his greed, to other worlds. Dr. von Braun, creator of the German V-2, and now 

director of the United States Army's guided missiles development project, says: "Man _wasn't_ built to leave 

the Earth!" He is quite right; man wasn't built to leave the Earth in space ships that will "blast off" for this or 

that celestial body. Everything man creates on Earth is created through force. He hammers, he tears, he rivets, 

he pounds; now he's going to "blast off" to other worlds. He thinks by the use of brute force he's going to be 

Lord of Creation. When he learns to use natural forces and not fight them he will have found the key to space 

travel, indeed, a "key" to many things. The rock on which many scientists have wrecked their ships is 

materialism. In their studies they have eliminated forces and their workings, saying: "A force is the result of 

atomic movements." This is true; all forces are--except the Force which first starts atomic movement. 

In 1950, a book was published called: The Conquest Of Space, by Chesley Bonestell and Willy Ley. Ley also 

wrote, Bombs and Bombing, and Shells and Shooting. Therefore, he should be an expert on "Conquest Of 

Space". 

Ley says: "The high temperature of the moon-day increases the velocity of the hydrogen molecule to above 

the moon's escape velocity." 

If this hydrogen escapes into space, where does it go? Since the escape velocity from the moon is the same for 

a space ship or for hydrogen, if a ship which reaches the "dividing line" or neutral point between the Earth and 

the Moon falls Moonward after crossing that line, and the Moon's gravitational force takes over, the same 

would apply to the hydrogen atoms escaping from the Moon, and they would be drawn to the Earth. Or, do 

they fall back and orbit as a band around the moon? 

Ley says the modern astronomer, or rather his helper from the field of physics, also knows why the Moon is 

airless, in fact he can prove that it was "always" without air. The realization that the Moon must have lost its 

atmosphere quickly (although it presumably had a gaseous envelop for some time during the early days of its 

career) led to Simon Newcomb's famous statement that the Moon is a world without weather on which 

nothing ever happens. Newcomb may not have meant it literally, and it is not literally true. There is a strange 

kind of "weather" on the Moon, caused by the same factors which removed the weather we know, the weather 

caused by air and moisture. 

How could the Moon have "always" been with-out air if it at one time during its career had air and moisture? 

The Guessers are so contradictory. 

Ley says the temperature range on the Moon, from lunar midday to lunar midnight, amounts to almost 

four-hundred degrees Fahrenheit. Rocks exposed to such temperature changes at regular two-week intervals 

will crack. Their crystalline structure will give way under repeated expansion and contraction and the surface 

will flake off. Incidentally, the brightness of the Moon and a few other factors, support the assumption that the 

Sun's light is reflected by pulverized basalt or similar rocks. 

If their assumption is correct, that the Sun's light is reflected from the Moon, by basalt or similar crystalline 

rocks, then the natural disintegration of those rocks will release tremendous quantities of hydrogen and 

oxygen. This also proves that the Moon has an atmosphere! Any mineralogist will confirm the fact that all 

crystalline structure contains hydrogen and, or oxygen. 

Ley says sunrise over the large crater of Plato is just like sunrise over any other crater. But as the dividing line


between darkness and light, the terminator, advances, the floor of Plato grows darker. At high noon it looks 

like an inkspot. What happens in the crater of Plato? Evaporation of moisture forming a light-absorbing mist? 

Or just melting ice? Or crystals with freakish optical qualities? 

Professor William H. Pickering thinks he saw a snowstorm on Mount Pico. And he repeatedly observed 

grayish spots moving around inside the crater. Cloud formations betraying the presence of moisture? Or 

vegetation springing up and being killed off by the heat of the Sun in a rapid cycle? 

Once again, here is an obvious contradiction. 

How can you have thermal erosion and not have an atmosphere? 

Ley says the first era of astronomy was naked-eye observation, the second era is telescopic observation, and 

the third era will be spaceship exploration. Astronomy, he says, confirms first-era knowledge by optical 

instruments, but it is less definite in its conclusions regarding the questions poised by the telescope--mostly 

concerning the surface conditions of planets. This is an admission that they know very little. Ley says several 

times: "We will know such and such when we get there." Until then, Mr. Ley, you are a guesser. 

Ley says: "Oh, we are sure about a number of things. Take Venus, for example. It is almost a second Earth as 

far as size goes. Its diameter is only two-hundred miles less than that of Earth. The mass is eighty per cent of 

that of our rather massive home planet. The albedo is fifty-nine per cent, the highest albedo in the Solar 

System. Venus most decidedly has an atmosphere. The Venus year is 224.7 of our days long, a fact easily 

explained by the tighter orbit and higher orbital velocity. Venus' orbit is the most clearly circular one in the 

whole Solar System and the disk of Venus the most nearly perfect circle; it does not show any traces of an 

equatorial bulge." 

That short paragraph contains the sum total of the definite knowledge science has about the planet which 

approaches us more closely than any other! You are "sure" about some things, Mr. Ley? A guesser is never 

"sure" of anything. 

Now let's take a look at the instruments used for modern astronomical observation. There are four of these; all 

based on variations on the principle of the human eye. (1) Telescope; (2) camera; (3) thermocouple; (4) 

spectroscope. 

The spectroscope is an instrument that measures the wave-lengths of the chemical elements when they are 

heated to a gaseous state and observed through a set of prisms. 

Many scientists have used spectroscopic analysis as proof of the other planets being unable to support life. To 

what degree can spectroscopic analysis be relied upon? 

The following examples are given to show the contradictory nature of findings: 

According to Belopolsky, Venus rotates in about twenty-four hours, as determined by the spectroscope. 

However, according to Dr. Slipher, Venus rotates in about two-hundred twenty-four days, as determined by 

the spectroscope. 

According to observations too numerous to mention, the seeming motions of stars, occulted by the Moon, 

show that the Moon has an atmosphere. According to the spectroscope, there is no atmosphere on the Moon. 

The ring of light around Venus, during the transits of 1874 and 1882, indicated that Venus has atmosphere. 

Most astronomers say that Venus has an atmosphere of extreme density, obscuring the features of the planet. 

According to spectrum analysis, by Sir William Huggins, Venus has no atmosphere.


Spectroscopic examinations of Mars, by Dr. Campbell, Director of Lick Observatory, showed that there is no 

oxygen, and that there is no water vapor on Mars. Spectroscopic examination of Mars by Huggins shows 

abundance of oxygen and water vapor--the same as the planet Earth. 

Most astronomers agree, however, that there is water on Mars and that it has an atmosphere. Yet they have 

had no success in using the spectroscope and only a few vacuum thermocouple readings have produced heat 

measurements. Astronomers are even in disagreement with each other on the topography of Mars even though 

it is the most easily viewed of all planets from the Earth. Guesses and more guesses! 

Charles Fort, who showed up the spectroscope for what is really is, said: "When anything new appears, for 

which there is no convention, the bewilderment of the astronomers is made apparent, and the worthlessness of 

spectroscopy in astronomy is shown to all except those who do not want to be shown." 

Ley says: "The hard work in spectroscopy is the proper application of the principle. At first, most of the hard 

work consisted of finding out by experiment which element, what lines, and where; and what the gases of the 

atmosphere through which light passed did to the lines originally contained, and so forth. And now the hard 

work consists mostly in untangling lines. Only a very few elements produce just a few lines; most of them 

cause whole sets. And one of the lines of element A is only too likely to obscure a line of element B, which in 

turn and in wonderful collaboration with element A, may blot out the lines of element C and D." 

Since there are many elements in our atmosphere, how are we to be sure that the spectroscope is giving us a 

true picture? Might not the hydrogen we see on the Sun be in our own atmosphere? 

Those who say that astronomy, physics and mathematics are "true and pure" science need to investigate the 

situation more thoroughly. An English astronomer, John Robinson, is not afraid to come to grips with the 

most modern theories and searchingly analyze them. For example, he strikes a blow to the theory that the 

planet Venus may be a dust-bowl instead of a cloud-enshrouded planet. The Dust Bowl theory is based on the 

spectroscopic examination of the upper atmosphere of Venus which reveals no water-vapor and quantities of 

carbon-monoxide at that level. Robinson points out that at seventy miles above the surface of the Earth the 

atmosphere contains no oxygen or water vapor at all, and that the atmosphere is almost one-hundred per cent 

hydrogen, an entirely unbreathable and highly inflammable gas. The Earth nevertheless teems with life despite 

the fact that there is no oxygen and water-vapor in the outer four-hundred miles of its atmosphere. All oxygen, 

water-vapor, and hence life exist only within a few miles of the surface. Robinson says: "It is the bottom 

layers of atmosphere rather than the top ones which decide the habitability of a planet. Living creatures live 

and breathe in the lowermost layers of atmosphere next to the solid surface. It is the composition of these 

strata that counts and not the composition of those ten or a hundred miles up." Robinson's book, The Universe 

We Live In, should be read by everyone for it proves that science is not "pure" anything except guesswork. 

Dr. William A. Baum of the Mount Wilson and Palomar Observatories and Dr. A. D. Code of the Washburn 

Observatory, Madison, Wisconsin, recently announced that Jupiter's atmosphere is made up largely of 

hydrogen and helium, not methane and ammonia as was previously thought. However, these scientists believe 

because of the discovery of hydrogen and helium on Jupiter, the heavier gases, such as nitrogen and oxygen 

that make up the Earth's atmosphere are nearly absent on Jupiter. But Robinson has shown us that at seventy 

miles above the surface of the Earth there is neither nitrogen nor oxygen and the atmosphere is nearly pure 

hydrogen. Therefore, Jupiter is similar to the Earth and we can expect to find living creatures close to the 

planet's surface as we do here. 

Once the "true and pure" science said methane, now they say hydrogen. _True and pure?_ By whose criteria? 

James Rainwater and Val Fitch of Columbia University say that the nucleus of the atom is some fifteen to 

twenty per cent smaller in diameter and about twice as dense as had been supposed. Since a fifteen per cent 

reduction of the diameter of a sphere reduces its volume almost by half, the nuclear particles must be


crammed into about half the space they had been thought to occupy. The "true" science of physics admits to 

one-hundred per cent error! 

University of California and Australian astronomers now believe the Universe is double the formerly accepted 

size. Another one-hundred per cent error! However, such inconsistencies are phenomena of all transitions 

from the old to the new. And shortly "all things shall be made new." 

The Guessers dedicated to experimentation in nuclear energy are not bringing us "peace in our time", but are 

trying to pass off their mass murders as war. Their boast is that this year they can kill more people in one 

second than all the rest of Earth's scientists put together in one year, or all the years of Earth's history. Atomic 

war has no remedy--that is why The Harvesters are here! 

On March 10, 1922, at the Franklin Institute, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, Prof. Francis William Aston warned 

mankind in a lecture against what he called "tinkering with the angry atoms". Aston was the famous British 

Nobel-prize-winning chemist. His words on that occasion have a strange prophetic ring: "Should the research 

worker of the future discover some means of releasing this energy from hydrogen in a form which could be 

employed the human race will have at its command powers beyond the dreams of scientific fiction, but the 

remote possibility must always be considered that the energy, once liberated, will be completely 

uncontrollable and by its violence detonate a neighboring substance. If this happens, all of the hydrogen on 

Earth might be transformed into helium at once, and this most successful experiment might be published to 

the rest of the Universe in the form of a new 'star' of extraordinary brilliance, as the Earth blew up in one vast 

explosion." 

Other well-known scientists have said that here is a power to return the Earth to its lifeless state of billions of 

years ago. Dr. Albert Einstein said: "The hydrogen bomb appears on the public horizon as a probably 

attainable goal (now reality). If successful, radioactive poisoning of the atmosphere, and hence annihilation of 

any life on Earth, has been brought within the range of technical possibilities." This has also been explained 

by such eminent physicists as Dr. Bethe, Dr. Leo Szilard, Dr. Edward Teller, and others. 

Radioactive material is carried by winds, taking it thousands of miles, carrying death to distant places. Dr. 

David Bradley says: "I have emerged with the firm conviction that if life as we know it is to continue, man 

must understand and deal with the menacing aspects of atomic energy. It is perfectly clear that nature had no 

intention that any of her children should be monkeying around with radioactive elements, else she would have 

provided us with some sixth sense to protect us from running headlong into dangerous amounts of radiation. 

No, she evidently expected us to take our daily dose of cosmic and Earth's radiation as we take the cuts and 

bruises of ordinary living. The idea of getting them out in the form of concentrated extracts was man's." 

In The Hell Bomb, William L. Laurence says: "No matter how one looks at it, the advent of the H-Bomb 

constitutes the greatest threat to the survival of the human race since the Black Death. Peace, step by step, 

appears to be the only alternative to possible catastrophe." 

A message received months ago at Giant Rock, California, said: "The increase in the explosive power of 

nuclear devices has reached a critical limit. Every explosion brings about interruption of the lines of force 

maintaining equilibrium of your planet. Every explosion charges your breathable atmosphere with radioactive 

particles that will not lose their penetrating qualities for several thousand years." 

Government scientists are discovering that atomic explosions at sea make eating tuna and other large ocean 

fish very dangerous. Also, atomic detonations are mussing up the radioactive dating of the recent past. The 

Type 1 "fireball" has nullified much of the deadly radiation in our atmosphere, but there is still enough to 

cause strange changes around the world. Although hydrogen detonation will never be allowed, atomic war 

would mean the world would emerge from its darkness and terror and in the gray light the wretched survivors 

would look upon the battered wreckage of a civilization that has crumbled to ruin in a matter of a very short


time--self destruction that wise men had warned the world against since the days of Nagasaki and Hiroshima. 

Those who are "experts" and "authorities" of guesswork hold the fate of the Earth in their hands. But 

assistance has come from outer space, and no longer will they be allowed to function as the self-appointed 

guardians of mankind. 

In Proverbs 24:2, we read: "For their heart studieth destruction and their lips talk of mischief." These are _The 

Guessers!_Â 


THE REMNANT 

"His lightnings enlightened the world: the earth saw, and trembled." (Psalms 97: 4). 

The "lightnings" of the Creator have been observed for thousands of years and at last, in the Aquarian Age, 

Man is beginning to respond to their message. 

Theological dogma has enslaved mankind as it pictures "heaven" as a place where those who have been true 

to church tenets will be led by the hand of the Master into shaded groves and there left for eternity to rest and 

meditate on the harp-playing "angels" singing praises unto the Father. 

Needless to say, this is not the case when we consider the reality of "heaven". However, it is natural for man 

to picture the after-life in this manner, for he constantly hopes to be rid of the materialistic pursuit of lucre and 

fame. Love for money there is, but only as a means of his attaining freedom to do what he wants when he 

wants it. But man is never satisfied with "inactivity"; men who retire almost invariably get active again in 

some way. And when we think of an eternity of "idleness", it becomes ridiculous to say the least. 

To picture the "many mansions" our Infinite Father has prepared for us as rest homes where men lie about in a 

state of morbid drowsiness or lethargy, is both childish and an insult to our Creator. People who really think, 

will never entertain such thoughts for a moment. 

The Aquarian Age then, is not going to see a decline of inventive activity or pursuit; the Master is not going to 

abolish everything except a picnic-society that drives the Father to distraction with all-sung hymns! 

The Father's "mansions" are bee-hives of activity, where each individual is working out his destiny and 

serving his fellowman to the best of his ability. Our "heavenly" reward in the Golden Times will be the 

opportunity for more and more expressive labor in order to better serve ourselves and others. Harp-playing 

forever? I'm afraid not. That would soon become "hell", as anyone knows who has been forced to practice 

music lessons day in and day out. Man needs intense activity and the opportunity to expand his consciousness. 

Working at something you despise in order to eat, of course, is something else; and living to work, or working 

to live will cease as such. Every person has something wonderful to contribute to society, and many times in 

our present setup these persons never get a chance to present their talents to the world because of the faulty 

economic practices of today. 

The New Age will see a great theological upheaval. Dr. Harry Emerson Fosdick said: "A religious 

reformation is afoot, and at heart it is the endeavor to recover for our modern life the religion of Jesus as 

against the vast, intricate, largely inadequate and often positively false religion about Jesus. Christianity today 

has largely left the religion which He preached, taught and lived, and has substituted another kind of religion 

altogether. If Jesus should come back to earth now, hear the mythologies built up around him, see the 

creedalism, denominationalism, sacramentalism, carried on in His name, he would certainly say, 'If this is


Christianity, I am not a Christian.'" 

In 1945, a minister in Wisconsin: "For years I have seen it coming: a new world system. I have watched as 

one by one my visions became visible in the affairs of the world. A complete turn about; a whole new setup. 

There will be a new world religion modeled upon a basic formula, and people will respond willingly, for it 

will be a soul religion as well as an intellectual one. The dry and parched souls of the people will be drawn 

into the peace and freedom, and blossom as the rose. No one shall hurt his neighbor, but man will feel deeply 

that he is his brother's keeper. The new religion will fill the need of every living soul, and as a result of the 

freedom from fear of the unknown, health will come to all as a divine heritage and man will adore his Creator. 

But before the new Earth is established and in working order 'all hell will break loose'. Thousands of people 

will drop in their tracks. America will not escape, as she must pay for her sins too. There shall be 'wailing and 

gnashing of teeth'. Most of this will be caused by the die-hards, those who cling to the old order of things. The 

young will take it in their stride as will those who have the vision of the new heaven and Earth in their hearts. 

The 'me and mine' complex will be destroyed. Those who cling to the old methods and beliefs will go down 

with the old order. Now is the uncovering period. All the deceit and trickery and selfishness of human kind 

will be aired, as it has been enacted through the ages. Be surprised at nothing, for evil, which is live spelled 

backward, must be uncovered to be destroyed. Within a few years the whole world will learn that a false 

economic system, invented and fostered by a few greed crazed lusters after gold has caused every war on the 

face of the globe. Now they will learn that breaking the laws of Mother Nature and Father Creator has made 

disease ridden bodies. Nothing has broken out in all its fury yet. This will come within the next decade 

(1955). After that mankind will be on the upward grade and the whole world will reflect it." 

What people on Earth will survive to inherit the New Age? The world population will be reduced greatly. 

Where there are now thousands there will be tens. But it is not tragic if one loses his physical equipment on 

Earth. Certain souls have evolved to the place where the old Earth can no longer teach them anything, 

therefore, either they or the Earth must graduate to a higher level. Shortly, the entire Earth will be made new 

in the new vibratory rate and the advanced souls, or The Remnant, will inherit the kingdom of God on Earth. 

The other souls, who refused to give up the old order of things, will be taken out of flesh life and will be 

re-settled on other worlds that can give them the lessons they need. So only the good and beautiful is to come 

to all men; there is no retrogression, for all are advancing toward the Father. 

The Holy Bible speaks of The Remnant many times, and The Prophets were those who led and guided "those 

who were to remain" in ages past. 

"Lift up thy prayer for the remnant that are left." (II Kings 19:4). 

"Except the Lord of hosts had left unto us a very small remnant, we should have been as Sodom, and we 

should have been like unto Gomorrah." (Isaiah 1:9). 

"And it shall come to pass in that day, that the Lord shall set his hand again the second time to re-cover the 

remnant of his people, which shall be left." (Isaiah 11:11). 

". . . the remnant shall be very small and feeble." (Isaiah 16:14). 

"And now for a little space grace hath been shewed from the Lord our God, to leave us a remnant to escape, 

and to give us a nail in his holy place, that our God may lighten our eyes, and give us a little reviving in our 

bondage." (Ezra 9:8). 

"And the slain shall fall in the midst of you, and ye shall know that I am the Lord. Yet will I leave a remnant, 

that ye may have some that shall escape the sword among the nations, when ye shall be scattered through the 

countries." (Ezekiel 6:7-8).


"I will surely assemble, O Jacob, all of thee; I will surely gather the remnant of Israel; I will put them together 

as the sheep of Bozrah, as the flock in the midst of their fold: they shall make great noise by reason of the 

multitude of men." (Micah 2:12). 

"And I will gather the remnant of my flock out of all countries whither I have driven them, and will bring 

them again to their folds; and they shall be fruitful and increase." (Jeremiah 23:3). 

"Even so then at this present time also there is a remnant according to the election of grace." (Romans 11:5). 

"And the same hour was there a great earthquake, and the tenth part of the city fell, and in the earthquake were 

slain of men seven thousand: and the remnant were affrighted, and gave glory to the God of heaven." 

(Revelation 11:13). 

Even when a nation as a whole deserted the faith of their fathers in ancient times, there always remained a 

"remnant" whose faithfulness prevailed. The outstanding example of this is, of course, the "righteous 

remnant" who returned from the exile. 

Space intelligences said that they were separating "black from white". 

"And before him shall be gathered all nations: and he shall separate them one from another, as a shepherd 

divideth his sheep from the goats: And he shall set the sheep on his right hand, but the goats on the left. Then 

shall the King say unto them on his right hand, Come, ye blessed of my Father, inherit the kingdom prepared 

for you from the foundation of the world." (St. Matthew 25:32-34). 

"For many are called, but few are chosen." (St. Matthew 22:14). 

The Remnant constitutes the "sheep", the "white", the "wheat". For them the days will be shortened, but there 

shall be great tribulation on Earth, as it is written. 

Only the "beginning of sorrows" is here now. Reports from Canada say that two very strange things are taking 

place there. The gauges on automobiles are going wild. When they are taken in for repairs to a garage nothing 

seems to be wrong with them. When they are back out on the highway they go "wild" once more. 

The other happening is even stranger. Radios that are shut completely off have been turning themselves on for 

no apparent reason. This is the beginning of the "Great Telling" space friends have told about in the past. 

Perhaps the rash of weird phone calls of late is also connected with this phenomena. The phone will ring, and 

when answered it is discovered that no one is on the line. The line is open, but no one speaks! Space visitors 

are checking "frequencies", pulling "tests" for the big event of speaking to the world through all devices 

capable of reception. On the day of the "Great Telling" millions of citizens of the civilized parts of the world 

will know beyond the shadow of a doubt the fact that space visitors are her 

why they are here. 

Every week I receive several letters that tell of strange happenings. A lady in Kentucky wrote: "My phone 

rang; I answered it. There was absolute silence so I hung up. Ten minutes later the phone rang again. And 

once again I answered it. Silence. Ten minutes later the phone rang again. Silence. By this time I was getting 

angry, so I quietly but firmly said, 'I don't know who you are, nor why you are doing this, but please, please 

stop it. It is not pleasant to be annoyed in this manner. Please stop it.' I started to hang up when a very soft 

spoken voice in perfect English said, 'Please be calm, we are checking on those whose auras are the right 

color.' Since that most unusual phone call I have observed three Saucers."


Telephone engineers have told me that very strange things are happening to telephones since they have had 

many complaints from telephone users, especially in the mid-west. Television and radio engineers have 

experienced weird happenings while on duty. Tape recorded programs have been mysteriously erased or 

garbled and they have heard unknown code coming out of the air from apparently nowhere. These engineers 

are not given to vivid imaginations since their profession calls for men of a practical and methodical mind. 

The following cases are excerpts from letters I have received: 

A lady in London, England wrote: "Lately at night time I have been hearing strange notes and rhythms which 

have been quite outside ordinary wireless experience. I worked in wireless stations and know Morse code 

exceptionally well, but this is not any code we know; it is very different." 

A lady in Cincinnati, Ohio, wrote: "One day in the latter part of May, 1954, I was awakened about three in the 

morning. I heard the sound of code in my room. It was similar to Morse code, pitched rather low, and seemed 

to be just in my room. I listened to it for about ten minutes and fell asleep with it still going. There was a 

sense of peace connected with it, and I felt there was nothing to fear. I knew it was strange for code to be 

heard without a receiver but somehow it didn't bother me. In June, I heard it again for a few minutes." 

A housewife in Medford, Oregon wrote: "One night the strangest noise suddenly came over our radio which 

was off at the time. I asked my husband what it was. I wish now that I had turned the set on, because we may 

have heard voices, but the sound was so loud and I was so surprised I couldn't think of anything. The sound 

was similar to Morse code but had a musical note to it. Later we learned that two Saucers had been observed 

in the area at the same time we received the signals on our radio." 

A woman in New Castle, Pennsylvania wrote: "Several times lately our television set has gone absolutely 

crazy. We heard strange code-like sounds and even voices. We called our neighbors but they were receiving 

nothing like that on their sets. We have a brand new GE model and it's in perfect condition--we know, because 

we've had it checked." 

A lady in Los Angeles, California wrote: "My husband and I have an old television set in our den. This set has 

been out of order for weeks. On the night of August 31, 1954, I went to bed in the front bedroom about 12:30, 

my husband turned in shortly thereafter. About one in the morning he called me and asked if I had turned on 

the TV set. I told him I hadn't turned it on, and besides, it wasn't working. He said the set was making a 

strange, buzzing sound, and he could see the tubes from the back of the set and they were all on, even the 

viewing tube which hasn't been working for weeks! My husband turned up the volume to see if he could hear 

anything and a beautiful voice came out strong and loud, saying: 'Strange waters shall gush forth out of the 

rocks.' My husband turned off the volume and I asked him what the man's voice was. He believed it was some 

minister talking. I asked him how the set got on, and why did it work at all. We checked it and found the set 

was only a little bit warm, so it wasn't on for long. Our television set had turned itself on some way! The next 

morning we checked the TV programs in the paper to see what had been on the channel the night before. We 

had been tuned to Channel 5-KTLA-TV. We learned that this channel is off the air entirely after 11:30 every 

night and the voice came on after one in the morning. It certainly was unusual for a TV set that is out of order 

to suddenly turn itself on, and produce a voice from a channel that has been off the air for over an hour and a 

half! The set is still in the den, and still doesn't work." 

Recently four people tried to contact space visitors by telepathy in Los Angeles, California. They asked for a 

signal of some kind after they thought they were getting a reception. They wanted to know for sure whether it 

was really coming from space friends or if it was from their own minds. Suddenly a TV set that hadn't been on 

for over four hours started showing a "blip" similar to radar blips. This moved around on the TV screen. They 

pulled the plug out of the wall and moved the set into the middle of the room, but the blip still kept coming in! 

No power of any kind was being received by the set; as far as anyone in the room was concerned it was a dead 

set.


A lady in Ingleside, Illinois wrote: "During June, 1954, my TV set suddenly operated automatically. For some 

unexplained reason, a picture became visible, just as plain as could be, with the set switch off. However, there 

was only a picture, no sound. A picture of people remained clear and undistorted for about forty-five minutes. 

I switched the set off and on, but it had no effect other than to include sound. I called my next door neighbor 

to view this unusual happening, and he was equally startled. Later, my TV set operated normally." 

The mystery of KLEE-TV hit the headlines in the Spring of 1954. At 3:30 p.m., British Summer Time, 

September 14, 1953, Charles W. Bratley, of London, picked up the call letters KLEE-TV on his television set. 

Later that month, and several times since, they have been seen by engineers at Atlantic Electronics, Ltd., 

Lancaster, England. The call letters KLEE-TV have not been transmitted since July, 1950, when the Houston, 

Texas station changed its letters to KPRC-TV. A check of the world's television stations confirms the fact that 

there is not now and never has been another KLEE-TV. Paul Huhndorff, chief engineer of KPRC-TV, to 

whom the Britishers sent their report, has no explanation. He says that members of the old KLEE-TV staff 

have identified the pictures of the signals as looking like the standard call-letter slide they used. Engineer 

Huhndorff offered three theories. The first two he discounts as being nearly impossible. The third is that some 

intelligence in outer space has received the signal and has transmitted it in the hope of communicating with 

the planet Earth. 

Everyone remembers the strange case of the face on the TV-screen, and the same phenomenon happened 

again on September 12, 1954 in Indianapolis, India. John and Virginia Mackey said the image appeared to be 

that of George R. Shots, Mrs. Mackey's grandfather who died April 28, 1954 at the age of seventy-four. Mrs. 

Mackey said she first saw the face while watching a network show. When the image became more intense, 

whether the set was tuned to an Indianapolis station or to a blank channel, police were called. A parade of 

officers saw the face for themselves. Mrs. Marie Johnson, Mrs. Mackey's mother, also identified the face as 

that of her father, as did a number of other relatives. 

There have been countless reports of strange things happening to anything that will act as a receiver. On 

October 3, 1952, Van Tassel at Giant Rock, California, received the following: "I greet you in love and peace. 

I am Ashtar. Those individual beings from Schare now on your planet are being instructed to transmit certain 

carrier frequencies that will cause a variety of conditions to be apparent in your many types of electronic 

receivers." 

Besides the above happenings, many strange things have been falling from the sky. Charles Fort world be in 

his glory if he were alive today! Ashes come from the sky; ice bombs; large chunks of foul-smelling jelly; 

molten metal; white, filmy substance like cotton candy; and fragments of this and that. Added to this is the 

great mystery of the pockmarked wind-shields. Reports on the latter have come in from Canada, England, 

France, and from many parts of the United States. Tar-like substance, or ash-like material, has been found on 

cars and some of it is magnetic. On the evening of April 22, 1954, radio station WIND in Chicago reported 

that a strange blue mist had settled on a car, and while its occupants watched intently, the glass in the 

automobile shattered to pieces. Other witnesses said a blue dust sediment imbedded in their glass after 

shattering took place. In England, observers saw weird, yellow flames strike their windshields. This is one of 

the phenomena of the New Age; more will be seen in the future and the "glass" sickness will spread to objects 

made of metal. What would happen to civilization if steel was so affected? The answer is obvious. 

These new vibrations are not only changing things in the physical world, but they are responsible for the 

change in man's thinking--and they will change him spiritually, as well. 

Many years ago a woman in Santa Fe, New Mexico, had an unusual experience where she saw seven beings 

sitting in council around a table. These beings said: "We shall communicate with your planet Earth soon. 

There are those spiritually minded enough to hear our communications and listen." This sounds like the 

Council of the Seven Lights mentioned by Van Tassel, or the Council-Circle 7 mentioned in _The Saucers 

Speak!_Â


Many more startling discoveries will be announced in the near future. A leading aviation company is reliably 

reported to be conducting experiments in interplanetary radio communication at the present time, and the 

government continues its investigation through Project NQ-707. We have experienced some mighty peculiar 

things in the past few years and in the months ahead these things will become even more peculiar! 

Aquarius has its ominous side too, for astrologers equate it with cold, rainstorms, floods, and dark. We know 

that for some time the world has been experiencing a fantastic number of disasters from tidal waves to dust 

storms. But these catastrophic events have been prophesied for centuries and the New Age under the dominant 

influence of Uranus will first see all old conditions upset, for Uranus is the disrupter or smasher. What we are 

prone to call death and destruction is usually the prelude to something better and finer--what is the death of 

the old year, but the birth of the new one? 

We would expect space visitation in the new Air Age. Man on Earth will sail through interstellar space 

himself in the new world of the future. He will know Truth, for the Light of Aquarius will not permit falsity to 

exist in any form. 

When Ganymedes (Aquarius) is raised to heaven (or above the horizon of the North Pole) Virgo or Astraea, 

who is Lucifer, descends head downward below the horizon of the South Pole, or the pit; which pit, or the 

pole, is also the Great Dragon or the Flood. From this we can see that in the New Age (Aquarius) all falsity 

and evil (Lucifer) will be done away with on Earth and submerged forever (the pit). 

There is a striking similarity between the pure water rushing forth from the jar of Aquarius and the words of 

St. John in Revelation: "He shewed me a pure river of water of life, clear as crystal, proceeding out of the 

throne of God and of the Lamb." And remember the words spoken over the TV set that wasn't supposed to 

work: "Strange waters shall gush forth out of the rocks." 

Set your heart upon God and not upon things, upon Cause and not upon manifestation, upon Principle and not 

upon form. As the old landmarks disappear one by one beneath the rising tide of the new life, go boldly on, 

knowing that the best is yet to be, and that "Eye hath not seen, nor ear heard, neither hath it entered into the 

heart of man that things that God hath prepared for them that love Him. Greet the unknown with a cheer". 

Remember the following quotations from _The Saucers Speak!_Â 

"By your year of 1956 there must be a new Saras." 

"Show us when you are ready to venture." 

"Watch all nature for signs of catastrophe. These signs, such as tornados, earthquakes, floods, and so on will 

come to Saras soon and will get worse as time goes on." 

"Some will not see it, except from elsewhere--from outside." 

"More detonations soon, more disasters on Saras." 

"The cosmic dust cloud will come. And it will darken the Sun and Moon. Strange things will happen in your 

world. Great meteors shall be seen in the skies." 

"Never fear for the aged, they can help again when they are brought to life." 

In Iowa, a research group received the following by radiotelegraphy: "We find few now ready." 

Many of the above statements have come to pass already, and others will shortly come to pass. The Remnant


will be small, for "few are now ready". Show the space visitors if you are "ready to venture"; if you belong to 

those who shall remain, you will see chaos from "elsewhere--from outside." 

The following message was received by Van Tassel: 

"The Bible again explains to Earth people our purpose here. In St. Matthew 24:39-42, it reads: 'And knew not 

until the flood came, and took them all away; so shall also the coming of the Son of man be. Then shall two be 

in the field; the one shall be taken, and the other left. Watch therefore: for ye know not what hour your Lord 

doth come.' We have registered in our records the names and locations of those who have lived with right 

intent. These are the ones who shall be taken up in our ships while the Earth goes through cataclysmic 

upheavals. Those who have contributed to and lived by destruction shall be left to the agonies of the effects 

they have helped to cause." 

Later, The Remnant, will be returned to the surface of Earth where they will be the new race in a new world. 

In Colville, Washington, an elderly lady received the following: 

"By a seeming miracle shall men's eyes be opened to the wonders of a world now unperceived by them. Not a 

miracle but a perfectly natural action of an ever existent law will bring this phenomenon to pass. As hath been 

told thee aforetimes, there be a change rapidly metamorphosing much of the material world through the 

introduction of Cosmic Energy into the very atomic structure of all material objects. When ye consider all 

material forms (whether animate or what ye do term inanimate) as the result of a certain specified rate of 

vibratory action, it will be the easier for thee to comprehend the action of a vastly accelerated rate of vibration 

upon all manner of objective manifestations. At the appointed time, this influx of Cosmic Energy, vibrating at 

an inconceivably increased speed, will cause changes marvelous to behold. Lo, the wonders of the now 

invisible realms of enchanting beauty will be revealed to Man, if so be he hath previously attuned himself to 

his own highest concept of beauty. Of material beauty there shall be no end, but far greater than any mere 

physical demonstration shall be the revelation of that spiritual fullness of life which alone can satisfy Man's 

inmost yearning for true and lasting happiness." 

The Cosmic Energy now bombarding the Earth and her inhabitants will actually change man's thinking. 

Recent findings by Dr. Seymour Kety and his associates at the National Institute of Mental and Nervous 

Diseases indicate that the physical brain is not a "thinking" machine, but at best can be compared to a radio 

set! Dr. Kety's conclusions are based on studies of blood circulation through the brain. These studies carried 

out at the Institute showed the following results: 

(1) The average-size human brain requires about three-fourths of a quart of blood a minute; (2) It consumes 

about an ounce and a half of oxygen, brought to it by the red blood cells; (3) It uses only about a teaspoonful 

of sugar, the "fuel" of the body, per hour. The most surprising discovery in Dr. Kety's experiments is that 

these three requirements are the same, regardless of what the brain is doing. These findings are somewhat 

disturbing to various theories expounded in the past, one of which stated that intelligence varied with the 

richness of the brain's blood supply. The other theory propounded before the National Academy of Sciences, 

was that thinking required a definite amount of "fuel". 

Therefore, if man's brain is nothing but a receiving and transmitting instrument similar to a radio set, he must 

be able to receive and interpret the "music of the spheres" or the Great Cosmic Intelligence that forever is 

permeating all space; man merely must "tune in" to it. Those who refuse to receive the new vibrations 

mentally, will lose their physical equipment on Earth and thereby give up their "radio sets" that will not accept 

the new lessons. They will go elsewhere and acquire new "sets" that will allow them to learn and progress as 

they must. 

Other parts of the human body are affected by the new vibrations also. The pineal gland and the solar plexus


becomes radioactive under the influence of the cosmic rays. The body is in continual touch with the whole 

existence. The skin is no border of the body as we sometimes imagine; there is continuous mutual meeting 

and mingling of the single human body and the whole of the cosmos which also includes other human bodies. 

In the human body there are said to be six-hundred million psychic centers. By psychic is meant the 

extensional apertures. Many more centers exist, of course, in the known cosmos. As the single human being 

comes in contact with the great influx of Cosmic Energy, he will realize that he possesses some very strange 

abilities and powers. The rays will actually stimulate the pineal gland and the third eye of the human will be 

opened once again. 

Those individuals who refuse to accept the higher vibrations mentally, allowing for great spiritual growth and 

advancement, will experience a definite physiological reaction. In the study of the electrochemistry of the 

blood, the answer to what will take place is found. 

The blood stream of man is composed of the serum and the cellular constituents, plus colloids. The countless 

millions of cells in the circulating blood must maintain their ability to remain free of all other elements in the 

stream. Research is revealing the importance of electro-chemistry. All blood cells carry a charge, the charge is 

of the same de-nomination. Like charges repel, and so the cells as well as the colloids repel each other 

resulting in the existence of electrical cushions capable of preventing the cells from touching one another. 

When thrombosis (clotting) occurs, it is precipitated by the discharge of cell or colloid charges which allows 

for the agglutination or formation of the clots. 

Each human blood cell is surrounded by a Resonating Electro-Magnetic Field; if a person refuses to accept the 

new Universal lessons presented to him for his use, he sets up an action within his body that causes the RMF 

to collapse. Clotting occurs and he is said to have died of a "heart attack". The only reason heart attacks are on 

the increase is because of the new vibrations and man's inability to cope with them, accept them, and 

understand them. Therefore, no "god of wrath" destroys man; man eliminates himself by his thoughts! 

What are some of the promises of the New World and its Remnant? 

"Then cometh the end (of the Age), when he shall have delivered up the kingdom to God, even the Father; 

when he shall have put down all rule and all authority and power." (I Corinthians 15:24). 

There shall be no governments or dictatorships or monarchies as such in the New Age; and death will be no 

more. 

"The last enemy that shall be destroyed is death." (I Corinthians 15:26). 

"And God shall wipe away all tears from their eyes; and there shall be no more death, neither sorrow, nor 

crying, neither shall there be any more pain: for the former things are passed away. Behold, I make all things 

new." (Revelation 21:4-5). 

"That in the dispensation of the fullness of times he might gather together in one all things in Christ, both 

which are in heaven, and which are on earth; even in him: In whom also we have obtained an inheritance." 

(Ephesians 1:10-11). 

"There is neither Jew nor Greek, there is neither bond nor free, there is neither male nor female: for ye are all 

one in Christ Jesus." (Galatians 3:28). 

"Ye are of God, little children, and have overcome them: because greater is he that is in you, than he that is in 

the world." (I John 4:4). 

The Remnant can truly say: "Behold, what manner of love the Father hath bestowed upon us, that we should


be called the sons of God: therefore the world knoweth us not, because it knew him not. Beloved, now are we 

the sons of God, and it cloth not yet appear what we shall be: but we know that, when he shall appear, we 

shall be like him; for we shall see him as he is. And every man that hath this hope in him purifieth himself, 

even as he is pure." (I John 3:1-3). 

"And many of them that sleep in the dust of the earth shall awake, some to everlasting life, and some to shame 

and everlasting contempt." (Daniel (12.2). The Remnant shall know "everlasting life", but The Outcasts shall 

not exist in the New World. 

In Daniel 12:3, we read: 

"And they that be wise (teachers) shall shine as the brightness of the firmament; and they that turn many to 

righteousness as the stars for ever and ever." These are _The Remnant!_Â 

EPILOGUE 

The book you have just read and the thoughts contained therein are but a "pale shadow" of things to come. 

Time is running out, but there will be no "end", there will only be a "beginning". Terrestrial Man seems 

incapable at this moment of making "One World", but he will soon face the more profound challenge to create 

"One City of the Universe". 

Man will go on into ever expanding grandeur; for even when the whole celestial Universe has been mapped, 

studied and charted, there will be Universes beyond to tempt human imagination. 

In all great adventures of ideas the only prayer which we can address to God is: "Grant us patience." And, 

"Seek ye the Lord while he may be found, call ye upon him while he is near." (Isaiah 55:6). 

"So shall my word be that goeth forth out of my mouth: it shall not return unto me void, but it shall 

accomplish that which I please, and it shall prosper in the thing whereto I sent it. For ye shall go out with joy, 

and led forth with peace: the mountains and the hills shall break forth before you into singing, and all the trees 

of the field shall clap their hands." (Isaiah 55:11-12). 

Remember the words of the Master in St. Mark 13:37: "And what I say unto you I say unto all, _Watch!_" 

**AIN SOPH AUR** 

BIBLIOGRAPHY 

The following works are recommended to those interested in the Saucer phenomena for they are considered 

authentic and contain excellent source material. 

Arnold, Kenneth and Palmer, Ray, The Coming Of The Saucers, Amherst, Wisconsin, 1952. 

Bethurum, Truman, Aboard A Flying Saucer, Los Angeles, Calif., 1954. 

Fry, Daniel W., The White Sands Incident, Los Angeles, Calif., 1954. 

Heard, Gerald, _Is Another World Watching?_ New York, N. Y., 1951. 

Keyhoe, Maj. Donald E., The Flying Saucers Are Real, New York, N. Y., 1950. 

Keyhoe, Maj. Donald E., Flying Saucers From Outer Space, New York, N. Y., 1953.


Layne, Meade, The Ether Ship Mystery And Its Solution, San Diego, Calif. 

Layne, Meade, The Coming of The Guardians, San Diego, Calif., 1954. 

Leslie, Desmond and Adamski, George, Flying Saucers Have Landed, London, England, 1953. 

Pelly, W. D., Star Guests, Noblesville, Indiana, 1950. 

Van Tassel, George W., I Rode A Flying Saucer, Los Angeles, Calif., 1952. 

Wilkins, Harold T., Flying Saucers On The Attack, New York, N. Y., 1954. 

Williamson, George H. Bailey, Alfred C., _The Saucers Speak!_ Los Angeles, Calif., 1954. 

2 RTEXT 

from http://manybooks.net/

CHAPTER 2 CHAPTER 3 CHAPTER 1 CHAPTER 2 CHAPTER 3 ...

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

Delete template?

Save as template?